Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9054908 en

Instructions for use
Zeus Infinity Empowered
WARNING Anesthesia workstation system

To properly use this medical device,
read and comply with these instruc- Software 2.n
tions for use.
Typographical conventions
1 Consecutive numbers indicate steps of action,

with the numbering restarting with "1" for each
new sequence of actions.
l Bullet points indicate individual actions or differ-
ent options for action.
– Dashes indicate the listing of data, options, or
objects.
(A) Letters in parentheses refer to elements in the
related illustration.
A Letters in illustrations denote elements referred
to in the text.
> The "greater than" symbol indicates the naviga-
tion path in a dialog window.
Bold italic text is used to identify labeling on the
device and text displayed on the screen.
Screen reproductions
The illustrations of products and screen contents

may, depending on configuration and equipment,
differ from the actual products.
Use of terms
Dräger uses the term "Accessory" not only for ac-

cessories in the sense of IEC 60601-1, but also for
consumable parts, removable parts, and attached
parts.
The product "Zeus Infinity Empowered" is also re-
ferred to as "Zeus IE".
2 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Trademarks
Trademark Trademark owner Trademark Trademark owner

AutoFlow® Nellcor® Covidian
Zeus® Nellcor OxiMax ®
Drägersorb® 800 Plus IVDock™

®
Drägersorb Free Trident™ Dräger
Forta® Dräger Fill™
Dräger
SpiroLife® BIS™ Aspect Medical Systems
DrägerService® Bispectral Index™ Inc.
VacuSmart® Saf-T-Fill™ Baxter

Infinity® Incidin Extra N® Ecolab
Quik Fil® Abbott Laboratories Buraton 10F ®
Schülke & Mayr
® ®
Masimo Gigasept FF
Masimo SET® Masimo Corporation
Signal Extraction
Technology (SET)®
Definition
WARNING NOTE
A WARNING statement provides important in- A NOTE provides additional information intended
formation about a potentially hazardous situa- to avoid inconvenience during operation.
tion which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION
A CAUTION statement provides important infor-
mation about a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or mod-
erate injury to the user or patient or in damage to
the medical device or other property.
Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 3

Definition of target groups
For this product, users, service personnel, and ex- Service personnel
perts are defined as target groups.
These target groups must have received instruction Service personnel are persons who are responsible
in the use of the product and must have the neces- for the maintenance of the product.
sary training and knowledge to use, install, reproc- Service personnel must be trained in the mainte-
ess, maintain, or repair the product. nance of medical devices and install, reprocess,
The product must be used, installed, reprocessed, and maintain the product.
maintained, or repaired exclusively by defined tar-
get groups.
Experts
Users Experts are persons who perform repair or complex

maintenance work on the product.
Users are persons who use the product in accord- Experts must have the necessary knowledge and
ance with its intended use. experience with complex maintenance work on the
product.
Abbreviations and Symbols
Explanations are listed in Chapter "Overview" in

sections "Abbreviations" and "Symbols".

Contents
Contents
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Device check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
For your safety and that of your patients. . . 9
Switching on Zeus IE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Product-specific safety information. . . . . . . . . . 15 Self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Automatic self test (Auto self test). . . . . . . . . . 99
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Intended use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Displaying the test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Data exchange, ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Displaying the test results during operation . . 104
Startup in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Start settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Changing patient data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Product labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Integrated SmartPilot View (optional) . . . . . . . 114
Gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Operating concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Web access (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
IV system – IVenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
End of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Using the touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Color concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Overview of the menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Alarm behaviour at power on . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Assembly and preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Display alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Alarm info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Before initial use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Alarm log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Zeus IE as a ceiling device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Establishing the mains power supply . . . . . . . . 60
Suspending alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Establishing the gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Alarm recorder (optional with hemodynamic
Connecting anesthetic gas receiving system
and Infinity network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
(AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
All limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Replacing or filling the CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . 66
Autoset limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Connecting hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Suppressing the alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Preparing optional patient monitoring. . . . . . . . 72
Set ranges of the patient monitoring alarm
Connecting IV system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
DIVA metering modules for anesthetic
Trends and diagnosis windows . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
DIVA metering module with Dräger Fill
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
DIVA metering module with safety filling Overview of the monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Device monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Quik Fil sevoflurane safety filling system . . . . . 84 Patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Filling system for desflurane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Contents
Fault – Cause – Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Failure behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Power outage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Gas failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Ventilator failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Latex-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Anesthetic gas delivery failure (DIVA failure) . . 252 Penetration values of IBF filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Mixer and DIVA failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Rotary safety knob Anesth. Ventilator Off Power supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
for ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
In the event of partial system failures . . . . . . . . 253 Alarm tone sequence IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
In the event of device failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Central gas supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Failure behavior DPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Gas delivery, control mode FG ctrl. . . . . . . . . . 404
Messages Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Gas delivery, control mode Auto control . . . . . 404
Metering module faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Breathing system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Fresh-gas outlet for non-rebreathing
Configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 system (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Airway resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Configuring the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Configuring basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 O2-, CO2 and anesthetic gas measurement . . 411
Other functions of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Anesthetic gas measurement (infrared
Service functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 spectroscopy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Anesthetic gas metering modules . . . . . . . . . . 413
Cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization. . . . 357 Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
General safety standards for anesthesia
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Dismantling components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Modules for patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Reprocessing methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Hemodynamic modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Reprocessing list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Trident Pod (NMT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Care instructions for monitoring accessories . . 376
BISx pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Monitoring specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
ECG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Non-invasive blood pressure measurement
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 (NIBP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Invasive blood pressure (IBP) . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Preventive maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Wedge measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Pulse oximetry (SpO2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Disposal of the medical device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Neuromuscular Transmission Monitoring
Disposing of accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 NMT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Disposal of non-rechargeable batteries . . . . . . 393 Anesthesia depth monitoring BIS . . . . . . . . . . 428
Essential performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
EMC Declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Device combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Connections to IT networks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Contents
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Gas flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Gas control loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

This page was intentionally left blank.

For your safety and that of your patients
General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Strictly follow these instructions for use . . . . . . 10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Safety checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Metrological checks*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Connected devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Not for use in areas of explosion hazard . . . . . 12
Safe connection with other electrical
equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Patient safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Patient monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Information on electromagnetic compatibility . . 13
Sterile accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Installing accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Storing the instructions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Training. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Product-specific safety information . . . . . . . 15

General safety information
The following WARNING and CAUTION state- Maintenance

ments apply to general operation of the medical de-
vice. WARNING and CAUTION statements specific
WARNING
to subsystems or particular features of the medical
device appear in the respective sections of these Risk of medical device failure and patient in-
instructions for use or in the instructions for use of jury
another product being used with this device. The medical device must be inspected and
serviced regularly by service personnel. Re-
pair and complex maintenance carried out on
Strictly follow these instructions for use the medical device must be performed by ex-
perts.
WARNING If the above is not complied with, medical de-
Risk of incorrect operation and of incorrect vice failure and patient injury may occur. Ob-
use serve chapter "Maintenance".
Any use of the medical device requires full un- Dräger recommends DrägerService for a serv-
derstanding and strict observation of all sec- ice contract and for repairs. Dräger also rec-
tions of these instructions for use. The medi- ommends using original Dräger parts for
cal device must only be used for the purpose maintenance.
specified under "Intended use" on page 20
and in conjunction with appropriate patient
monitoring (see page 12). Safety checks*
Strictly observe all WARNING and CAUTION
statements throughout these instructions for The medical device must be subject to regular
use and all statements on medical device la- safety checks. See chapter "Maintenance".
bels. Failure to observe these safety informa-
tion statements constitutes a use of the medi-
cal device that is inconsistent with its Metrological checks*
intended use.
The medical device must undergo regular metro-
logical checks. See chapter "Maintenance".
* Only applies in the Federal Republic of Germany

Accessories Connected devices
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to incompatible accessories Risk of electric shock and device malfunction
Dräger has tested only the compatibility of ac- Any connected devices or device combina-
cessories listed in the current list of accesso- tions not complying with the requirements
ries. If other, incompatible accessories are mentioned in these instructions for use can
used, there is a risk of patient injury due to compromise the correct functioning of the
medical device failure. medical device and lead to an electric shock.
Before using the medical device, refer to and
Dräger recommends that the medical device is
strictly comply with the instructions for use of
only used together with accessories listed in
all connected devices and device combina-
the current list of accessories.
tions.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of operating errors and incorrect use
Risk of device malfunction
Strictly observe the instructions for use of all
The medical device may be operated in combi-
accessory parts, e.g.:
nation with other Dräger devices or with de-
– Water traps
vices from third party manufacturers. If a de-
– Flow sensors
vice combination is not approved by Dräger,
– CLIC adapter the safety and the functionality of the individ-
– CLIC absorber ual devices may be compromised.
– Soda lime – The operating organization must ensure
– Breathing hoses that the device combination complies with
– Masks the applicable editions of the relevant
– Filter standards for medical devices.
– Endotracheal suction – Strictly observe assembly instructions and
– Vaporizer instructions for use for each networked de-
– Manual resuscitator vice.
– AGSS terminal unit

Not for use in areas of explosion hazard Patient monitoring
WARNING The user of the medical device is responsible for

choosing a suitable patient monitoring system that
Risk of explosion and fire
provides appropriate information on medical device
This medical device is neither approved nor performance and patient condition.
certified for use in areas where oxygen con-
Patient safety can be achieved by a wide variety of
centrations greater than 25 Vol.% or combus-
means ranging from electronic surveillance of med-
tible or explosive gas mixtures are likely to oc-
ical device performance and patient condition to di-
cur.
rect observation of clinical signs.
The responsibility for selecting the best level of pa-
Safe connection with other electrical tient monitoring lies solely with the user of the med-
equipment ical device.
CAUTION
Risk of patient injury
Connections to electrical devices not listed in
these instructions for use may only be made when
approved by each respective device manufac-
turer.
Patient safety
The design of the medical device, the accompany-

ing documentation, and the labeling on the medical
device are based on the assumption that the pur-
chase and the use of the medical device are re-
stricted to persons familiar with the inherent char-
acteristics of the medical device.
Instructions and WARNING and CAUTION state-
ments are therefore largely limited to the specifics
of the Dräger medical device.
The instructions for use do not contain any informa-
tion on the following points:
– Dangers that are obvious to the user
– Consequences of obvious improper use of the
medical device
– Possible negative impacts on patients with var-
ious underlying diseases
Medical device modification or misuse can be dan-
gerous.

Information on electromagnetic compat- WARNING

ibility Risk of electric shock
General information on electromagnetic compatibil- The connection of devices to auxiliary power

ity (EMC) according to international EMC standard sockets can lead to an increased leakage cur-
IEC 60601-1-2: rent. If the protective ground of one of these
devices fails, the leakage current may rise
Medical electrical equipment is subject to special above the permissible values.
precautionary measures concerning electromag- – Only connect with the approval of the re-
netic compatibility (EMC) and must be installed and spective device manufacturer.
put into operation in accordance with the provided – Have the leakage current checked by serv-
EMC information (see page 430). ice personnel.
Portable and mobile radio frequency communica- – If the permissible value is exceeded, use a
tion equipment can affect medical electrical equip- mains power socket on a wall instead of
ment. the auxiliary power socket of the device.
WARNING
Risk of electric shock Sterile accessories
Do not connect connectors with an ESD warn-
ing symbol and do not touch their pins without CAUTION
implementing ESD protective measures. Such Risk of medical device failure and patient injury
protective measures can include antistatic
clothing and shoes, touching a potential equi- Do not use accessories in sterile packaging if the
lization pin before and during connection of packaging has been opened, damaged, or if there
the pins, or using electrically insulating and are other signs that the accessories are not ster-
antistatic gloves. ile.
All relevant users must be instructed in these Reuse, reprocessing, and sterilization of disposa-
ESD protective measures. ble products is not permitted.
WARNING
Risk of device failure
Electromagnetic fields can compromise
proper operation of the device. Electromag-
netic fields are generated by, e.g., radio fre-
quency communication equipment such as:
– Mobile phones
– Radio frequency electrosurgical equip-
ment
– Defibrillators
– Shortwave therapy equipment
Use radio frequency equipment only with a
sufficient safety clearance of at least 20 cm
(7.9 in).

Installing accessories
CAUTION
Install the accessory on the basic device in ac-
cordance with the instructions of the basic device.
Check for secure connection to the basic device.
Strictly observe the instructions for use and assem-

bly instructions.
Storing the instructions for use
CAUTION
Risk of operating errors
Instructions for use must be kept accessible to the
user.
Training
Training for users is available from the Dräger or-

ganization responsible, see www.draeger.com.

Product-specific safety information
WARNING WARNING
Risk of misinterpretation Risk of not hearing the alarm tone
Misdiagnosis or misinterpretation of the Dräger recommends the user to remain in the
measured values or other parameters may en- vicinity of the anesthesia machine, i.e. within
danger the patient. a distance of up to 4 meters (12 ft). This facili-
tates fast recognition and response in the
Do not make therapeutic decisions based
event of an alarm.
solely on individual measured values and
monitoring parameters. Therapeutic deci-
sions must be made solely by the user. WARNING
Risk of insufficient ventilation
WARNING Device failure or operating errors can lead to
Risk of malfunction ventilation failure.
– To ensure immediate remedial action in
Unallowed modifications to the medical de-
case of device failure, the device may only
vice lead to malfunctions.
be operated under permanent supervision
This medical device may not be modified with- of users.
out permission from Dräger. – The general safety standards for anesthe-
sia systems require that a manual resusci-
WARNING tator be kept at the ready for emergency
Risk of malfunction ventilation.
Device failure or user errors may compromise

the correct functioning of the device. The WARNING
medical device does not react automatically to
Risk of burns
certain changes in the patient condition, oper-
ating errors, or failure of components. Do not use humidifiers or heated hoses!
Continuously monitor the medical device so
that corrective measures can be initiated im-
mediately.
WARNING
Risk of device failures
The device may fail if the power supply is in-
terrupted.
Always connect the device on an uninterrupt-
ible power supply.

WARNING WARNING
Risk of fire Risk of burns
The flow sensor may ignite medications or Conductive breathing hoses or face masks
other substances that are easily flammable. may cause burns during HF surgery.
– Do not nebulize medications or other sub-
Do not use this type of hose and mask com-
stances that are easily flammable or spray
bined with HF surgery.
them into the device.
– Do not use substances containing alcohol.
– Do not allow flammable or explosive sub- WARNING
stances to enter the breathing system or Risk of patient injury
the breathing circuit. When using near-patient filters do not scav-
– Do not use cyclopropane or ether. enge at the patient end! In the event of steno-
sis or increased filter resistance the patient
WARNING may be injured by vacuum.
Risk due to flow measurement failure
WARNING
Deposits which are not removed during re-
processing may damage the measuring wires Risk of equipment malfunction
in the flow sensor or cause fire. Only have network functions configured by
– Before inserting the flow sensor check for authorized, trained personnel.
visible damage, soiling, and particles. Re-
peat this check regularly. Errors in configuration can impair operation
of the device and the network.
– Replace flow sensors when damaged,
soiled, or not particlefree.
WARNING
WARNING Risk of patient injury
Risk of strangulation The following operating states are prohibited
when the patient is connected:
Make connection to the patient carefully.
– Standby
– Self test
WARNING
– Leak test
Zeus IE must not be used with magnetic reso- – Leakage assistant
nance imaging (MRI, NMR, NMI). Device oper-
– Pretest
ation may be affected, thus placing the patient
– Service mode
at risk.
No monitoring is possible in these operating
WARNING states. During the test, pressures and concen-
Device contamination possible trations may occur in the system which are
hazardous to the patient!
Only operate Zeus IE with airway filters.

CAUTION CAUTION
Risk of crushing Risk of tipping over during transport
Movable device parts or attached components The medical device may tip over if handled incor-
may cause crushing due to clamping. Pay special rectly. Observe the following points when trans-
attention to edges, movable parts, and corners porting medical devices:
when working with the following components: – The medical device may only be moved by
– Column cover people who have the physical ability to do so.
– Breathing system cover – To improve the maneuverability, transport the
– Drawers device with 2 persons.
– Extensible writing tray – When transporting over inclines, around cor-
– Swivel arms for mounted devices ners, or over thresholds (e.g., through doors
– Accessories such as gas cylinders, vaporiz- or in elevators), make sure that the medical
ers, CLIC absorber, and CLIC adapter device does not bump against anything.
– Clear the writing tray and fold it down com-
CAUTION pletely or slide it into the device.
– Do not pull the medical device over hoses, ca-
Risk of crushing
bles, or other obstacles lying on the floor.
If the writing tray is not correctly locked in place, – Do not activate the brake while the medical
objects can fall down or fingers and breathing device is being moved.
hoses, for example, can be pinched. – Use only the handles provided to push or pull
the device.
Make sure that the writing tray is correctly locked
when folding down or sliding into the device.
CAUTION
Health risk
Operate Zeus IE with connected anesthetic gas
scavenging system (AGSS) only.
CAUTION
Do not use silicone spray! Silicone spray may
cause breathing system valves to stick.
CAUTION
Do not use DIVA metering modules which have
been dropped or damaged. Any damage may re-
sult in faulty metering.

CAUTION
Risk of tipping over
When transporting the device and all the hinged
arms are swung inward to the center of the device
and locked, make sure that the slope of the floor
does not exceed ±10°.
If the transport position is not maintained, the
maximum slope of the floor is reduced to ±5°.
NOTE
Do not cover or close off the vents on the device.
Make sure there is an adequate supply of air. Oth-
erwise, the device may overheat.
NOTE
Risk of injury
Handle the DIVA metering module with care and
prevent it from tilting and falling down.
NOTE
Operate in sufficiently ventilated rooms or the
CO2 measurement may otherwise be impaired.
NOTE
The ambient conditions specified in the Technical
Data must be observed during operation and stor-
age of the device.
NOTE
There may be a restriction of ambient conditions
owing to mounted accessories or specifications
issued by the anesthetic agent manufacturer.
NOTE
In a closed system, foreign gases can accumulate
in the breathing gas with longer surgery times,
e.g., by decomposition of the breathing gas.
Increased concentrations of foreign gases can be
prevented by regularly flushing the breathing sys-
tem.

Application
Application
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Device monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Patient monitoring (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Gas disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Data exchange, ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Application
Intended use
Zeus IE enables all forms of general anesthesia (in- Ventilation modes

halation anesthesia, balanced anesthesia and total
intravenous anesthesia) and regional anesthesia, Volume-controlled ventilation at constant inspira-
as well as the monitoring of regional anesthesia. tion flow Volume Control
Anesthesia is conducted with automatic ventilation, Volume-controlled ventilation with decelerating in-
manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing with spiratory flow Volume Control AutoFlow;
an oxygen ratio of at least 25 %, using a mixture of synchronization of Sync.(VC) and Pressure Sup-
Air (medical compressed air) or nitrous oxide with port breaths if required.
pure oxygen and additional delivery of volatile an-
esthetic agents and/or intravenous drugs. Pressure-controlled ventilation Pressure Control;
synchronization of Sync.(PC) and Pressure Sup-
port breaths if required.
Application Pressure-supported ventilation at constant positive
airway pressure Pressure Support
The Anesthesia workstation system Zeus IE is de-
Manual ventilation/spontaneous breathing with and
signed for use in medical rooms, operating rooms
without CPAP MAN/SPON
and induction and recovery rooms.
Applications range from adults to pediatric patients
and neonates. Device monitoring
Ventilation is accomplished on the patient through
a laryngeal mask, a mask, or an endotracheal tube. The following are displayed as measured val-
The breathing system can be used either with par- ues:
tial rebreathing (low flow or minimal flow) or with – Airway pressure PIP
complete rebreathing (closed system). – Airway pressure Plat
Non-rebreathing system with external fresh-gas – Airway pressure PEEP
outlet, for manual ventilation for connection to Bain – Airway pressure Mean
or Magill system for example (optional). – Minute volume MV
– Tidal volume VT
Zeus IE is equipped with modules for drug meter- – Respiratory rate RR
ing, for patient and device monitoring and for venti- – CO2, inspiratory and expiratory
lation. – O2, inspiratory and expiratory
– N2O, inspiratory and expiratory
– Anesthetic agent concentration, inspiratory and
expiratory

Application
The following are displayed as curves: – Tidal volume, inspiratory VTi

– Inspiratory anesthetic gas concentration
– Airway pressure Paw
– Recognition of anesthesia gas mixtures
– Inspiratory and expiratory flow or volume curves
– Inspiratory O2 and N2O concentrations FiO2,
– Capnogram
inN2O
– Oxigram
– Inspiratory and expiratory CO2 concentrations
– PV FV Loops
inCO2, etCO2
Additionally there are chronological trends of meas-
ured values (trends) as well as a log book available.
Patient monitoring*
– Heart rate HR
Patient monitoring (optional) – ST segment ST
– Oxygen saturation SpO2
– Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP
The following are displayed as measured val- – Invasive blood pressure IBP
ues: – Temperature T1, T2
– Heart rate ECG HR/PLS – Relaxometry measurement TOF
– ST segment ST segm. – Depth of hypnosis measurement BIS
– Oxygen saturation SpO2 – Arrhythmia detection (optional)
– Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP
– Invasive blood pressure IBP Applicable inhalation anesthetic agents
– Cardiac output C.O./ Calculat.
– Temperature Temp – Isoflurane
– Degree of muscle relaxation: Single, TOF, PTC – Sevoflurane
– Depth of hypnosis BIS – Desflurane
– Wedge pressure PWP
Applicable intravenous drugs
The following are displayed as curves: All suitable medications permitted for anesthesia
– Electrocardiogram ECG (up to 3 curves) and for metering with syringe pumps (optional).
– Plethysmogram SpO2
– Invasive blood pressure IBP (up to 10 curves) Applicable gas mixtures for the carrier gas
– Electroencephalogram EEG
– O2/Air
Additionally there are chronological trends of meas- – O2/N2O
ured values (trends) as well as a log book available.
Monitoring
The monitoring of the patient is ensured by adjust-

able alarm limits.
Device monitoring
– Airway pressure Paw
– Expiratory minute volume MVe
– Apnea
* depending on the options installed

Application
Gas supply Breathing system
The plug formats of the Zeus IE anesthesia work- Interfaces to the patient are the 22 mm ∅-sockets
station are selectable and comply with the custom- on the breathing system for the connection of
ary formats in the particular country. EN 12342-compliant breathing hoses.
Zeus IE has connections for O2, Air or N2O backup For breathing systems without rebreathing, e.g.,
gas cylinders, which must be equipped with pres- Bain system, an external fresh-gas outlet is availa-
sure reducers and pressure sensors. ble (optional).
Gas disposal
The anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) must

be used as a required accessory. The AGS is con-
nected to an appropriately marked connecting noz-
zle on Zeus IE.
Data exchange, ports
MEDIBUS is a software protocol for data transfer USB interface

between Zeus IE and external medical or non-med-
The USB ports enable data exchange with Dräger
ical devices (e.g., hemodynamic monitors, data
USB storage media.
management systems, or computers) via an RS232
interface.
Network interface
Before transferring data, ensure strict compliance
with the following documents: Zeus IE can be connected to a network using the
following interfaces.
– MEDIBUS.X, Rules and Standards for Imple-
mentation (9052607) – Infinity network connection in conjunction with
patient monitoring (optional).
– MEDIBUS.X, Profile Definition for Data Com-
munication V1.n (9052608) – Network ports for remote diagnosis, printers,
and web applications, e.g., WebView (optional).
– MEDIBUS, Supported Data SW 1.n (9040096)
If a corresponding service contract has been
obtained, the function Remote Service can be
Serial ports
executed via a network connection and the hos-
Two serial ports, COM 1 and COM 2, are provided pital network.
for data communication using the Dräger MEDI-
For further information on connections to IT net-
BUS data protocol.
works, see page 436.
The COM 3 serial port can only be used in conjunc-
tion with the Integrated SmartPilot View option.

Overview
Overview
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Breathing system view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Connection for oxygen therapy. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Connection field for patient monitoring and
IV-system (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Rear with doors open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Connections to the gas supply block . . . . . . . . 28
Connections to the back of the device
Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Connections to the back of the screen . . . . . . . 30
Connections, power supply and additional
sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Product labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Overview
Components
Front
O
N B
M
C
L
K
D
J
I E
H
F
G
001
A Operating panel – Screen K External fresh-gas outlet, optional

B Transport handles L O2 flow meter for regional anesthesia
C Pull-out writing table M Self-test adapter
D DIVA metering modules, 2 pieces N Breathing system with APL valve
E Unlock buttons for DIVA metering modules O Bracket with infusion apparatus stand
F Central brake P IV system (IVenus) consisting of: IVDock (ba-
sis) and up to 4 Module DPS (Dynamic Pres-
G Drawer
sure System) syringe pumps, optional
H Endotracheal suction
I Drägersorb CLIC disposable absorber
(or reusable absorber)
J Output from O2 flow meter

Overview
Breathing system view Connection for oxygen therapy
A B C D A
E
O F
G A
H
N I
M J
O2
L K
211
A O2 flush button O2+
212
B Mechanical pressure gauge for airway pressure The additional oxygen flow meter (A) delivers a set
C Safety rotary knob Anesth. Ventilator Off flow of pure oxygen, e.g., for oxygen metering
through a nasal cannula. The supplemental oxygen
D Safety rotary knob for O2 emergency delivery can be used in each ventilation mode:
O2 – Standby
E APL valve – Zeus IE off,
F Self-test adapter as long as the central O2 supply is connected.
G O2 flow meter for regional anesthesia

H Output from O2 flow meter
I External fresh-gas outlet (ext. FG outlet), op-
tional
J Expiratory port
K Breathing bag nozzle
L CO2 absorber
M Protect water trap
Connection of internal sample line to

the Protect water trap
N CO2 water trap with connection point for sample

line
Connection of sample line to the CO2

water trap
O Inspiratory port

Overview
Connection field for patient monitoring NIBP Connection for accessories to

and IV-system (optional) measure non-invasive blood pres-
sure (NIBP)
SpO2 measurement with SmartPod SpO2 SpO2 Connection for accessories to
measure oxygen saturation (SpO2)
according to the technology
marked (Masimo SET or Nellcor
OxiMax)
Sync. Connection for synchronization of
a defibrillator
IV system Connection for Dräger IV system
(IVenus)
147
Without optional patient monitoring, only the con-

HEMOMED 1 MULTIMED nection to the optional IV system is installed.
SpO2 measurement without SpO2 SmartPod

(optional)
Aux / Hemo 2 Aux / Hemo 3
NIBP SpO2
IV-System Sync.
146
009
MULTIMED Connection for accessories to

measure electrocardiography
(ECG HR/PLS) and body tempera-
ture (Temp)
HEMOMED 1 Connection for accessories to
measure invasive blood pressures
(IBP) and cardiac output (C.O.)
Aux/Hemo 2/3 Connection for accessories to
measure more invasive blood pres-
sures (More IBP) and cardiac out-
put (C.O./ Calculat.)
Connection for anesthesia effect
monitoring accessories (Trident
pod, BISx pod)

Overview
Rear with doors open

HEMOMED 1 MULTIMED
Aux / Hemo 2 Aux / Hemo 3

I B
Sync. C
NIBP
H
E D
IV-System E E
F
G
010
MULTIMED Connection for accessories to

measure oxygen saturation
173
(SpO2), electrocardiography
(ECG HR/PLS), and body temper- A Mount for cylinder pressure reducer
ature (Temp)
B Gas supply block
HEMOMED 1 Connection for accessories to
measure invasive blood pressures C Backup gas cylinders with pressure reducers
(IBP) and cardiac output (C.O.) D Waste gas connector
Aux/Hemo 2/3 Connection for accessories to E 3 ports for DrägerService (behind the left-hand
measure more invasive blood pres- backup gas cylinder and above the AGS)
sures (More IBP) and cardiac out-
put (C.O./ Calculat.) F Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)
Connection for anesthesia effect G Auxiliary power sockets

monitoring accessories (Trident H Circuit breaker
pod, BISx pod)
Use only in an emergency to interrupt battery
NIBP Connection for accessories to charging and to switch off the device with the
measure non-invasive blood pres- exception of the screen. To disconnect the en-
sure (NIBP) tire device from the power supply, unplug the
Sync. Connection for synchronization of mains plug.
a defibrillator
I Electrical connections for cylinder pressure
IV system Connection for Dräger IV system sensors
(IVenus)
Without optional patient monitoring, only the con-

nection to the optional IV system is installed.

Overview
Connections to the gas supply block
A B C D E F
084
A Connection of central N2O supply
B Connection for N2O backup gas cylinder
C Connection of central Air supply
D Connection for Air backup gas cylinder
E Connection of central O2 supply
F Connection of O2 backup gas cylinder
The Air outlet option and the O2 outlet option are
not shown in this figure.

Overview
Connections to the back of the device WARNING

Zeus IE Risk of electric shock
Connecting devices to interfaces (COM 1,
COM 2, COM 3, RS232, MEDIBUS) may result
in an increase in leakage current. If the protec-
tive ground of one of these devices fails, the
leakage current may rise above the permissi-
ble values.
Only connect with the approval of the respec-
tive device manufacturer.
Have the leakage current checked by service
personnel.
If the permissible value is exceeded, discon-
nect the devices from the interfaces in use.
A B C D E WARNING
026
View with doors open. Data transmitted over the MEDIBUS interface
are for information purposes only and are not
Ports relevant to the user:
intended as the sole basis for diagnostic or
A COM 1, RS232 interface, MEDIBUS therapeutic decisions. The data accessible via
this interface are not intended for use with a
B COM 2, RS232 interface, MEDIBUS
distributed alarm system conforming to
C COM 3, RS232 interface IEC 60601-1-8:2012 (in the context of remote
monitoring).
D Ethernet 1 and Ethernet 2, hospital network
port, optional
CAUTION
E Ethernet 3, Infinity Network socket
User intervention in internal device interfaces is
Only connect printers which have been approved prohibited. This may impair correct functioning of
by Dräger to the Ethernet 1 port. the device.
(see Printer settings page 340)

Overview
Connections to the back of the screen Variant 2 – C500
CAUTION
Unsupported USB devices
USB devices that are not supported or have too
high a current consumption may impair correct
device operation.
A B A
Use only supported USB devices with a maximum
current consumption of 500 mA.
CAUTION
USB devices with their own mains power supply
A C
020
(e.g., USB printers) may endanger patients and A USB ports
users. B LAN ports
Connect only USB devices that do not have their C RS232 interface
own mains power supply to Zeus IE.
Variant 3 – C700
Variant 1 – C500
A B A
A C
C C
017
A USB ports
A B LAN ports
B
025
C RS232 interface
A COM 1, COM 2
B USB ports
C one USB port on each side

Overview
Connections, power supply and addi-

tional sockets
C
B
A
D 170
View with doors open, from above:

A Mains power supply
Secure the plug with screws!
B Automatic fuse
Can be reset after tripping.
C Equipotential connection
D Auxiliary sockets for auxiliary devices
Electronically fused, can be reset after the fuse
has tripped.
NOTE
Auxiliary sockets are not supplied by the uninter-
ruptible power supply UPS and are not supplied
with power in the event of a mains power failure!
WARNING
Do not connect HF surgery devices to the aux-
iliary sockets because interference can impair
Zeus IE functionality!

Overview
DIVA metering modules K Overflow hole

L Name of anesthetic agent
B C
A
063
A DIVA metering module with Quik Fil filling de-

vice or Dräger Fill
B DIVA metering module with desflurane filling
system (Saf-T-Fill)
C DIVA metering module with safety filling device
Sevoflurane
L D
K
J E
I
Desflurane
F
Isoflurane
G
H
064
D Filling port
E Locking cap
F Release for desflurane lock
G Lever to release the locking bolt
H Locking bolt for safety filling device
I Drain plug (recessed, 2.5 mm hexagon socket)
J Filling level, inspection glass window

Overview
Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation Abbreviation Explanation

% Percent (1/100) CAL Calibration
% Tplat : Ti Ratio of inspiratory pause time to Cardiac by- Heart-lung machine mode
inspiration time pass mode
° Angular degree Cdyn Dynamic compliance (patient)
°C Degrees Celsius, unit of tempera- Cdyn Patient compliance
ture CI Cardiac index
°F Degrees Fahrenheit cm Centimeter, unit of length
A Amps, electric power unit CO Carbon monoxide
Agent/AGas Anesthetic gas COM Serial port
AGS Anesthetic gas receiving system CPAP Continuous positive airway pres-
AGSS Anesthetic gas scavenging system sure
Air Medical compressed air CPP Cerebral perfusion pressure
APL Adjustable pressure limitation CS Central supply for O2, N2O, Air and
ART Arterial blood pressure vacuum
ART D Arterial blood pressure, diastole CV Cardiovascular
ART M Arterial blood pressure, mean pres- CVP Central venous pressure
sure CVP M Central venous pressure
ART S Arterial blood pressure, systole dB (A) Decibel, rated sound level unit
ARTF Artefact DES Desflurane
ATPD Ambient temperature and pres- DIVA Direct injection of volatile agents,
sure, dry anesthetic agent delivery
Battery Battery ∆O2 Difference between inspiratory and
BCT Burst count expiratory O2 concentration
BIS Bispectral analysis ∆Psupp / Pressure support level above

Psupp PEEP
BMI Body Mass Index
EAB European pharmacopoeia
bpm Beats per minute
ECG Electrocardiography
BSA Body surface area
EEG Electroencephalogram
BSR Burst suppression ratio
EMG Electromyography
BTPS Body Temperature Pressure Satu-
rated (measurement at body tem- EN European standard
perature of 37 °C, current ambient ENF Enflurane
pressure and with steam-saturated ESU Electrosurgical unit
gas, measuring point e.g. lung)
etCO2 End-expiratory CO2 concentration
C.O. Cardiac output

Overview

etDES Expiratory desflurane concentra- HAL Halothane
tion HF surgery High-frequency surgery
etENF Expiratory enflurane concentration HME filter Heat and moisture exchange filter
etHAL Expiratory halothane concentration hPa Hectopascal
etISO Expiratory isoflurane concentration HR Heart rate
etO2 Expiratory O2 concentration Hz Hertz, oscillations per second
etSEV Expiratory sevoflurane concentra- i/e O2 Ratio of inspiratory to expiratory O2
tion concentration
exp., et Expiratory i/e VA Ratio of inspiratory to expiratory
FG Fresh gas anesthetic agent concentration
FG DES DES concentration in the fresh gas I:E Ratio
FG ENF ENF concentration in the fresh gas Inspiratory time : Expiratory time
FG flow Fresh-gas flow IBF Integrated bacterial filter
FG HAL HAL concentration in the fresh gas IBP Invasively measured blood pres-
sure
FG ISO ISO concentration in the fresh gas
IBW Ideal body weight
FG O2 O2 concentration in the fresh gas
ICP Intracranial pressure
FG SEV SEV concentration in the fresh gas
ICP M Mean intracranial pressure
FGF Fresh-gas flow
IEC International Electrotechnical Com-
FiO2 Inspiratory O2 concentration mission
Flow Fresh-gas flow in Inspiratory
GP1 D, Locally non-specific blood pressure inch Inch, unit of length
GP2 D (General Pressure), diastole
GP 1 corresponds to the 1st meas- inCO2 Inspiratory CO2 concentration
urement channel inDes Inspiratory desflurane concentra-
GP 2 corresponds to the 2nd tion
measurement channel inDESmax Maximum inspiratory desflurane
GP1 M, Locally non-specific blood pressure limitation
GP2 M (General Pressure), mean pres- inEnf Inspiratory enflurane concentration
sure
GP 1 corresponds to the 1st meas- InfR 1 Infusion rate 1
urement channel inHal Inspiratory halothane concentra-
GP 2 corresponds to the 2nd tion
measurement channel
inIso Inspiratory isoflurane concentration
GP1 S, Locally non-specific blood pressure
inISOmax Maximum inspiratory isoflurane
GP2 S (General Pressure), systole
limitation
GP 1 corresponds to the 1st meas-
urement channel inN2O Inspiratory N2O concentration
GP 2 corresponds to the 2nd inSev Inspiratory sevoflurane concentra-
measurement channel tion

Overview

inSEVmax Maximum inspiratory sevoflurane MPa Megapascal, unit of pressure
limitation MPBetreibV German medical devices operator
insp. Inspiratory ordinance
inVA Inspiratory anesthetic gas concen- MRI Magnetic resonance imaging
tration ms Millisecond, unit of time
ISO Isoflurane MV Minute volume
IV Intravenous MVe Expiratory minute volume
kg Kilogram, unit of mass MVespon Expiratory spontaneously breathed
kPa Kilopascal minute volume
kV Kilovolt, unit of voltage N2 Nitrogen
L Liter, unit of cubic measure N2O Nitrous oxide
LA Left atrial NaOH Sodium hydroxide
LA M Left atrial blood pressure, mean NIBP Non-invasive blood pressure
pressure NIBP D Non-invasive blood pressure, dias-
lbs. Pound; unit of mass tole
LED Light emitting diode NIBP M Non-invasive blood pressure,
LV Left ventricular mean pressure
LV D Left ventricular blood pressure, di- NIBP S Non-invasive blood pressure, sys-
astole tole
LV M Left ventricular blood pressure, NMT Neuromuscular transmission

mean pressure NO Nitrogen oxide
LV S Left ventricular blood pressure, NTPD Normal temperature pressure dry
systole (20 °C, 1013 hPa, dry)
LVSWI Left ventricular stroke volume index O2 Oxygen
MAC Minimum Alveolar Concentration O2 upt. Oxygen uptake
Man. Manual OR Operating room
MAN/SPON Manual ventilation / Spontaneous ORC Oxygen ratio controlled
breathing PA Pulmonary artery
mbar Millibar, unit of pressure Pa Pascal (1 mbar = 100 Pa or 1 hPa),
Mean Mean pressure unit of pressure
min Minute, unit of time PA D Pulmonary artery blood pressure,
min. Minimum diastole
MinFG flow Minimum fresh-gas flow PA M Pulmonary artery blood pressure,

mean pressure
mL Milliliter, unit of cubic measure
PA S Pulmonary artery blood pressure,
mmHg Pressure, millimeters on a mercury systole
column
Paw Airway pressure

Overview

PEEP Positive end-expiratory pressure RVSWI Right ventricular stroke volume in-
PGA Patient gas analyzer dex
Pinsp Inspiratory pressure s., sec. Second, unit of time
PIP Peak inspiratory pressure SEF Spectral Edge Frequency
Plat Plateau pressure/end-inspiratory SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage

airway pressure SEV Sevoflurane
PLS Pulse SGA System gas analysis
Pmax Maximum pressure Slope Slope rise time
Pmean Mean pressure SNGL Single Twitch, single stimulation
Pplat Plateau pressure SpO2 Oxygen saturation of the blood
ppm Parts per million (1/1000000) Spont Spontaneous
psi pounds per square inch SQI Signal Quality Index
PTC Post Tetanic Count ST ANT ST anterior
PVC Premature ventricular contraction ST INF ST inferior
PVC/min Premature ventricular contrac- ST LAT ST lateral
tion/min STPD Standard temperature pressure dry
PVR Pulmonary vascular resistance (0 °C, 101.3 kPa, dry)
PVRI Pulmonary vascular resistance in- SV Stroke volume
dex SVI Stroke volume index
PWP Pulmonary wedge pressure SVR Systemic vascular resistance
PWR Total power SVRI Systemic vascular resistance index
R Resistance Sync. Synchronized, intermittent manda-
RA Right atrial tory ventilation
RA M Right atrial blood pressure, mean T NMT Skin temperature when measuring
pressure neuromuscular transmission
rel. Relative T1 Temperature, measuring point 1
RR Respiratory rate t10 ... 90 Time taken by a control process to
RRmand Mandatory respiratory rate achieve 10 to 90 % of the final
value
RRspon Spontaneous respiratory rate
T2 Temperature, measuring point 2
RV Right ventricular
TBlood Blood temperature
RV D Right ventricular blood pressure,
diastole Te Expiratory time
RV M Right ventricular blood pressure, TFT Thin film transistor (screen technol-
mean pressure ogy)
RV S Right ventricular blood pressure, Ti Inspiratory time

systole

Overview
Abbreviation Explanation
TOF Train of four (series of 4 measured
values)
TOFR TOF ratio
UPS Uninterruptible power supply
USB Universal Serial Bus (computer in-
terface)
V.tach Ventricular tachycardia
VAC Volts, alternating current
VDC Volts, direct current
Vent. standby Ventilator standby
Vol. Ctrl. Volume Control AutoFlow ventila-
AutoFlow tion mode
Vol.% Percentage gas component rela-
tive to the total volume
Vol.%SL Vol.% at a standard atmospheric
pressure of 1013 hPa (sea level)
VT Tidal volume
VTe Expiratory tidal volume
VTi Inspiratory tidal volume
VTmand Mandatory tidal volume
VTspon Spontaneously breathed tidal vol-
ume
xMAC Multiple of MAC

Overview
Symbols
Symbol Explanation Symbol Explanation

Manufacturer Mains power supply (AC voltage)
Potential equalization connector
Date of manufacture
Group views, screen displays
WEEE label, Directive 2002/96/EC Group trends/data, information on
the course of ventilation
Use by Group special procedure
YYYY-MM
Group alarms
Caution! Observe the accompany-
Group configuration, system set-
ing documentation! (symbol)
tings and settings for sensors
Attention! (safety sign)
Group Start/Standby
Observe the instructions for use
System on or off (at the key on
(symbol on TurboVent 2 MK05045)
screen)
Warning! Strictly follow these in-
Pulse rate
structions for use
Lower and upper alarm limits
Protection class type B (body)
Upper alarm limit
Protection class type BF (body float-
ing) lower alarm limit
Protection class type BF (body float- –– Alarm limit is switched off
ing, defibrillation protected) **** Enter 4-digit access code
Protection class type CF (defibrilla- OK, accept the setting selected
tion-protected)
Close dialog window
ESD warning label, observe the
Charge state of internal battery
warning statement, see "Information
88 to 100 %
on electromagnetic compatibility"
on page 13'' Charge state of internal battery
63 to <88 %
Caution when touching hot sur-
faces. Charge state of internal battery
38 to <63 %
SN Serial number
Charge state of internal battery
REV Order number
13 to <38 %
LOT Lot number
Charge state of internal battery 0 to
Storage temperature <13 %
Relative humidity ?% Charge state unknown
Atmospheric pressure Power supply from the internal bat-
Do not use if package damaged tery
Do not reuse

Overview
Symbol Explanation Symbol Explanation

Symbol for Uptake mode (closed The Nellcor Oximax logo indicates
system) that the monitor is configured with
Flush symbol Nellcor Oximax functionality. Only
intermediate cables and sensors
Patient category neonates recommended by Dräger may be
Patient category pediatric patients used.
Patient category adults Connection for internal sample line
to the Protect water trap
Suppress alarm tone
(additional information is displayed Connection for sample line to the
below the symbol: 2 minutes, All) CO2 water trap
Alarm off
Alarms temporarily switched off
DIVA, unlocking
Anaesth.
Ventilator
Safety rotary knob Anesth. Ventila-
Emerg. Off
tor Off for stopping delivery of anes-
thetic agent, ventilation, and deliv-
ery of fresh-gas (0.5 L/min of O2 will
continue to be delivered, however)
O2
Safety rotary knob O2 for emer-
gency O2 delivery
CO2 absorber bypass
Biomed service
Connection to Infinity network avail-

able
No connection to Infinity network
Non-rebreathing system on external

fresh-gas outlet
Masimo SET logo indicates that the
monitor is configured with Masimo
SET functionality only. Only Masimo
sensors and intermediate cables
may be used with the Masimo SET
module.

Overview
Product labels
Product label Explanation

When connecting auxiliary devices, be aware of the leakage current.
max.800mm
Label on right side of door
When transporting the device, move all hinged arms to the transport po-
sition. To do this, swing all hinged arms inward to the center of the device
and lock them.
max.800mm
Label on left side of door

When transporting the device, make sure that the slope of the floor does
not exceed ±10°. If the transport position is not maintained, the maximum
slope of the floor is reduced to ±5°. Risk of tipping over!

Operating concept
Operating concept
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Variant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Variant 2 and variant 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Main menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Buttons in system standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Using the touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Using the dialog windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Therapy bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Color concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Therapy controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Waveforms and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Color coding for anesthetic agents and
medical gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Overview of the menu structure . . . . . . . . . . 49

Operating concept
Screen
Variant 1 E LED for status display of the power supply for

battery operation:
– Green = battery charged
I
– Yellow = battery capacity less than 50 %
– Off = battery capacity less than 10 %
F LEDs for status display of the gas supply from
backup gas cylinders (O2, Air, N2O)
– Green = pressure sufficient
A – Green, flashing = pressure slightly below
level
– Off = pressure not sufficient
G LEDs for status display of the gas supply from
DC E the central gas supply (O2, Air, N2O)
O2 Air N2O O2 Air N2O
B H Alarm pause function
H
G F Press the Audio paused key to suppress
050
the audible alert of all active alarms for

All the controls are on the screen. 2 minutes. For additional information,
A The screen is touch-sensitive (touch screen) see page 177.
and can also be operated with gloves. Touch I The alarm bar on the front and back indicates
lightly to call up functions or dialog windows.
alarm conditions:
B Rotary knob for selecting and confirming set- – Red = high-priority alarm condition
tings – Yellow = medium-priority alarm condition
C On/Off button to turn the device On/Off
CAUTION
Touch and hold the On/Off button for 4 sec. to turn
the screen off. Ventilation is continued. A fresh-
gas flow of 0.5 L/min with 100 % O2 is delivered.
Anesthetic agent metering is switched off. Use a
manual pressure gauge to check ventilation and
ventilate manually if necessary.
Touch the On/Off button again to turn the screen
back on.
D LED for status display of the power supply for

grid operation:
– Green = mains supply sufficient
– Off = no mains supply present

Operating concept
Variant 2 and variant 3 G LEDs for status display of the gas supply from
the backup gas cylinders (O2, Air, N2O)
I – Green, flashing = pressure slightly below
level
H Alarm pause function
A
Press the button to suppress the audible
alert of all active alarms for 2 minutes. For addi-
tional information, see page 177.
I The alarm bar on the front and back indicates
D alarm conditions:
B H – Red = high-priority alarm condition

CE F G – Yellow = medium-priority alarm condition
021
All the controls are on the screen.

A The screen is touch-sensitive (touch screen)
and can also be operated with gloves. Touch
lightly to call up functions or dialog windows.
B Rotary knob for selecting and confirming set-
tings
C On/Off key to switch the device on/off
D LED for status display of the power supply for
grid operation:
– Green = mains supply sufficient
– Off = no mains supply present
E LED for status display of the power supply for
battery operation:
– Green = battery charged
– Yellow = battery charge less than 50 %
– Off = battery charge less than 10 %
F LEDs for status display of the gas supply from
the central gas supply (O2, Air, N2O)

Operating concept
Screen layout
The screen is divided into fields. C Main menu bar with buttons to:
– Open dialog windows
A 1:35 – Activate functions
D Therapy bar with fields for:
– Breathing-gas control
Touch the headline of the field to open the
B C MixGas settings dialog window,
see page 115. Touch a therapy control to
select it.
– Ventilation control.
Touch the headline of the field to open the
D Ventilation settings dialog window. Touch
a therapy control to select it.
301
A Header bar with fields for: – Additional data modules (maximum of two,
– Patient data. Touch to open the Patient three on C700 option)
setup dialog window, see page 112 On IV System option: Field for syringe pump
– Alarm messages. Touch to open the Alarms control (on C700 option, an additional data
dialog window, see page 160. module), see page 141. Touch the headline
– Date, time, location, and stopwatch. Touch of the field to open the Infusion settings di-
to access the stopwatch settings and to alog window, see page 142.
change the stopwatch display settings, Without the IV System option, the data mod-
see page 354 ule can be freely selected.
– Indication that the audible alarms have been
suppressed and display of the time that the
alarms remain suppressed.
B Monitoring area with fields for:
– Loops and fresh-gas settings.
When activated, the size of the waveforms
is reduced.
– Mini-trends.
is reduced.
– Module for SPV (on C700 option)
is reduced.
– Waveforms.
– Parameter modules: 7 waveform modules
(vertical area) and 5 data modules (horizon-
tal area), (on C700 option, 8 waveform mod-
ules and 6 data modules). Touch the param-
eter boxes to set the parameter settings in
the Sensors/Parameters dialog window,
see page 188.

Operating concept
Main menu bar G Start/Standby button

– in standby mode, it opens the Startup dialog
The main menu bar contains fixed assigned but- – in Vent. standby mode, it switches into
tons and configurable buttons. The buttons are as- Standby mode
signed to groups. Touching a button opens the cor- – during operation, it switches into Standby
responding dialog window or activates the mode after confirmation.
corresponding function.
Configurable buttons
Fixed assigned buttons Additional buttons for directly accessing functions
or dialog windows can be configured. These but-
A tons are automatically assigned to the correspond-
ing group, see "Configuring the screen"
B on page 329.
G
100
A The Alarms button opens the Alarms dialog

window. Among other things, this dialog window
can be used to set alarm limits, see page 162.
B The Views button opens the Views dialog win-
dow. This dialog window is used to choose be-
tween various user-defined views.
C The Home button closes all open dialogs and
immediately returns to the main screen.
D The Screen setup button opens the Screen
setup dialog window. This dialog window is
used to configure the screen, see page 329.
E The Trends/Data button opens the
Trends/Data dialog window. This dialog is used
to call up the diagnosis windows.
F The NIBP start/NIBP stop button starts or
stops the NIBP measurement.

Operating concept
Buttons in system standby
Self test will start at 07:15

Last self test 04.Sep 2008 17:03 A
Run self test at least every 24 hours
B
completed/ operable
C
D
E
Standby
Do not connect patient! Touch the Start/Standby
F
300
A Web access button (optional), see page 138.

B The Biomed service button opens the dialog
window to configure protected settings (Basic
settings, access code required), Data simula-
tion, Service call, Service access, Service
mode, see page 356.
C The System setup button opens the System
setup dialog window to load and save system
configurations, see page 323.
D The Trends/Data button opens the
Trends/Data dialog window to call up the diag-
nosis windows, see page 184.
E The Device test button opens the dialog win-
dow for Self test, Leak test, Leakage assist-
ant, Pretest, see page 96.
F The Start/Standby button opens the Startup
dialog to start a new case, see page 109.

Operating concept
Using the touch screen
A 1 D Therapy bar
B The therapy bar on the main screen contains the
therapy controls for the active Ventilation settings
C and the MixGas settings.
A B
305 C D
301
Using the dialog windows A Button to open the MixGas settings dialog win-
dow. The active setting for the mixed gas is dis-
Dialog windows consist of one or several pages played.
which are displayed by touching the corresponding
B Button to open the Ventilation settings dialog
horizontal or vertical tab. Dialog windows contains
window. The active ventilation settings are dis-
elements for operating the device and informing the
played.
user on current settings. Dialog windows can be
opened by touching a button in the main menu bar C Therapy controls for the mixed gas setting
or by touching the respective parameter field on the
D Therapy controls for the ventilation settings
screen.
A Dialog window title
B The horizontal tabs indicate primary topics.
Touch the relevant tab to open a page.
C The vertical tabs open secondary topics. Touch
the relevant tab to open a page.
D Touch the button to close the dialog window.
If the color of the button is yellow, the dialog
window can also be closed by pressing the ro-
tary knob.

Operating concept
Color concept
Therapy controls Waveforms and parameters
The screen setup is used to set the colors for the

waveforms and measured values, see page 334.
Screen setup
306
420
Gray Non-operable element.
Dark gray Currently not operable, function ac-
tivated Color coding for anesthetic agents and
Yellow Selected function, not yet confirmed medical gases
with rotary knob.
Standardized color coding in accordance with
Light green Operable element, function not acti-
ISO 5359 / ISO 32 / ISO 5360 is used to identify an-
vated.
esthetic agents and medical gases.
Dark green Operable element, function acti-
vated. The colors for O2, Air, and N2O are adapted to lo-
cally applicable standards.
Set values or operating states

1 Touch the therapy control. The color turns yel-
low.
2 Turn the rotary knob to set the value.
3 Press the rotary knob to confirm the value. The
color of the therapy control turns dark green or
bright green.
In the following chapters of the instructions for use,
this sequence of action is simply written: "Use the
rotary knob to set and confirm the value."

Operating concept
Overview of the menu structure
Basic settings Access code required
– General settings – General

– Units
– Printer
– USB devices
– Alarm standard
– Date/Time
– Trend order
– Drug library Manage drugs, access code required
– Event recorder – User log
– Web access – Web acc. 1 to 4
– NIBP/SpO2 Calibration of NIBP/SpO2, Selection of

SpO2 sensor type (optional)
– Infinity config. – Network config.

– Recorder config.
– MediBus config. – COM 1

– COM 2
– Disable options

Operating concept
Basic settings Access code required
– More settings – Gas prices

– Ventilation settings
– Ventilation modes
– VA/N2O
– Calculat. settings
– Total consumpt.
System setup
– Manage setups – Profiles

– Views
– Sensors/ Parameters Overview of the selected settings
– IBP Overview of the selected settings
– MixGas/ Ventilation Overview of the selected settings
– Infusion Overview of the selected settings
– Alarms Overview of the selected settings
– Screen layout Overview of the selected settings
– Basic settings Overview of the selected settings
– Autoset limits Overview of the selected settings

Operating concept
Screen setup
– Screen layout – General
– Waveforms
– Data
– Web access
– Customize buttons Manage buttons
– Brightn./ Volume – General
– Colors Assign parameters a color
Sensors/Parameters
– ECG – ECG HR/PLS
– ECG ST
– ECG C.O.
– ST segm.
– More ECG
– SpO2 – SpO2
– NIBP – NIBP
– IBP – Config.
– IBP sites/ Channels
– Cal.
– Wedge
– Temp – Temp
– C.O./ Calculat. – C.O.

– Config.
– Cardiac calculat.

Operating concept
Sensors/Parameters (Cont.)
– BIS/NMT – NMT
– BIS
– Imped. check
– Anesth./ Ventilation – CO2

– Oxygen
– Flow
– Paw
– Volatile agent
– PV FV Loops
Infusion settings
– Infusion 1 – General
– Advanced
– Advanced
– Advanced
– Advanced
Trends/Data
– Overview – Graph. trend
– Tab. trend
– Hemodyn. – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– ST view
– Cardiac calculat.
– Calculat. trends

Operating concept
Trends/Data (Cont.)
– BIS/NMT – Graph. trend
– Tab. trend
– All EEG values
– Infusion – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– Ventilat./ Oxygenat. – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– Resp. mech.
– Gases/ Anesth. – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– Current flows
– Total consumpt.
– System – Test details
Alarms
– Alarm info Detailed alarm information
– Alarm log Overview of alarms
– Alarm limits – Noninvasive

– Invasive
– Ventilation
– Anesth.
– Infusion
– Suspend Suppressing alarms
– Alarm recorder – Recorder trigger

– Recorder config.

Operating concept
Alarms (Cont.)
– All limits – Hemodyn.
– IBP
– More IBP
– Arrhythmia
– Anesth.
– Infusion
– Autoset limits – Hemodyn.

– IBP
– Anesth./ Ventilation
Test details
– Checklist – Supplies/ Safety
– Breathing system
– Suction/ Y-piece
– Test results – Test result 1

– Test result 2
– Test info
– Auto self test
– Test history
– Leakage assistant
– System info
– Service Access code required

Operating concept
Ventilation settings
– Vent. standby
– MAN/SPON Set parameters
– Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow Set parameters
– Volume Control Set parameters
– Pressure Control Set parameters
– Pressure Support Set parameters
– External FG outlet Set parameters
MixGas settings
– Fresh-gas control Settings for metering mode
– Auto control Settings for metering mode
Patient setup
Change patient data


Assembly and preparation
Before initial use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Connecting IV system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Charging the battery for emergency
DIVA metering modules for anesthetic
operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Installing flow sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Inserting and removing the DIVA metering
Zeus IE as a ceiling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Fill the DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Docking Zeus IE with the ceiling supply unit . . 59 Transportation of filled DIVA metering
modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Establishing the mains power supply . . . . . 60
DIVA metering module with Dräger Fill
Establishing potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . 61 filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Connecting the attachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Electrical fuse for auxiliary sockets. . . . . . . . . . 62 When filling during operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Finishing the filling process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Establishing the gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 79
Connecting the compressed gas hose . . . . . . . 63 DIVA metering module with safety filling
Connecting backup gas cylinders for O2, Air device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
or N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
When filling during operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Connecting anesthetic gas receiving Finishing the filling process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 83
Replacing or filling the CO2 absorber . . . . . 66 Quik Fil sevoflurane safety filling system. . 84
Instructions on absorber operation . . . . . . . . . . 66 Filling during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Filling the reusable CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . 66 Finishing the filling process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Using disposable CO2 absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 86
Connecting hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Filling system for desflurane . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Connecting adult breathing hoses . . . . . . . . . . 69 Filling during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Connecting pediatric and neonatal Finishing the filling process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
breathing hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 88
Note about using bacterial filters,
endotracheal tubes, Y-pieces, breathing
hoses, soda lime, and other accessories for
breathing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Note about the total resistance of the
breathing system and connected
accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Recommended breathing system
accessories for the ventilation of adults and
pediatric patients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Preparing optional patient monitoring . . . . . 72

Before initial use
CAUTION Charge the battery for 10 hours before the initial

use:
Before the device is used for the first time, all
parts which conduct breathing gas or which come 1 Insert the mains plug of the Zeus IE workstation
into direct contact with the patient must be treated into the mains power socket.
as described in the chapter "Care".
The power supply must correspond to the voltage
The device must have adjusted to current room indicated on the rating plate.
temperature sufficiently for it to be operating
2 Check whether the circuit breaker on the right
within a temperature range of +15 °C to +35 °C.
next to the gas supply block is pressed.
The green LED (A) with the symbol lights up.
Charging the battery for emergency op- Leave Zeus IE connected to the electrical power
eration supply for 10 hours. It does not need to be switched
on.
Zeus IE has an integrated uninterruptible power
When the battery is charged, the green LED (B)
supply (UPS) which maintains the electrical supply
lights up with the .
to the device in the event of mains failure for at least
30 minutes provided the battery is charged.
Switchover to battery operation takes place auto- Installing flow sensors
matically in the event of a failure. The Mains sup-
ply failure message appears.
WARNING
The battery is automatically recharged if the mains Risk of fire
plug has been inserted.
Residual vapors of highly flammable disin-
fectants (e.g., alcohols) and deposits that
were not removed during reprocessing may
ignite when the flow sensor is in use.
– Ensure particle-free cleaning and disinfec-
tion.
– After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to
air for at least 30 minutes.
– Before inserting the flow sensor check for
A B visible damage and soiling, such as resid-
ual mucus, medication aerosols, and parti-
cles.

050

A B
039
z Remove the breathing system, see page 363.
1 Unscrew inspiratory and expiratory connecting
nozzles (A) for breathing hoses.
2 Insert both SpiroLife flow sensors (B).
3 Screw connecting nozzles (A) back on again
(use only blue, non-rotatable nozzles).
z Fit the breathing system again and lock it in
place.
Zeus IE as a ceiling device
Features
Zeus IE can be used in conjunction with the "Forta

lift" ceiling supply unit.
The Zeus IE anesthesia device can be connected
to the ceiling supply unit using a corresponding de-
vice mount and the appropriate operating unit.
Docking Zeus IE with the ceiling supply

unit
CAUTION
To use Zeus IE in combination with a ceiling sup-
ply unit safely, it is essential to follow the Forta lift
instructions for use.

Establishing the mains power supply
The mains voltage must correspond to the voltage 3 Check whether the circuit breaker (B) is
range indicated on the rating plate. pressed. Pressed is indicated by a white circle
on a black background.
CAUTION
Only press the circuit breaker if the screen has
completely failed.
A
The circuit breaker disconnects Zeus IE, except
for the screen, from the battery and from the ex-
ternal power supply.
To disconnect the entire device from the power
supply, unplug the mains plug.
174
1 Plug the IEC line socket (A) into the device. Se-
cure with the screws.
2 Insert the mains plug into a wall socket. The
LED with the symbol , situated on the screen
housing, turns green.
WARNING
Risk of electric shock
If the device is connected to a power socket
with incorrect mains voltage or without a pro-
tective ground, persons may be injured and
the device may be damaged.
Only connect the device to power sockets with
the permissible mains voltage and a protec-
tive ground.
B
264

Establishing potential equalization Connecting the attachments
z Connect the attachments to the auxiliary sock-

A ets on the back.
NOTE
If the mains power fails, devices connected to the
auxiliary power sockets are not supplied from the
uninterruptible power supply.
Do not connect any life-supporting devices to the
auxiliary power sockets of the anesthesia work-
station.
Ensure an alternative power supply for connected
015
devices.
Differences in electrical potential between devices
can be reduced by potential equalization.
CAUTION
Potential equalization does not replace the protec- Patient hazard due to risk of electric shock
tive ground connection.
Observe the maximum current input of the auxil-
During operation, the potential equalization con- iary devices (see relevant instructions for use).
nectors must be readily accessible and the connec-
tion must be able to be disconnected without the
WARNING
use of tools.
Connection of devices to the auxiliary sockets
1 Connect the potential equalization cable to the of the anesthesia device can cause an in-
potential equalization pin (A) on the device. crease in the entire discharge current beyond
2 Connect the potential equalization cable to a the permissible value if the protective conduc-
potential equalization connector of the hospital tor of a device fails. Therefore when connect-
(e.g., wall, ceiling supply unit, operating table). ing devices to the auxiliary sockets, the total
leakage current has to be checked according
to IEC 60601-1-1.
When the permissible values for the entire dis-
charge current are exceeded, devices must
not be connected to the auxiliary sockets of
the anesthesia device, but to a separate wall
socket.
If this is ignored, it can put the patient and
user at risk.

CAUTION Electrical fuse for auxiliary sockets

For devices with power input with 8 A electronic
main fuse:
In the first 2 minutes after activating the Zeus IE,
no power may be drawn on the auxiliary sockets
because the total current fuse of the Zeus IE may
otherwise trip and the device may switch to bat-
tery operation.
If the main fuse trips, the alarm Mains supply
failure appears. In this case, wait for the power-
on procedure and then reactivate the main fuse. A A
Put connected devices into operation only after
015
this time.
If an automatic fuse trips:
CAUTION 1 Remedy the malfunction.
To ensure electrical safety, only connect devices 2 Then switch on switch (A) on the automatic
to the serial ports (COM 1, COM 2, or COM 3), or fuse.
devices and networks to the network interface
(Ethernet connection), which have a maximum The fuse is active again.
nominal voltage of 24 VDC and which meet one of
the following standards:
– IEC 60950-1: Ungrounded SELV circuits
– IEC 60601-1 (as of 2nd edition): Exposed sec-
ondary circuits

Establishing the gas supply
WARNING 4 All LEDs (A) turn green, the pressure values are
between 2.7 and 6.9 bar. The LEDs are
Risk due to gas supply failure
switched off at gas pressures of <2.7 bar or if
All gas supplies (central gas supply, gas cylin- the gas hose is disconnected.
ders) must be correctly connected since oth-
erwise the backup system (gas cylinders) will
not be available if gas supply fails. Connecting backup gas cylinders for O2,
– Make sure that all compressed gas hoses Air or N2O
are correctly connected to the rear side of
the device. Caution when handling compressed gas cylinders:
– After connecting the gas supply, check for
correct function. WARNING
– Even when the anesthesia machine is con- Risk of explosion
nected to the central gas supply, the gas
cylinders should remain at the device with Do not oil or grease the O2 cylinder valves or
valves closed as backup. O2 pressure reducers and do not handle with
greasy fingers.
Connecting the compressed gas hose WARNING

Risk of explosion
1 Screw on the compressed-gas hoses of the Only use pressure reducers listed in the List
central gas supply (CS) for O2, Air, N2O to the of Accessories Follow the instructions for use
front connections of the gas supply block. The of the pressure reducers used.
three ports on the back are intended for the
backup gas cylinders.
CAUTION
One Air outlet and one O2 outlet are optionally Risk of injury
available.
Open/close the cylinder valves slowly by hand.
2 Connect the compressed-gas hoses to the gas Do not use any tools!
supply block.
3 Insert the plugs of the compressed-gas hoses CAUTION
into the wall supply valves. Risk of injury
Have leaky or tight cylinder valves repaired pro-
fessionally!
CAUTION
Risk of explosion
A
If the cylinder valves are open, gas can be re-

moved unnoticeably from the gas cylinders (in-
050
stead of from the central gas supply) during CS

operation. Always keep the cylinder valves closed
during CS operation.

It is recommended to leave the gas cylinders as a

backup on the device even if there is a connection
to the central gas supply.
A
179
The backup Air cylinder, which is not illustrated, is

connected to the gas inlet for the Air cylinder.
At the back of the device:
1 Place full gas cylinders into the cylinder holders.
2 Secure the gas cylinders with straps (A).
3 Screw on the gas cylinders in the mount (B).
4 Connect the pressure sensor cable.
5 Open the cylinder valves (C).
The LEDs for the status of the cylinder pressures
should light up green. When the LEDs are switched
off, check that the sensor plug and the pressure re-
ducer are positioned correctly and the cylinder
pressure is sufficient.
6 Close the cylinder valves again.

Connecting anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)
In combination with Dräger anesthesia workstations WARNING

and their modules, the anesthetic gas receiving sys-
tem meets the requirements of the general safety
standards (ISO 8835-3 and ISO 80601-2-13). A vacuum can be created in the breathing sys-
tem and in the patient's lung if the side open-
The anesthetic gas receiving system does not work
ings on the receiving system are covered.
as a stand-alone system, but is used as one of
3 components of an anesthetic gas scavenging Always make sure that the side openings on
system (AGSS). the receiving system are not blocked.
B C
180
1 Connect the transfer hose to the waste gas con-

nector (A) on Zeus IE and to the port of the re-
ceiving system (B).
2 Plug the scavenging hose onto the port (C) of
the receiving system.
3 Connect the plug of the scavenginghose (D) to
the terminal unit of the disposal system.
z Follow the instructions for use of the anesthetic
gas receiving system (AGS).
CAUTION
Increased occupational exposure
Do not deliver any anesthetic agent if the AGS is
not connected!

Replacing or filling the CO2 absorber
Instructions on absorber operation WARNING

CAUTION
Do not flush soda lime in the anesthesia sys-
Risk of patient injury tem with dry gases for an unnecessarily long
For operation without CO2 monitoring (gas analy- period of time!
sis failed or sample line blocked), set a fresh-gas The soda lime loses moisture. If the level of
flow that is higher than the minute volume to pre- moisture falls below the minimum, undesira-
vent an increase in the inspiratory CO2 concentra- ble reactions usually occur, irrespective of the
tion. type of lime and the inhalation anesthetic be-
ing used:
CAUTION – reduced CO2 absorption
Risk of patient injury – increased heat development in the CO2 ab-
sorber and hence a high breathing-gas
There is no CO2 absorption while replacing the
temperature
absorber! Monitor inspiratory CO2 and set fresh-
– Formation of CO
gas flow higher than minute volume if necessary
to prevent an increase in inspiratory CO2 concen- – Absorption and/or decomposition of inha-
tration. lation anesthetic
Zeus IE can be used with disposable

CAUTION Drägersorb CLIC CO2 absorbers or reusable CO2
After replacing the absorber, check that the absorbers.
breathing system is positioned horizontally in the
mount to prevent a loss of gas.
Filling the reusable CO2 absorber
CAUTION
Immediately after replacing the absorber during Recommendation: Use only Drägersorb 800 Plus
operation, proceed directly with a check for leak- or Drägersorb FREE.
tightness by conducting manual ventilation and
perform a leak test at the next opportunity to elim- CAUTION
inate possible leaks. If you do not use an IBF absorber filter, the blower
may become contaminated.
When the breathing system is not used:
Do not use any fracture lime! Increased dust yield
Only fill the absorber cannister just before use!
may impair the functionality of Zeus IE.

Using disposable CO2 absorbers
Optional CLIC adapter

B The CLIC adapter makes it possible to use
Drägersorb CLIC 800 Plus or
Drägersorb CLIC Free disposable CO2 absorbers,
A see instructions for use of disposable CO2 absorb-
ers.
No IBF filter is required if using the recommended
cartridges (dust filter is already integrated in the
cartridge).
018
Fitting the CLIC adapter
1 Turn the CO2 absorber (A) counterclockwise
and remove downwards.
2 Remove the IBF absorber filter (B) using the re-
cessed handles in the filter.
3 Empty out the used soda lime and dispose of
according to the soda lime instructions for use.
4 Fill the CO2 absorber with fresh soda lime up to
the upper mark.
A
5 Insert new IBF absorber filter. Only use undam-
aged filters, as exterior damage to the filter de-
creases protection! B
6 Attach CO2 absorber to the breathing system
from the bottom and turn clockwise until it en-
005
gages.
z Insert the CLIC adapter into the breathing sys-
tem from below and turn clockwise as far as it
will go. Make sure that the unlock button (A)
is facing the front and visible to the
user.

Pulling out the used absorber
C 068
1 Press the unlock button (A): the holder flips

open.
2 Slide the disposable CO2 absorber (C) out of
the holder (B).
3 Dispose of the used absorber.
Information about disposal is available in the in-
structions for use of the Drägersorb CLIC absorber.
Installing the new CO2 absorber

1 Shake the disposable CO2 absorber before in-
serting, e.g. by inverting it several times to
loosen the soda lime.
2 Remove the seal from the new disposable CO2
absorber.
3 Slide the new disposable CO2 absorber (C) as
far as possible into the holder (B) until you hear
it snap into place in the CLIC adapter.

Connecting hoses
WARNING Connecting adult breathing hoses

Risk of burns to the patient's airways/mucous
membranes
A defect in the ventilator or the DIVA metering
module can lead to an increased breathing- A
gas temperature. A
C
To prevent the risk of burns, the length of the D
breathing hose may not be less than 110 cm. F F E
WARNING
When using near-patient filters do not scav- B
enge at the patient end!
176
In the event of stenosis or increased filter re- 1 Breathing hoses (A) – connect to the inspiratory
sistance the patient may be injured by vac- and expiratory ports of the breathing system
uum. and the Y-piece.
NOTE WARNING
Zeus IE is manufactured without natural rubber Risk of burns when using HF surgery equip-
latex. ment
To minimize the risk of exposure to latex, use Do not use any antistatic or conductive
breathing bags and breathing hoses manufac- breathing hoses!
tured without natural rubber latex.
2 Attach hose water traps (B) attach at the lowest
point to collect the condensate.
3 Connect the Y-piece (C) and elbow (D).
4 HME filter or filter (E) – connect to the elbow on
the Y-piece.
5 Connect the sample line (F) on the filter and on
the CO2 water trap.
NOTE
Only scavenge from the near-patient filter, other-
wise the measured values may be incorrect.

4 Attach the HME filter or filter (E) to the spacer

on the Y-piece.
5 Connect the sample line (F) on the filter and on
the CO2 water trap.
G 6 Connect the breathing bag (G) with the con-

necting nozzle to the breathing bag hose and
attach to the angled nozzle of the breathing sys-
tem. Insert the breathing bag downward, hang-
149
ing in the direction of the floor, into the mount.
6 Connect the breathing bag (G) with the con-
necting nozzle to the breathing bag hose and It is recommended that only Dräger-approved
attach to the angled nozzle. Insert the breathing breathing bags be used. Otherwise, device opera-
bag downward, hanging in the direction of the tion may be restricted.
floor, into the mount.
It is recommended that only Dräger-approved Determining system compliance and leakage
breathing bags be used. Otherwise, device opera-
tion may be restricted.
G
Connecting pediatric and neonatal
breathing hoses
Using a near-patient filter
A
A
G DE 272
1 Connect Y-piece with filter (G) to the self-test

F C adapter firmly.
F
2 Perform leak test, see page 136.
B
267
1 Connect breathing hoses (A) to the inspiration

and expiration nozzles of the breathing system
using the large sleeves. Connect the small
sleeves with Y-piece.
2 Attach hose water traps (B) attach at the lowest
3 Connect the Y-piece (C) and spacer (D).

Using a device-end filter (microbial filter 654 St) Note about using bacterial filters, en-
dotracheal tubes, Y-pieces, breathing
hoses, soda lime, and other accessories
H for breathing systems
K
WARNING
L When using additional components in the
K J breathing system or configurations which are
different from the standard breathing circuit,
inspiratory and expiratory breathing resist-
ance may be increased beyond the standard
I requirement. The use of such configurations
therefore calls for special care and monitoring
280
by the user.
1 Connect breathing hoses (H) with fitted micro-
bial filters to the inspiration and expiration noz- In spontaneous breathing, high breathing resist-
zles of the breathing system.
ance leads to an increase in the amount of respira-
2 Attach hose water traps (I) attach at the lowest tory work to be performed by the patient.
In volume-controlled ventilation, a high breathing
3 Connect the small sleeves with Y-piece (J). resistance has a slight effect on the administered
volume during inspiration. The PIP pressure, how-
4 Connect the sample line (K) on the tube con-
ever, is increased while the plateau pressure Pplat
nector and on the CO2 water trap.
remains the same. In the expiration phase this in-
5 Connect the breathing bag with the connecting creases the time constant (RC). If the expiration
nozzle to the breathing bag hose and attach to times are too short, the lung might not be emptied
the angled nozzle (L) on the breathing system. completely, resulting in a dynamic overfilling of the
Insert the breathing bag downward, hanging in lungs (air trapping).
the direction of the floor, into the mount.
In pressure-controlled ventilation, high airway re-
It is recommended that only Dräger-approved sistance can cause a reduction in inspiratory or ex-
breathing bags be used. Otherwise, device opera- piratory volume.
tion may be restricted.
The accessories for the application must have been
connected before the self test is performed. Expan-
sion hoses must be drawn out to the intended user
length. Only in this way is the compliance correctly
determined and with volume-controlled ventilation
a correct tidal volume applied.
If coaxial hoses are used, leakages between the in-
ner and outer hose are not detected during the self
test/leak test.

Note about the total resistance of the Only resistance data obtained under the same flow
breathing system and connected acces- conditions may be added up, e.g., for adults, the re-
sories sistance data at 60 L/min, for pediatric patients at
30 L/min and for neonates at 5 L/min.
In these instructions for use, the chapter Technical If a filter is used on the Y-piece, the resistance for
Data indicates the inspiratory and expiratory both the inspiratory and expiratory direction must
breathing resistance of the breathing system with- be taken into account.
out breathing hoses. Therefore, it is possible to de-
The standard for anesthesia breathing systems
termine the resulting resistance on the patient when
(ISO 8835-2) specifies a total resulting pressure
using different hose sets and/or filters.
drop at 60 L/min of 6.0 hPa max., both inspiratory
The following formula is used to calculate the re- and expiratory.
sistance (R):
z Follow the instructions for use of the respective
RExpiration = accessories.
RBreathingSys_exsp + RExpHose + RExpFilter
RInspiration =
RBreathingSys_insp + RInspHose + RBreathingBagHose +
RInspFilter
Recommended breathing system accessories for the ventilation of adults and pedi-
atric patients
Only use the accessories listed in the List of Acces-

sories for Zeus IE.
VT range Manual breathing bag Hose set Recommended ventilation mode

10 to 200 mL 0.5 to 1 L Pediatric All modes
(Volume Control only from 20 mL upwards)
50 to 200 mL 1L Pediatric All modes
100 to 300 mL 1L Adults All modes
300 to 700 mL 2L Adults All modes
>700 mL 3L Adults All modes
Preparing optional patient monitoring
z Connect cables and modules for patient moni-

toring, see page 197.

Connecting IV system
Attaching to an infusion apparatus

B
1 Attach the IV system to the pole of the infusion
DPS 4 apparatus stand. Check to make sure the
DPS 3 IV system is secure.
2 Check the stability of the infusion apparatus
DPS 2 stand.
DPS 1 3 Connect the cable connection (C) between the
IV Dock IV system and the IV system connection in the
connection field for patient monitoring.
– Use extension cable if necessary.
A
For stability reasons, an additional attachment to
the infusion apparatus stand is necessary from
three syringe pumps upwards.
z Use an additional screw clamp.
C
171
Using Quicklock
z Assemble the IV-system (optional) according to
the instructions for use for Module DPS syringe 1 Secure the connector with Quicklock until it can
pumps. be felt and heard to have engaged.
2 To unlock, squeeze the Quicklock on both sides
Attaching to a retaining arm (A) (optional) and remove the connector.
1 Insert infusion apparatus stand into the retain-

ing arm and fasten with the clamping screw. Use port saver
2 Attach the IV system to the infusion apparatus To protect the IV socket on Zeus IE, it is recom-
stand. Check to make sure the IV system is se- mended that an adapter (port saver) be used.
cure. 1 Attach the adapter to the IV connection point on
3 A carrying handle (B) can be fitted to the top sy- Zeus IE.
ringe pump. 2 Insert the IVDock plug into the adapter.
– Insert the carrying handle into the mounting z Replace the adapter if worn.
slot of the top syringe pump and lower it.
The positions of the Module DPS syringe pumps on
– Turn the clamping screw until the carrying the IVDock (basis) determine the identification of
handle is securely attached. the syringe pumps for syringe pump control (1 to 4),
4 Connect the cable connection (C) between the see page 141.
IV system and the IV system connection in the
connection field for patient monitoring.

DIVA metering modules for anesthetic agents
The device can be operated with one or two DIVA Inserting and removing the DIVA meter-
metering modules. The selection of the slot is arbi- ing module
trary.
z Fill the DIVA metering module with the appropri-
ate anesthetic agent.
– Filling can be done with the DIVA metering
module plugged in or outside of the device.
– Filling is also possible during anesthesia.
– Before the internal self test of the device, the
DIVA metering modules must be filled and
connected in order to ensure a complete
test. A A
WARNING
Storing the DIVA metering module
– only when empty (except if supplied for im-
minent clinical use)
040
– in well-ventilated rooms
The DIVA metering module can be exchanged in all
– not over 40 °C
operating states (switched off, on standby or during
Empty the DIVA metering module for periodic anesthesia).
maintenance and for transportation!
Plugging in the DIVA metering module
z Insert the DIVA metering module into the slot
until it can be felt and heard to have engaged.
Removing the DIVA metering module

z Keep the unlock button (A) pressed and remove
the DIVA metering module.
NOTE
Pressing the unlock button during operation re-
sults in immediate shutdown of the DIVA metering
module! This can lead to a rapid drop in anes-
thetic agent concentration in the breathing gas.

CAUTION Fill the DIVA metering modules

Risk of injury
CAUTION
Place DIVA metering modules only on firm, hori-
zontal surfaces. The DIVA metering module can Hazardous to health
be damaged when dropped. Only fill DIVA metering modules in areas with ad-
equate ventilation.
Sight glasses Do not spill any anesthetic agents and do not in-
hale anesthetic vapor.
NOTE
Observe the expiration date and storage temper-
ature of the anesthetic agent.
250 mL If the brand name is different, ensure correct as-

signment, e.g., by the color coding of the DIVA me-
tering module and anesthetic agent bottle.
Standardized color coding in accordance with
ISO 5359 / ISO 32 / ISO 5360 is used to identify an-
004
esthetic agents and medical gases.

The DIVA metering modules have a sight glass with
marks for minimum and maximum filling levels. A
third mark in the lower section indicates that a en- Anesthetic agents from different manufacturers
tire anesthetic agent bottle (250 mL) can be refilled. with different brand names can be metered in the
DIVA metering module from a technical viewpoint
individually or mixed if they are equal in composi-
Filling devices tion as well as their physical and chemical features
The following filling devices are possible for the dif- and if they are approved for pharmaceutical use.
ferent anesthetic agents: Close the drain plug before filling!
Isoflurane Safety filling system/Dräger Fill WARNING

Sevoflurane Quik Fil Risk of patient injury
Safety filling system/Dräger Fill
Make sure the name of the anesthetic agent
Desflurane Desflurane filling system and the color coding on the DIVA metering
module and anesthetic agent bottle agree.
Otherwise, hazardous anesthetic agent mix-
tures may develop or mistakes can be made.
WARNING
Do not allow any detergents or substances not
intended for use to enter the filling system.
The anesthetic agent may be contaminated.

WARNING Transportation of filled DIVA metering

Risk of patient injury modules
Do not use anesthetic agents that were emp- The DIVA metering module can be transported in
tied from a DIVA metering module, but dispose any position. The filling device must be properly
of in a proper manner. Otherwise, the anes- closed.
thetic agents may be contaminated, mixed
with others or used by mistake.
Transportation in filled state
CAUTION – Only within the scope of regular clinical opera-
Increased occupational exposure tion, not for storage and dispatch
When emptying the DIVA metering module, do – Only with ambient conditions in accordance
not fill the anesthetic agent bottle up to the brim! with the technical data
This can cause anesthetic agent to be released – The DIVA metering module may remain filled
into the atmosphere. provided operating interruptions do not exceed
6 months; otherwise, empty the DIVA metering
CAUTION module.
Health risk The anesthesia machine can be moved around the
Fill the DIVA metering modules only up to a tem- workplace when the DIVA metering module is
perature of 40 °C, otherwise anesthetic agent can plugged in and locked.
escape.
CAUTION
When filling during the warm-up phase of the
DIVA metering module, anesthetic agent may es-
cape.
Only fill the DIVA metering module after the warm-
up phase.

DIVA metering module with Dräger Fill filling system
for isoflurane and sevoflurane
D
A
C
B B
067
1 Only use anesthetic agent bottle with anes-
053
thetic-specific collars (B) on the bottle neck.
The Dräger Fill filling system consists of the follow- WARNING

ing components: Risk of patient injury
A anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA Agent-specific filling cannot be guaranteed if
metering module anesthetic agent bottles without a collar are
B anesthetic-specific Dräger Fill filling adapter on used. Anesthetic agents may be mixed or
the anesthetic agent bottle used by mistake.
2 Select the Dräger Fill filling adapter for the cor-

responding anesthetic agent. The color coding
When filling during operation and names/symbols on the filling adapter corre-
spond to the anesthetic agent used.
MixGas settings
3 Screw the cap (C) off the anesthetic agent bot-
tle.
A z Use undamaged filling adapters and anesthetic
agent bottles only.
4 Screw the Dräger Fill filling adapter (D) firmly
onto the anesthetic agent bottle.
CAUTION
With a leaky connection between the bottle
332
adapter and bottle, anesthetic agent vapor can

z Press the Ventilate reservoir (A) button. escape.
The DIVA metering module is ventilated for ap-
prox. 30 sec. No anesthetic agent vapor es-
capes into the environment during filling.

10 Fill the DIVA metering module to the maximum

mark at the most.
11 If the DIVA metering module is filled beyond the
maximum mark, the anesthetic agent flows out
F through an overflow hole (I).
Finishing the filling process

E 1 Reduce the pressure in the anesthetic agent
bottle and slowly pull out the anesthetic agent
bottle.
061
5 Screw the locking cap (E) off the filling device 2 Check the filling level in the sight glass (H) –
slowly so that any pressure which has built up DIVA metering module must hang or stand ver-
in the DIVA metering module can escape tically during checking.
slowly.
3 Screw on the locking cap (J).
6 Introduce the anesthetic agent bottle with the
filling adapter (F) into the filling opening. When z Screw the Dräger Fill filling adapter from the an-
doing so, turn the anesthetic agent bottle clock- esthetic agent bottle and
wise until the coded area has engaged in the 4 use the screw cap (K) to close the anesthetic
filling opening. agent bottle.
Do not turn the anesthetic agent bottle counter-
clockwise. The filling adapter might become de- CAUTION
tached from the anesthetic agent bottle Increased occupational exposure
Firmly screw on the locking cap. Otherwise, anes-
thetic agent can escape.
G NOTE
Do not store the anesthetic agent bottle with the
Dräger Fill filling adapter screwed on. The Dräger
Fill filling adapter is no substitute for the bottle
cap.
H I K
J
062
7 Press the anesthetic agent bottle (G) up to the

stop into the filling opening and keep it pressed.
Avoid excessive force and tilting of the anes-
thetic agent bottle!
8 Watch the filling level in the sight glass (H).
9 The supply will be interrupted automatically
when the maximum mark is reached.

Emptying the DIVA metering module
B
C
A
263
1 Hold empty anesthetic agent bottle (A) under

the drain opening on the bottom of the DIVA me-
tering module.
2 Screw the locking cap (B) off the filling opening.
3 Use a screwdriver for hexagon sockets to open
the drain plug (C).
4 Close the drain valve again after emptying.
5 Close the anesthetic agent bottle with the cap.
6 Close the DIVA metering module with the lock-
ing cap (B).
WARNING
Do not use anesthetic agents that were emp-
tied from a DIVA metering module, but dispose
of in a proper manner. Otherwise, the anes-
thetic agents may be contaminated, mixed
with others or used by mistake.

DIVA metering module with safety filling device
When filling during operation
B MixGas settings
A
A
C 051
for isoflurane
332
The safety filling system consists of the following
components: 1 Touch the Ventilate reservoir (A) button before
A anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA filling.
metering module The DIVA metering module is ventilated for ap-
B anesthetic-specific Dräger filling adapter prox. 30 sec. No anesthetic agent vapor es-
C anesthetic-specific collar and threads on the
bottle neck
Recommendations
E
– Use only anesthetic agent bottles with an anes-
thetic-specific collar on the bottle neck.
– Use only Dräger filling devices.
– Use filling adapters with a non-return valve only. D
– Use undamaged filling adapters and anesthetic
agent bottles only.
– If the filling adapter is not firmly and tightly con-
052
nected to the anesthetic agent bottle and the

DIVA metering module, the anesthetic agent 2 Select the filling adapter for the appropriate an-
can flow out. esthetic agent.
The color coding and names/symbols on the fill-
ing adapter correspond to the anesthetic agent
used.
3 Screw the filling adapter (D) firmly onto the an-
esthetic agent bottle.

4 Turn the square end (E) of the filling adapter so 8 Tighten the lever (H) – do not use excessive
that the holes point downwards. force.
The lever is not flush with the front side of the
CAUTION
DIVA metering module when filling.
Increased effort can cause damage to the seal and
With a leaky connection between the bottle lead to release of fresh gas and anesthetic agent.
adapter and anesthetic agent bottle, anesthetic
agent vapor can escape.
F
J
057
9 Swivel the anesthetic agent bottle (I) slowly to
055
an overhead position and keep it in this position.

5 Pull out the locking bolt (F) and fold it down.
10 Watch the filling level (J) in the sight glass.
6 Hold the anesthetic agent bottle downwards.
The supply will be interrupted automatically
The holes of the filling adapter point down- when the maximum mark is reached.
wards.
NOTE
The seals on the DIVA metering module and the
filling adapter are wearing parts: check them and
H have them exchanged by trained personnel if nec-
essary.
G
056
7 Insert the filling adapter (G) into the opening of

the filling device up to the stop.

Finishing the filling process If the lever cannot be closed completely, disengage
the lever and depress the locking bolt completely,
otherwise the locking bolt will not seal and the gas-
ket seal may be damaged.
7 Unscrew the filling adapter and close the anes-
thetic agent bottle with the cap.
NOTE
C
Do not store any anesthetic agent bottles with the
A filling adapter unscrewed! Anesthetic agent will be
released!
B
4
To use anesthetic agents in a safe and environmen-
D tally-friendly manner, please follow the following in-
structions:
058
1 Swivel the anesthetic agent bottle (A) down-

NOTE
wards.
Close the anesthetic agent bottle, even if it has
2 Check the filling level with the sight glass (B). been emptied. Allow remaining anesthetic agent
The DIVA metering module must be in an up- in the filling adapter and anesthetic agent bottle to
right position. evaporate under an extractor hood, otherwise an-
3 Swivel the lever (C). esthetic agent vapor will be released.
4 Pull out the filling adapter (D).
E
059
5 Insert the locking bolt (E) and press in com-

pletely.
6 Close the lever (C).
Otherwise, fresh gas and anesthetic agent va-
por could escape after switching on and trans-
porting the DIVA metering module.

A
265
1 Hold empty anesthetic agent bottle (A) under

the drain opening on the bottom of the DIVA me-
tering module.
2 Swivel the lever slowly.
3 Pull out the locking bolt and fold it down.
the drain plug (B).
5 Close the drain plug again after emptying.
6 Insert the locking bolt again and press in up to
the stop.
7 Close the lever.
8 Close the anesthetic agent bottle.

Quik Fil sevoflurane safety filling system
A
B 053
The safety filling system consists of the following B

components:
A Anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA
060
metering module
2 Unscrew the cap (B) from the bottle adapter.
B Anesthetic-specific adapter on the anesthetic
agent bottle. The bottle adapter must be positioned firmly
and tightly on the anesthetic agent bottle and
must be undamaged.
Filling during operation
CAUTION
MixGas settings
With a leaky connection between the bottle
adapter and anesthetic agent bottles, anesthetic
A agent vapor can escape.
332
1 Press the Ventilate reservoir (A) button.

The DIVA metering module is ventilated for ap-
prox. 1 minute. No anesthetic agent vapor es-

D
A
C
B
061
3 Screw the locking cap (C) off the filling device
062
slowly so that any pressure which has built up in
1 Reduce the pressure in the anesthetic agent
the DIVA metering module can escape slowly.
bottle (A) and slowly pull out the anesthetic
4 Insert the anesthetic agent bottle with the bars agent bottle.
into the respective grooves (D) of the filling
2 Check the filling level in the sight glass (B) –
opening. Only use anesthetic agent bottles with
DIVA metering module must stand vertically
suitable bars!
during checking.
z Press the anesthetic agent bottle up to the stop
into the filling opening and keep it pressed. CAUTION
z Avoid excessive force and tilting of the anes- Increased occupational exposure
thetic agent bottle! Firmly screw on the locking cap. Otherwise, anes-
z Watch the filling level in the sight glass. thetic agent can escape.
The supply will be interrupted automatically z Screw the cap onto the bottle adapter.
when the maximum mark is reached.
z Always keep the anesthetic agent bottle closed!

A
263
1 Screw empty anesthetic agent bottle (A) into the

drain opening on the bottom of the DIVA meter-
ing module.
2 Unscrew the locking cap (B) of the filling device.
the drain plug (C).
4 Close the drain valve again after emptying.
5 Remove the anesthetic agent bottle and close it
with the cap.
6 Close the DIVA metering module with the lock-
ing cap (B).

Filling system for desflurane
3 Open the desflurane anesthetic agent bottle

and insert the bottle neck (C) into the filling
opening until it engages.
A B 4 Keep the anesthetic agent bottle pressed.
C The anesthetic agent bottle is equipped with an

internal valve to prevent spilling.
5 Watch the filling level in the sight glass. The
DIVA metering module must be in a vertical po-
sition when checking.
065
NOTE
The filling system consists of the following compo- Increased occupational exposure
nents:
Fill the DIVA metering module to the maximum
A Anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA mark only!
metering module
If filled beyond the maximum mark, excess desflu-
B Unlock button on the DIVA metering module rane may splash out of the filling device when re-
C Anesthetic-specific adapter on the anesthetic moving the anesthetic agent bottle.
agent bottle

Filling during operation
1 Reduce the pressure in the anesthetic agent
bottle.
2 Touch the unlock button.
3 Pull out the anesthetic agent bottle and close it.
4 Insert the locking cap of the DIVA metering
A module into the filling device until it engages.
B
C
054
1 Touch the unlock button (A).

2 Pull out the locking cover (B) of the DIVA meter-
ing module.

066
1 Attach an empty anesthetic agent bottle.

2 Turn the DIVA metering module with the anes-
thetic agent bottle attached upside down and
push.
3 After emptying in this position, touch the unlock
button and remove the anesthetic agent bottle.
4 Turn the DIVA metering module upright and
close it with the locking cover.
5 Close the anesthetic agent bottle.

Startup
Startup
Device check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Checking the central gas supply. . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Checking the backup gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . 90
Checking the O2 flush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Checking the O2 emergency delivery . . . . . . . . 91
Checking the breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Checking the APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Emergency ventilation bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Checking the anesthetic gas scavenging
system AGSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Checking the O2 flow meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Switching on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Supply & safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Suction & Y-piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Preparing the self test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Starting the self test manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Automatic self test (Auto self test) . . . . . . . . 99
Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Displaying the test results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Test info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Automatic self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Test history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Leakage assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
System info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Displaying the test results during

operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Startup in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Startup
Device check
Prerequisites Checking the backup gas cylinders

– The device has been reprocessed, see chapter
"Cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization", and A A
assembled ready for operation.
– The gas supply, anesthetic gas scavenging sys-
tem and power supply must be connected.
– Optional: Filled backup gas cylinders are con-
nected.
– The emergency ventilation bag, e.g.,
Dräger Resutator 2000, is on the device.
Checking the central gas supply
179
Immediately change over to cylinder supply in the
event of a central gas supply failure:
1 Open the cylinder valves (A) slowly.
A
050
If the pressure is sufficient, all LEDs (B) turn green

Check gas pressures: (see page 63):
z All LEDs (A) turn green. The pressure values – O2 greater than 50 bar
are between 2.7 and 6.9 bar. – Air greater than 50 bar
– N2O greater than 30 bar
If gas pressures fall below 2.7 bar, the LEDs go out.
If the LEDs are not green, the pressure values lie
below the threshold value:
– O2 less than 20 bar
– Air less than 20 bar
– N2O less than 30 bar
2 Make sure that the sensor plug and the cable to
the pressure reducer are connected properly.
NOTE
If cylinder valves are open during operation with
central gas supply: Risk of gas being drawn from
backup gas cylinders.
3 Close the cylinder valves again after the capac-

ity test.

Startup
Checking the O2 flush Checking the breathing system
A A
038
The O2 flush is available for flushing and filling the
breathing system and the breathing bag with oxy-
gen quickly (approx. 35 L/min), bypassing anes-
thetic agent delivery.
047
There is a knob (A) on each side of the breathing 1 It is complete and engaged. The hoses are
system with identical functions. firmly connected.
1 Manually close the filter on the Y-piece or con- 2 New soda lime, not discolored violet.
nect the test lung.
2 Press the O2+ knob (A). CAUTION
3 The breathing bag fills; the filling process can
be heard. To avoid a backflow of condensed water into the
breathing system, the hoses between the patient
and breathing system must have sufficient slack.
Checking the O2 emergency delivery The condensate in the hose must be continuously
monitored and, if necessary, disposed of or dis-
A charged to the hose water traps. Standing water
impairs device operation!
042
1 Manually close the filter on the Y-piece or con-

nect the test lung.
2 Press O2 rotary safety knob (A) to unlock it and
adjust O2 flow by turning.
3 The breathing bag fills.
4 Turn the O2 rotary safety knob (A) back to the
original position and push it in.

Startup
Checking the APL valve Checking the anesthetic gas scavenging

system AGSS
B
The anesthetic gas scavenging system (AGSS)
must conform to ISO 8835-3.
A
WARNING
A vacuum can be created in the breathing sys-
Always make sure that the side openings on
215
the receiving system are not blocked.

(for manual checking in cases of emergency)
1 Adjust the pressure to 20 mbar (A).
2 Manually close the filter on the Y-piece or con- B
nect the test lung.
3 Manually ventilate with breathing bag.
A
4 Check the pressure limits on the mechanical
pressure gauge (B).
Emergency ventilation bag
Example: Dräger Resutator 2000 (not shown).

z The emergency ventilation bag is present on 044
the device and its functionality has been

checked. 1 Transfer hose (A) is connected to the nozzle on
the back of the device and to the receiving sys-
tem (AGS).
2 The scavenging hose is connected to the re-
ceiving system, the plug (B) is in the Dräger wall
socket, which has a green indicator.
3 The float in the AGS hangs between the two
markings.
gas receiving systems (AGS) and the anes-
thetic gas scavenging system (AGSS).

Startup
Checking the O2 flow meter
O2
212
1 Open the adjustment knob counterclockwise.

The ball ascends steadily in the measuring
tube.
2 Close the adjustment knob.

Startup
Switching on Zeus IE
The start may be delayed due to database mainte-

nance.
Self test
Test details
A
Self test
050
z Touch the On/Off button (A).
310
Manual ventilation and O2 emergency delivery are
possible at all times. The device switches to the self test mode automat-
ically. The Test details > Checklist dialog window
Anesthetic agent is not delivered yet! appears.
WARNING
Perform the self test once a day in order to
check the operational reliability of the device
and hence minimize the risk of exposing the
patient to a hazard!
618
The initial screen appears after switching the de-

vice on.

Startup
Checklist
Use the checklist (A) to make sure the device is Breathing system
ready for operation.
The checklist consists of the following test steps: 1 Touch the Breathing system tab (C).
– Supplies Safety (B) 2 Perform the following test steps:

– Breathing system (C) – Anesthetic gas scavenging system
– Suction unit Y-piece (D) – Breathing system
– Manual breathing bag
Self test
– APL valve
Test details
– Soda lime
A B
C
D Suction & Y-piece
1 Touch the Suction/ Y-piece tab (D).

Self test
2 Perform the following test steps:
– Endotracheal suction
– Microbial filters
– Y-piece
310
– Sample line
CAUTION – Watertraps
The checklist is part of the self test and must be The checklist can also be called up during opera-
applied each time before operation. Otherwise tion.
device operation may be impaired.
1 Switch to the system standby screen.
z Call up the test steps one after the other and 2 Touch the Device test button.
work through the checklist.
The Test details dialog window will be opened.
3 Touch the Checklist tab (A).
Supply & safety
1 Touch the Supplies/ Safety tab (B).

2 Perform the following test steps:
– Power supply
– Central gas supply
– Gas cylinders
– Emergency breathing bag
– O2 flush
– O2 emergency delivery

Startup
Self test
Preparing the self test Starting the self test manually
WARNING The self test can only be started from the system
standby screen.
The self test must never be performed when a
patient is connected!
CAUTION
When filling during the warm-up phase of the
DIVA metering module, anesthetic agent may es-
cape. A
Only fill the DIVA metering module after the warm-
up phase.
302
1 Touch the Device test button (A).
A The Test details dialog window will be opened.
Self test
Test details
Self test
C D
048
1 Place the Y-piece (A) with the filter firmly onto

the cone (self-test adapter).
435
2 Connect sample line to the filter. 2 Touch the Self test button (B).
3 Set APL valve to 20 mbar. 3 Touch the Name of tester button (C).
4 Switch off manual O2 supply. 4 Enter a new name or select a name from an ex-
isting list of the last six testers. Names can also
be deleted from the list.
5 The Start (D) button automatically turns yellow.
Confirm with rotary knob.

Startup
The self test starts. The Start button (D) is dark A failed pretest does not change the last self test re-
green. sult.
Self test The pretest can be activated as a separate test in
Test details
preparation for the automatic self test,
see page 100.
The bottom progress bar displays the progress of
the self test.
Self test
Test details
Self test
F
E
436
The total time of the test is approx. 8 minutes. Two

progress indicators (E) show the elapsed time in %.
Self test
G
H
The top bar displays the Pretest. The pretest takes
approx. 1 minute. The device is tested for the fol-
lowing most frequent errors:
– Large leak
437
– Y-piece not connected properly
During the self test, the Test results (F) page dis-
– APL valve setting
plays the results of the previous test.
– Central supply status of O2 and Air
– Flow sensors inoperable If the self test is passed, the device displays the
completed/operable message on a green back-
If a problem is determined in the pretest, informa-
ground. The self test did not identify any errors and
tion about the cause and how to remedy the prob-
the device automatically switches to the Startup di-
lem appears above the progress bar.
alog. Zeus IE can be put into operation.
z When the problem has been remedied, touch
If the self test is failed, one of the following mes-
the Repeat pretest button.
sages appears:
After the pretest, the following options are available
– completed/partly operable on a yellow back-
to continue the self test:
ground. The user can decide based on the
– Pretest passed: cause of the error (see "Test info" on page 101)
– Self test continues automatically. whether the self test should be repeated or ter-
– At the end of the self test, the current test re- minated after remedying the error.
sult is displayed.
– completed/not operable on a red background.
– Pretest failed: The user must repeat the Self test after remedy-
ing the error.
z Call up the cause of the error via the Test
info tab. Repeating the self test:
z Perform the pretest again or start the self z Touch the Repeat button (G). All tests are re-
test directly to obtain accurate error analy- peated.
sis.

Startup
Terminating the self test: The system standby screen displays the following
information (I):
z Touch the Cancel button (H).
– Exchange water traps at least every
If the self test is canceled during the test sequence,
4 weeks.
the canceled message appears instead of com-
– Last self test date and time
pleted.
– Run self test at least every 24 hours
If the self test failed, the Test details dialog window – Last test result (with colored background).
remains open.
Test of the alarm system
The alarm system is automatically checked during
the self test. Additionally, the loudspeaker is auto-
matically checked when a new case is started.
I
501
There is an audible tone at the end of the self test.

Startup
Automatic self test (Auto self test)
The start of the automatic self test is set in the gen-

eral Basic settings, see page 336.
A
B
500
Before the start of the self test, a message (A)

about the upcoming automatic self test appears on
the standby screen.
The message contains the following information:
– Exchange water traps at least every
4 weeks.
– Self test will start at: Time (countdown
4 minutes before start)
– Last self test: Date and time
– Run self test at least every 24 hours
– Last test result (with colored background).
The countdown can be interrupted by:
– Touching the Cancel Autotest button (B)
– Opening the startup dialog
The countdown is replaced by –:–.
The automatic self test is repeated after 24 hours.

Startup
Pretest
Pretest
Test details
Pretest
B
C
435
The pretest can be started as a separate test in

preparation for the automatic self test the next day.
This ensures that the typical errors in the self test,
see page 97, no longer occur.
The pretest is called up from the standby screen.
1 Touch the Device test button.
2 Touch the Pretest button (A).
The Start button (B) automatically turns yellow.
3 Confirm with rotary knob.
The pretest starts. The button turns dark green.
A progress indicator shows the elapsed time in %
during the test. If a problem is found in the pretest,
information about the cause and how to remedy the
problem appears in the text display.
After the problem has been remedied:
z Touch the Repeat button (B) (Start). The pre-
test continues.
Or cancel the pretest:
z Touch the Cancel button (C).

Startup
Displaying the test results
Test results Test details

A
Calling up the test results:
z Touch the Test results tab (A).
Test details
A ISO SEV
C D
319
All faults from the self test or leak test are listed.
The user receives the following information about
316
troubleshooting:
All results of the last test are displayed and saved – Fault (C)
until the next test or a restart. – Cause and remedy (D)
The test result is displayed in color: – Graphic presentation of the system compo-
nents
Green test successful In addition to the image, important system data is
Red test unsuccessful displayed:
– Central supply pressure and cylinder pressure
Gray not tested
– Leaks and compliance, with the time of the last
measurement
– Battery capacity
Test info – Anesthetic agent quantity in the DIVA metering
module
Calling up the test info:
z Touch the Test info tab (A) or View details tab
(B).

Startup
Automatic self test Test history
z Touch the Auto self test tab (A). Calling up the test history:
Test details z Touch the Test history tab (A).

A Test details
Time-controlled self test
B A
starts at
Time-controlled self test C
317
The automatic self test is set as standard in the
316
general basic settings, see page 336.
The results of previous tests are displayed with the
The default values can be changed for the next test: following information:
– Time-controlled self test starts at (B)
– Date and Time
– Time-controlled self test (C) On/Off
– Test
The new values apply to the next automatic self – Name of tester
test. After the next automatic self test is completed, – Number of test loops
the values are reset to the default values. – Result
Factory setting: Off If a test did not detect any faults but is incomplete,
the result is indicated with canceled.
When activating On, the following messages ap-
pear:
– Auto self test is enabled. Conduct Pretest.
Check start time.
When activating Off, the following message ap-
pears:
– Auto self test is disabled.

Startup
Leakage assistant Notes on leaks:
The Leakage assistant facilitates leak detection in

the breathing system. Test pressure and leakage- Flow valve Pressure sensor
Flow sensor, exp.
flow values are displayed continuously, so that a re-
duction in the leakage is immediately apparent by Lung
manually checking the connections.
Circle flow
Test details
A Bag
Absorber Blower Flow sensor, insp.
Pressure sensor
Leak test 2
Leak test 1
246
Leaks are determined separately in the mechanical
B subsystem and the system as a whole. (See "Gas
C flow diagram" on page 440.)
Leak test 1:
315
– Leak test in near-patient breathing system.

Starting the leakage assistant: Leaks up to 100 mL/min are tolerated.
– The leak value is relevant to automatic ventila-
z Touch the Leakage assistant button (A). The tion.
Start button (B) turns dark green automatically.
Leak test 2:
The leakage assistant starts.
– Leak test in the system as a whole. Leaks up to
The test pressure is 25 to 30 mbar and indicated in 500 mL/min are tolerated.
the form of broken lines on the pressure display. – The leak value is relevant to manual and spon-
If the patient subsystem is the cause of the leak, a taneous breathing.
leak value above 100 mL/min is displayed in red.
For other causes, a leak value above 500 mL/min is
displayed in red.
A message indicates where the cause of the leak
can be found and provides information about how
to remedy the problem.
Leaving the leakage assistant:
z Touch the Cancel button (C).

Startup
System info Service
The System info page contains information about An access code is required to display the following
the device configuration. service-related information:
Calling up the system info: – System info
– Info log
z Touch the System info tab (A).
– Service info
– More Info
Test details
A – System data
– DIVA data
– GMZ Data
– Access codes
– Apollo Software.
316
Displaying the test results during operation
Trends/Data
A
B
320
1 Touch the Trends/Data button.

The Trends/Data dialog window will be opened.
2 Touch the System tab (A).
The Test details dialog window appears.
3 Touch the Test results tab (B).

Startup
Startup in emergencies
WARNING After switching on, the device opens the Test de-
tails dialog window.
Use only in urgent cases if there is no time for
the self test! Test details
If a self test is not completed, malfunctions
can go undiscovered!
Pay special attention during operation!
A
Self test
316
050
1 Touch the button (A) on the screen.
B
071
2 Set the rotary safety knob O2 (B) for O2 emer-

gency delivery to the required O2 flow:
Range 0 to 12 L/min
3 Start manual ventilation.
Wait for the software to launch and for electronics
test to end. The device only performs a minimum
test.
NOTE
During this phase, no anesthetic gas delivery is
possible!

Startup
Canceling the self test 3 Return the safety rotary knob O2 to 0 and push
in.
z Touch the Cancel button (C). The button turns
yellow. Confirm with rotary knob. NOTE
No message appears on the system standby The warm-up phase of the DIVA metering mod-
screen. The Startup dialog dialog window will be ules takes approx. 2 minutes. No anesthetic gas
opened. can be delivered during this time!
The leak and compliance test is not performed.
The levels of accuracy indicated under "Technical
data" (e.g. flow measurement) cannot be guaran-
teed.
Startup dialog
WARNING
In order to ensure device features in an emer-
gency operation, check APL valve and breath-
ing system operation by ventilating manually
in MAN/SPON ventilation mode.
D
312
The Ventilator MAN/SPON button (D) is shown in

yellow. If the Startup dialog is confirmed with the
rotary know, the devices switches automatically to
the Ventilator MAN/SPON mode with the preset
profile.
MAN/SPON. F
323
z Touch the MAN/SPON field (F).

The Ventilation settings dialog window opens.
1 Touch the button for the required ventilation
mode.
2 Adjust the fresh-gas settings if necessary.

Operation
Operation
Start settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 IV system – IVenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Export of case data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Information and safety instructions on the
Startup dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 IV application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Patient transfer (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Safety concept. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Controls for IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Changing patient data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Infusion dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Patient categories and set ranges . . . . . . . . . . 113 Starting the Module DPS on Zeus IE. . . . . . . . 143
Influence of weight and age on the device Administering an infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
settings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Administering a bolus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Select drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Integrated SmartPilot View (optional). . . . . . 114 Simultaneous replacement of syringe and
drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Drug library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Module DPS – transport concept . . . . . . . . . . 153
Nitrous oxide-free system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Displaying infusion trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Adjusting mixed gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Setup for the IV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Control mode Fresh-gas control . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Control mode Auto control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
End of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Uptake mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Safety instructions for the control mode
Auto control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Starting ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Ventilation mode MAN/SPON
(manual/spontaneous) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Ventilation mode Volume Control AutoFlow . . . 126
Ventilation mode Volume Control . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Ventilation mode Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . 128
Ventilation mode Pressure Support . . . . . . . . . 130
Changing the ventilation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Set ranges and default values for the
ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Ventilating pediatric patients and neonates . . . 132
Using non-rebreathing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Directing fresh gas to the external outlet . . . . . 133
Special events during ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Changing the patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Checking the soda lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Changing the HME filter or filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Web access (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Launching a web application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3
Operation
Start settings
Prerequisite Exporting case data

The device has passed the self test or the self test 1 In the main menu bar, touch the Export case
was canceled due to an urgent emergency. data (A) button.
Export case data

Export of case data
Case data can only be exported in Standby mode. D

B
G F E
A C
502
The case data and the associated time stamps are
displayed in the list (B). Information for the export is
displayed in field (C), e.g., USB stick is ready.
Exporting selected case data

302
Prerequisite: USB storage medium is installed and 2 Select a case with the rotary knob or with the ar-
is connected to a USB port. Detailed information row keys (D).
about connecting and installing can be found in the
The patient data for the selected case are dis-
played in field (E). This line may be empty if
The data are stored in the "Draeger\ExportData" di- there are no patient data available for the case.
rectory. Each exported case is contained in a sepa-
3 Touch the Export selected button (F).
rate compressed archive in .tar.gz format. Each ar-
chive contains files with data in csv format,
depending on the options that have been enabled. Exporting all case data
The archive name includes the following informa-
Touch the Export all button (G).
tion:
– Case ID
– Date and time of the start of the case

Operation
Startup dialog 1. Select profile (Select profile)

The user can set the profiles displayed on the but-
The Startup dialog dialog window on the tons (B) in the System setup dialog window,
standby screen opens in the following cases: see page 323. Only the buttons that have assigned
profiles are displayed. The five factory profiles are
– Automatically after the self test was successful preset. The default profile is preselected and has a
or canceled dark green background.
– By touching the screen below the upper blue
bar and on the left next to the soft keys
– By touching the Start/Standby button (A). Selecting other profiles
– When applying 2 mechanical breaths using the 1 Touch the More profiles button (K).
breathing bag
– When connecting an IV system to Zeus or a The profile selection list (profile setup
connected IV system is started, i.e.: see page 323) appears. The current profile has a
– IV-Dock is connected to Zeus with a dark green background.
switched-on pump. 2 Select and confirm the profile using the rotary
– IV-Dock is already connected to Zeus, a knob.
switched-on pump is mounted.
– IV-Dock is already connected to Zeus, The selected profile is displayed on the button
mounted pump is switched on. (B).
3 Close selection list:
Opening the Startup dialog dialog window on Touch the More profiles button (K).
the ventilator standby screen:
Prerequisite: The Vent. standby mode has been
selected during ongoing ventilation of a patient.
The Startup dialog dialog window appears if:
– Zeus IE detects two mandatory breaths applied
by manual breathing bag
The current profile is selected.
Standby
Startup dialog
C B
D E F
G
K H
J I
A
312

Operation
Alternative: 4. Start (Start)

z Touch the Continue case button (C). After completion of each user action within the Star-
tup dialog, the Ventilator MAN/SPON button (J) is
All the therapy settings are preserved when Con-
activated. Confirmation per rotary knob closes the
tinue case is selected. All trends and the alarm log
Startup dialog dialog window and switches to the
are carried forward. Depending on the basic config-
MAN/SPON ventilation mode.
uration, the anesthetic agent concentration will ei-
ther be set to 0 or the last selected value will be re- Alternative:
tained.
z Touch the Ventilator standby button (I) and
If the startup dialog has been closed, the last se- confirm with the rotary knob to close the startup
lected profile is displayed on the Continue case dialog dialog window and to switch to Vent.
button with the corresponding symbol. standby.
2. Set details (Set details)

Changing IV data (optional)
1 Touch the Weight (D), Age button (E) or Height
button (F). Standby
2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the

value.
RR and VT are dependent on the IBW = of the pa- Startup dialog
tient if Radford or Define was selected, see dialog

Basic settings > More settings > Calculat. set-
tings. The patient category has an influence on the
computation of the IBW =.
L
Patient data Patient category Influenced
parameter
Weight (IBW =) Neonates RR, VT 312
Height (IBW =) Pediatric patients, RR, VT

Adults z Touch the More IV settings button (L).
The 4 blocks of the IV configuration appear con-
3. Check settings (Check settings) taining all relevant pump data. Drug data and as-
signments can be changed.
The upper display field (G) shows the current set-
tings of gas delivery and ventilation for the selected Closing the page:
profile. z Touch the More IV settings button (L).
The lower display field (H) shows the IV settings for
the selected profile (optional).

Operation
Patient transfer (optional)
Startup dialog
A
B
472
When connected to an Infinity network, it is possi-

ble to transfer patient data (trend data, demo-
graphic data).
Demographic data is sent to Zeus IE directly.
Trend data is only available for subsequent transfer
(to monitors or other Zeus IE systems) or for print-
out (via Infinity network).
The transferred patient is automatically always a
New patient.... Zeus IE suggests the best profile.
1 Touch the Patient transfer button (A). The but-
ton turns dark green.
The following information is displayed (B):
– Bed
– Patient name
– Unit (only with Multiview workstation in the Infin-
ity network).
2 The selected bed is shown in yellow. Confirm
with rotary knob.
All buttons are gray and the Transfering patient
data, please wait! message is displayed during the
patient transfer. After the transfer, the patient data
is updated and the page closes.

Operation
Changing patient data
Setting the following patient data:

A
– Weight (E)
– Height (F)
– Age (D)
– Date of birth (H)
1 Touch the respective button.
value.
The year of birth changes automatically when age
is entered, and vice versa.
323
Open the Patient setup dialog window during op- Gender (G) setting:
eration:
z Touch the Female or Male button.
z Touch the field for patient data (A).
Print case (I) (optional):
Patient setup z Touch the Graphic or Tab. button.
The graphic or tabular trends of the entire patient
B E are printed.
C F
G
3
D H
I
468
The dialog window contains buttons for the various

patient data.
The keyboard window appears for text input for the
following settings:
– Name (B)
– ID (C)
Specific features of the keyboard:
In contrast with a normal PC keyboard, the Shift
and AltGr- buttons do not reset automatically. The
button must be touched a second time for it to
switch back.
z Enter text and press Enter or confirm with ro-
tary knob.

Operation
Patient categories and set ranges WARNING

When acknowledging the settings selected,
The patient categories are as follows:
the user accepts responsibility for their suita-
bility.
– Neonates
– Pediatric patients Patient Parameter Recommended
– Adults category set ranges1)
Neonates Age 0 to 2 years
The factory-supplied profiles correspond to the
three patient categories. A change in patient cate- Weight 0.3 to 10 kg
gory can only be made by selecting a new profile. Height 20 to 80 cm
Pediatric pa- Age 0 to 16 years
Factory- Weight Age Height
tients
set profile (kg) (years) (cm)
Weight 5 to 50 kg
Dräger 5 0 60
Neo. Height 50 to 200 cm
Dräger 20 6 100 Adults Age 12 to 130 years
Ped. 1 Weight 30 to 300 kg
Dräger 40 12 150 Height 120 to 300 cm
Ped. 2
1) For settings outside these ranges, the Check patient
Dräger 80 60 180 category alarm appears.
Adult 1
Dräger 100 60 180
Adult 2
WARNING
By selecting a patient category, values for pa-
tient weight and age, which have an effect on
patient and ventilation settings, are prese-
lected.
The selected patient category should always
match the patient.

Operation
Influence of weight and age on the device settings:
Patient data Influenced parameter Algorithm Remark

Weight Tidal volume: VT Radford / User / VT from profile Setting is performed
only in standby mode.
Respiratory rate: RR Radford / User / RR from profile Setting is performed
only in standby mode.
∆Psupp cancelation >20 kg: 4.0 s
≤20 kg: 1.5 s
Internal respiratory phase >20 kg: Criteria for adults
detection
≤20 kg: Criteria for pediatric pa-
tients
Alarm limit setting for >20 kg: 6.0 L/min
Exp. time too short
≤20 kg: 2.0 L/min
Internal circle flow in >20 kg: 6 L/min x Ti/(Ti + Te)
fresh-gas mode
≤20 kg: 1 L/min x Ti/(Ti + Te)
Age xMAC Age-dependent after Mapleson
Integrated SmartPilot View (optional)
SmartPilot View* is only available in the adult Integrated SmartPilot View is optionally displayed
(Adult) patient category. or hidden in the left-hand area (B) of the screen.
The view can be saved in a profile (Profiles).
1:35
More detailed information can be found in the

B SmartPilot View instructions for use (9054084,
1st edition).
A
503
z Touch the SmartPilot button (A).
* only in conjunction with Variant 3 – C700

Operation
Gas delivery
Zeus IE can be operated in the manual fresh-gas Adjusting mixed gas

delivery mode (FG ctrl. control mode) and in the
closed control loop (Auto ctrl. control mode).
In contrast to conventional fresh-gas delivery, the
automatic control of oxygen, carrier gas and anes-
thetic agent takes place in a closed control loop.
WARNING
If face masks are used, the end expiratory an-
esthetic agent measurement may be incorrect
on account of the leak to be expected. Do not
A
MixGas standby
operate the device in the Auto ctrl. control
mode.
329
WARNING 1 Touch the MixGas standby button (A).
If even minute quantities of volatile anesthetic The MixGas settings dialog window containing the
agents have to be avoided for medical rea- control modes opens.
sons, e.g., malignant hyperthermia:
Switch control mode to:
– Remove DIVA metering modules from
– FG ctrl. (Fresh-gas control) or
Zeus IE.
– Auto ctrl. (Auto control)
– Change filters and hoses.
– Replace soda lime.
– Change absorber filter in the breathing
system.
CAUTION
Mixed gas is only delivered if a ventilation mode is
active.
Nitrous oxide-free system
A nitrous oxide-free device system can be config-

ured under Basic settings > More settings >
VA/N2O (see page 350).
Throughout the system in nitrous oxide-free opera-
tion, N2O monitoring and N2O setting elements are
turned off.

Operation
Control mode Fresh-gas control When selecting the therapy control for the anes-
thetic-gas concentration for the first time, the initial
value is preset automatically (see page 350).
MixGas settings
z Button (G) opens the Ventilation settings dia-
A log window
z Button (H) opens the Alarms dialog window
Fresh-gas control
J Volume Control – CMV -AF
K
B C I
338
D E F G After closing the MixGas settings dialog window,
the most important therapy controls (I) are shown in
H the lower part of the screen and can be used di-
330
rectly.
Setting the fresh-gas concentration manually Set O2 concentration to 100 %.
1 Touch the FG ctrl. tab (A). z Touch the 100% O2 button (J).
2 Confirm with rotary knob. The color of the therapy control (K) turns yellow and
3 Touch the O2+Air or O2+N2O button (B) for the indicates a value of 100 %.
carrier gas required. z Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
4 The color changes to yellow, confirm with rotary value.
knob.
5 Touch the button (C) for the anesthetic agent re-
quired (ISO, SEV, DES).
The anesthetic agents displayed correspond to
the connected DIVA metering modules.
6 The color changes to yellow, confirm with rotary
knob.
Settings:
– O2 fresh-gas concentration FG O2 (D)
– Fresh-gas flow Flow (E)
– Fresh-gas concentration of the anesthetic
agent FG DES, FG ISO, FG SEV (F)
7 Touch the therapy control of the parameter.
value.
The set values are transferred to the system.

Operation
Default settings:
Parameter Setting range Default settings:
Neo Ped1 Ped2, Adult1,
Adult2
Carrier gas Air or N2O N2O N2O N2O
Fresh-gas flow 0 to 18 L/min 2 L/min 4 L/min 6 L/min
Fresh-gas flow for external 3 to 18 L/min 6 L/min 6 L/min 6 L/min
fresh-gas outlet
FG O2 25 to 100 Vol.% 90 Vol.% 100 Vol.% 100 Vol.%
FG ISO 0 to 5 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.%
FG SEV 0 to 8 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.%
FG DES 0 to 18 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.%

Operation
Control mode Auto control – MinFG flow (F) (Minimum fresh-gas flow)
– etSEV, etISO, etDES (G) (target value expira-
tory anesthetic gas concentration)
MixGas settings
– inSEVmax, inISOmax, inDESmax (H) (limit
A value maximum inspiratory anesthetic agent
concentration)
z Touch button (I). The Ventilation settings dia-
log window appears
z Touch button (J). The Alarms dialog window
appears
B C
E WARNING
D G H I Risk of patient injury
F J
332
The user must adjust maximum inspiratory

anesthetic agent concentration to suit the pa-
Automatic concentration control tient. Otherwise there is a risk of concentra-
tion levels being too high or too low.
The expiratory anesthetic agent content and
inspiratory oxygen content of the breathing gas are
Setting parameters:
measured, compared with the set nominal values,
and readjusted. For a detailed description see 6 Touch the therapy control of the respective pa-
chapter "Descriptions", see page 441. rameter.
In Auto control mode, the level of fresh-gas flow is 7 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
selected automatically. Fresh-gas flow is limited value.
downwards by minimum flow.
Activating Auto control mode:
1 Touch the Auto control (A) tab and confirm
with rotary knob.
Selecting the carrier gas:
2 Touch the O2+Air or the O2+N2O button (B).
3 The color of the button turns yellow. Confirm
with rotary knob.
Selecting the anesthetic agent:
4 Touch the ISO, SEV or DES button (C). The an-
esthetic agents displayed correspond to the
connected DIVA metering modules.
5 The color of the button turns yellow. Confirm
with rotary knob.
Other parameters:
– FiO2 (D) (target value inspiratory O2 concentra-
tion)
– Flush flow (E) (Flush flow)

Operation
Setting mixed gas in the therapy bar on the

main screen
After closing the MixGas settings dialog window,
the most important therapy controls are displayed
in the therapy bar of the main page and can be set
there directly.
K
M
L
N
338
Setting the inspiratory O2 concentration:
1 Touch the (L) button.
value.
If 100% O2 should be delivered:
3 Touch the 100% O2 button (K). The color of the
therap ycontrol turns yellow and the value 100
is displayed.
Setting the flushing flow:
1 Touch the Flush flow button (M).
2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the value
(max. 18 L/min).
The button color changes to dark green and dis-
plays the set value. The fresh-gas flow is increased
for 60 s to the set value. The text Flushing is dis-
played above the virtual flow tubes.
Interrupting the flush flow:
z Touch the (N) button.
The flushing flow is interrupted and displays the set
MinFG Flow (closed or minimum fresh-gas flow).

Operation
Default settings:
Parameter Setting range Default settings:
Neo Ped1 Ped2, Adult1,
Adult2
Carrier gas 0 to 100 Vol.% Air N2O N2O N2O
1)
Air or N2O 0 to 75 Vol.% N2O
FiO2 25 to 100 Vol.% 100 Vol.% 100 Vol.% 100 Vol.%
MinFG flow ; 0.25 to 18 L/min
Flush flow 3 to 18 L/min 4 L/min 6 L/min 6 L/min
etISO 0 to 5 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.%
inISOmax 0 to 5 Vol.% 4 Vol.% 4 Vol.% 4 Vol.%
etSEV 0 to 8 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.%
inSEVmax 0 to 8 Vol.% 8 Vol.% 8 Vol.% 8 Vol.%
etDES 0 to 18 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.%
inDESmax 0 to 18 Vol.% 12 Vol.% 12 Vol.% 18 Vol.%
1) A nitrous oxide-free device system can be configured under Basic settings.

Operation
Uptake mode WARNING

If the volatile anesthetic agent is changed on
MixGas settings Zeus IE, an anesthetic agent mixture can form
in the breathing system:
z Do not switch to the Auto control control
mode for at least 15 minutes.
z Set a high fresh-gas flow until the accumu-
lated anesthetic agent has been scav-
enged.
In the Auto control control mode, the system
flushes automatically (for 15 minutes at a
A fresh-gas flow of >12 L/min) after changing
332
the volatile anesthetic agent.
Operating mode: Closed system CAUTION

If the Auto control cutoff message is displayed,
In Uptake mode, leak and uptake are compensated
switch to the manual fresh-gas control mode to
automatically. The system operates at minimum
avoid any unnecessarily high gas or anesthetic
fresh-gas flow.
gas consumption!
z Set the button MinFG flow (A) to .
For detailed information, see "Display of the flow CAUTION
tubes" on page 196. If the DIVA metering module is activated, do not
remove it while the Auto control control mode is
running or else the anesthetic agent will be
Safety instructions for the control mode washed out at a high fresh-gas flow.
Auto control
WARNING
If in the Auto control control mode the
HighFlow mode (fresh-gas flow >12 L/min) is
set automatically due to the failure of a com-
ponent, the anesthetic agent concentration
must be adjusted manually. The text Auto-
matic flushing is displayed above the flow
tubes.
In HighFlow mode, the depth of anesthesia
may otherwise be too shallow because the ex-
piratory concentration target value is used as
the fresh-gas concentration target value.

Operation
Ventilation
Starting ventilation Selecting the ventilation mode:

z Touch the corresponding tab, e.g., (B). The
color turns yellow. Confirm with rotary knob.
A
C
329
Opening the Ventilation settings dialog window: D
335
z Touch the (A) button. Setting ventilation parameters:
The following ventilation modes are available: 1 Touch the corresponding therapy control.
– Vent. standby 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
– MAN/SPON value.
– Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow
3 Touch the button to close the dialog window.
– Volume Control
– Pressure Control Direct switching to the MixGas sett. dialog window
– Pressure Support (C) and Alarms dialog window (D) is possible from
– External FG outlet (optional) all ventilation modes.
B
334

Operation
Setting ventilation parameters in the therapy

bar on the main screen
After closing the Ventilation settings dialog win-
dow, the most important therapy controls are dis-
played in the therapy bar of the main page and can
be set there directly.
Example: Volume-controlled ventilation with con-
stant flow
Volume Control – CMV E
338
Activate MAN/SPON ventilation mode:

z Touch the MAN/SPON button (E).

Operation
Ventilation mode MAN/SPON (man- Applying the volumeter function

ual/spontaneous)
MAN/SPON
600
1200
Ventilation settings 5.2
45 s
A
A
337
The top progress indicator shows the current inspir-
atory and expiratory tidal volume VT. The expira-
tory tidal volume is also displayed numerically. The
progress indicator tracks the inspiratory and expir-
atory tidal volume VT. At the end of inspiration, the
tidal volume delivered is represented by a bar. The
leak in tidal volume is displayed at the end of the
expiration phase.
The bottom progress indicator shows the measured
336
minute volume. The expiratory minute volume is

In the MAN/SPON ventilation mode (A), the patient also displayed numerically. The current expiratory
can be ventilated manually using the manual minute volume is re-determined for each breathing
breathing bag. cycle and the elapsed time is displayed in seconds
z Set maximum airway pressure at the APL valve. alongside the progress indicator, with the accumu-
lated volume above it.
z CPAP level is preset.
Starting the volumeter

Setting ventilation parameters in the therapy
bar on the main screen Specifying the CPAP level:
After closing the Ventilation settings dialog win- 1 Touch the therapy control (A).
dow, the most important therapy controls are dis- 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
played in the therapy bar of the main page and can value.
be set there directly.
3 Touch screen in the area of the progress indica-
MAN/SPON B tor.
600
1200 On the progress indicator, the individual breaths
C 5.2
45 s
are separated by segments. After 60 seconds, the
volumeter stops automatically. The measured val-
337
Button (B) shows the last selected ventilation mode ues are displayed for 4 minutes and then cleared.
or initially the ventilation mode preselected in the If the volumeter is pressed again before the
basic settings (see page 350). 60 seconds have elapsed, the volumeter stops and
Switching to the previous ventilation mode: the values are cleared. If pressed again, the volum-
eter is restarted.
z Touch the (B) button and confirm with rotary
knob.
The volumeter function (C) is used for monitoring
and evaluating ventilation with spontaneous
breathing and manual ventilation in the
MAN/SPON ventilation mode.

Operation
Setting the APL valve Spontaneous
10 20 30
002
012
z Turn the valve head of the APL valve left as far
z Set the valve head to the desired maximum air-
as it will go.
way pressure.
The dots coincide and the valve head is lifted.
Settings between the grid marks are also possible.
The pressure limitation is cancelled, the valve is
CAUTION open for free spontaneous breathing and the set
Risk of patient injury CPAP level is used.
Even with automatic ventilation, the APL valve
must be adjusted to a pressure that is safe for the
patient!
Quick release
003
z Release pressure from the breathing system by

lifting the valve head.

Operation
Ventilation mode Volume Control Auto- Ventilation settings

Flow
Volume Control AutoFlow with decelerating inspira-

tion flow
E F G H I
Pressure support
Paw ∆Psupp
fast rise time slow rise time
fast rise slow rise
Pinsp time time
PEEP
t
A B C D
Trigger window for insp. and
339
Ti
exp. synchronization
1 Adjust volume-controlled ventilation with autoflow,
RR
Flow synchronization, synchronization/Psupp:
A Maximum airway pressure Pmax
t
B Tidal volume VT
without spontaneous with spontaneous C Respiratory rate RR

breathing breathing
D Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
258
Fixed mandatory minute volume MV adjusted with E Switching synchronization on and off Sync.
tidal volume VT and respiratory rate RR. Switching on provides synchronization and, if
For patients with and without spontaneous breath- set, activation of the set pressure support.
ing. F Flow trigger threshold Trigger for synchroniza-
The patient can breathe spontaneously at any time tion of mandatory breath
(free deep breathing ability). Spontaneous breath- An exceeded trigger threshold is represented in
ing can be supported with Pressure Support. the pressure curve by triangles.
G Pressure support ∆Psupp
WARNING
Risk of patient injury H Inspiration time Ti or I:E
In the configuration (see page 349), specify
Do not use Volume Control AutoFlow ventila- whether Ti or the I:E ratio is used.
tion mode with intrinsic PEEP (alarm mes-
sage: Exp. time too short). Expiratory flow I Pressure rise time Slope
does not return to the base line. This can
cause an excessive pressure rise in ventila-
tion pressure.
CAUTION
The administered volume may be lower than the
set volume if there is a leak!

Operation
Ventilation mode Volume Control Ventilation settings
Volume Control with constant flow
Paw
% Tplat
E F
Pmax
Pplat
(configura- PEEP
ble)
Ti Te
t
A B C D
340
1
RR
Flow Adjust ventilation pattern with ventilation parame-
Insp. Flow ters:
A Maximum airway pressure Pmax
t B Tidal volume VT
C Respiratory rate RR
259
D Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP

Volume-controlled ventilation with fixed mandatory
E Inspiration time Ti or I:E
minute volume MV, adjusted with tidal volume VT
and respiratory rate RR.
whether Ti or the I:E ratio is used.
For patients without spontaneous breathing.
F Pause time % Tplat
WARNING
Do not use Volume Control ventilation mode
with intrinsic PEEP (alarm message: Exp. time
too short). Expiratory flow does not return to
the base line. This can cause an excessive
pressure rise in ventilation pressure.
CAUTION
The administered volume may be lower than the
set volume if there is a leak!

Operation
Ventilation mode Pressure Control Adjust ventilation pattern with ventilation parame-
ters:
Pressure support, A Inspiration pressure Pinsp
Paw ∆Psupp
B Respiratory rate RR
fast rise time slow rise time
fast rise slow rise
Pinsp time time C Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
PEEP D Switching synchronization on and off Sync.

t
Trigger window for insp. and exp.
Switching on provides synchronization and, if
Ti
synchronization set, activation of the set pressure support.
1
Flow
RR
E Flow trigger threshold Trigger for synchroniza-
tion of mandatory breaths. An exceeded trigger
threshold is represented in the pressure curve
t
by triangles.
F Pressure support ∆Psupp
without spontaneous with spontaneous
breathing breathing
G Inspiration time Ti or I:E
258

Pressure-controlled ventilation combined with free
whether Ti or the I:E ratio is used.
spontaneous breathing during the entire breathing
cycle and adjustable pressure support on PEEP H Pressure rise time Slope
level. The mandatory portion of total minute volume
Inspiration pressure Pinsp is adjusted in absolute
MV is adjusted with inspiration pressure Pinsp and
terms while pressure support Psupp is adjusted
respiratory rate RR. relative to the PEEP level.
For patients with and without spontaneous breath-
ing.
The patient can breathe spontaneously at any time
(free deep breathing ability). Spontaneous breath-
ing can be supported with Pressure Support.
D E F G H
A B C
341

Operation
PEEP modifications
J I
342
Depending on configuration in the basic settings,

the inspiration pressure Pinsp can be automatically
changed when modifying the PEEP value,
see page 349.
For dependent setting of the change in Pinsp:
1 Touch the PEEP therapy control (I).
The color turns yellow. The value of ventilation pa-
rameter Pinsp (J) also turns yellow.
2 Set PEEP and confirm with the rotary knob.
The value for Pinsp is automatically adjusted.

Operation
Ventilation mode Pressure Support Adjust ventilation pattern with ventilation parame-
ters:
Continuous Positive Airway Pressure/Pressure A Minimum respiratory rate RRmin
Support The minimum respiratory rate RRmin defines
the period, after which a mechanically triggered,
Paw
Trigger indicator Trigger indicator pressure-supported breath is administered if it
Apnea
ventilation has not been triggered by spontaneous trigger-
∆Psupp ing.
Time [s]
B Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
Slope
1/RRmin
C Flow trigger threshold Trigger for synchroniza-
1/RRmin tion of spontaneous breaths
Flow An exceeded trigger threshold is represented in
the pressure curve by triangles.
D Pressure support ∆Psupp
Time [s]
E Pressure rise time Slope
Flow trigger Flow trigger No trigger
260
Spontaneous breathing at an increased pressure

Changing the ventilation mode
level to increase the functional residual capacity.
Spontaneous breathing can be supported with
If the ventilation mode is changed, the presets from
Pressure Support. For patients with spontaneous
the parameters of the preceding ventilation mode
breathing.
are adopted or suitably derived.
Ventilation settings Identical parameters are adopted directly.
When changing from pressure-controlled Pressure
Control ventilation mode to volume-controlled ven-
tilation modes, a mechanical VT is determined over
10 breaths and preset.
C D E
In addition, Pplat is set as a new Pinsp when
changing from volume-controlled ventilation modes
to Pressure Control (see following table).
A B
343

Operation
Set point Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow / Pressure Control Pressure Support MAN/SPON
Volume Control
VT VT (measured) ––– ––– –––
Pinsp ––– Pplat ––– –––
Ti X X ––– –––
Te X X ––– –––
PEEP X X ––– –––
∆Psupp X X X –––
1)
Slope X X X –––
CPAP ––– ––– X/PEEP X
1)
Trigger X X X –––
1) Only applies to Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow.
––– Is not adopted.

X Is adopted
Set ranges and default values for the ventilation modes
Ventilation parameter Setting range Factory default value

Neo Ped1 Ped2 Adult1 Adult2
Tidal volume VT [mL] 20 to 1500 30 150 300 600 700
Respiratory rate RR [1/min] 3 to 80 30 25 20 12 10
Inspiration time Ti [sec.] 0.2 to 10 depending on RR, I:E
RRmin [1/min] 12 6 6 3 3
I:E ratio 4:1 to 1:4 1:1 1:2 1:2 1:2 1:2
Maximum airway pressure Pmax [mbar] 8 to 70 15 20 40 40 40
CPAP [mbar] Off, 3 to 10 Off Off Off Off Off
Positive end expiratory pressure PEEP Off, 3 to 35 Off Off Off Off Off
[mbar]
Inspiration pressure Pinsp [mbar] 3 to 70 10 15 15 15 15
Pressure support ∆Psupp [mbar] 0 to 70 0 0 0 0 0
Pressure rise time Slope [sec.] 0 to 2 0 0 0 0 0
Flow trigger sensitivity Trigger [L/min] 0.3 to 15 3 3 6 6 6

Operation
Ventilating pediatric patients and Using non-rebreathing systems

neonates
Only available with the option External FG outlet.
If the tidal volume VT is less than 200 mL:
WARNING
z Use suitable ventilation accessories, see table
Insufficient gas supply to the patient
page 72.
Non-rebreathing systems are only suitable
If the tidal volume VT is less than 20 mL or un-
and intended for manual ventilation or sponta-
blocked tubes are used (leaks possible), ventilate
neous ventilation and may only be connected
with Pressure Control.
up to the external fresh-gas outlet.
In the Auto control control mode, an automatic in-
crease in fresh-gas flow is possible. Consequently, CAUTION
in the MAN/SPON ventilation mode, the ventilation
Risk of gas contamination!
pressure can reach the maximum airway pressure
adjusted at the APL valve. In A-cone operation, the sample gas withdrawn is
returned to the internal breathing system. Flush
For this reason:
the breathing system each time the patient or
z Always adjust maximum airway pressure at the anesthetic agent changes.
APL valve according to the patient!
WARNING Example: Bain system

Limiting device performance z Prepare Bain system according to the relevant
Observe weight setting! Weight determines in-
ternal circle flow. NOTE
For the prescribed monitoring of O2, CO2 and an-
WARNING esthetic gases. the sample line must be con-
With neonates, monitor the inspiratory CO2 nected to the elbow and the CO2 water trap of
concentration as an indicator of pendulum Zeus IE.
respiration.
WARNING
The user must assess the risks of switching
over to 100% O2 and take action if necessary. B
A
C
269

Operation
1 Screw sample line (A) onto the Luer-Lock of the 1 Touch the External FG outlet tab (A). The color
elbow and connect it to the Luer-Lock of the turns yellow.
CO2 water trap on Zeus IE.
The following message appears: MixGas will
When using elbows without sample line con- be switched to Fresh-gas control automati-
nection point: cally.
z Place the T-piece with filter directly on the 2 Confirm with rotary knob.
elbow.
3 Set fresh-gas values.
Or
Settings:
z Use the Luer-Lock of a filter if necessary. – O2 fresh-gas concentration FG O2 (B)
– Fresh-gas flow Flow (C)
2 Connect the fresh-gas hose (B) of the Bain sys-
– Fresh-gas concentration of the anesthetic
tem to the external fresh-gas outlet.
agent FG DES, FG ISO, FG SEV (D)
3 The anesthetic gas scavenging hose of the non-
4 Touch the therapy control of the parameter.
rebreathing system can be connected to the Y-
piece (C) of the breathing system of Zeus IE. 5 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
value.
z Observe the instructions for use of the Bain sys-
tem. The set values are transferred to the system.
External fresh-gas outlet
Directing fresh gas to the external outlet
344
NOTE
If the Ext. fresh-gas outlet is switched on when After closing the Ventilation settings dialog win-
in the Auto control control mode, the Zeus IE ac- dow, the External fresh-gas outlet mode is dis-
tivates the Fresh-gas control control mode auto- played in the lower part of the screen.
matically.
A
Ext. fresh-gas outlet
Check fresh-gas settings.

MixGas will be switched
to Fresh-gas control au-
tomatically.
B C D
470

Operation
Special events during ventilation Changing the patient
Patient data can only be configured in the Startup

Water trap is full
dialog (see page 109) dialog from the standby
z Remove water trap. screen, from a ventilation mode, and from Vent.
Standby using the New patient button.
z Empty and replace water trap, see page 361.
NOTE
Soda lime is used up Starting a new case clears the data of the preced-
ing case!
z Remove absorber container in fresh-gas or
standby mode.
z Replace soda lime, see page 66. Changing the patient from ventilation mode
1:35 1:35
DIVA metering module is empty

z Refill the DIVA metering module, see page 75.
z Switch over to full DIVA metering module or
z Change DIVA metering module, see page 74. System standby?
B
Suction system is full
z Change suction bottle.
A
469
z Insert empty backup bottle (see relevant in-
structions for use). 1 Touch the Start/Standby button (A).
All settings previously modified in operation are
preserved.
The System standby? dialog window will be
opened.
2 Confirm Stop ventilation? button (B) with ro-
tary knob.
Or continue ventilation:
z Close dialog window.
Pressing the rotary knob automatically switches the
device to the system standby screen.
3 Call up the Startup dialog and configure,
see page 109.

Operation
Checking the soda lime
Check the soda lime in the following cases:

– Soda lime in the absorber is violet.
Startup dialog
– Inspiratory CO2 concentration inCO2 is

5 mmHg or more.
z Replace soda lime, see page 66.
Changing the HME filter or filter
The filter on the Y-piece must be changed after

312 each patient. Connect the sample line again if nec-
essary.
Changing the patient from the ventilator
standby z Remove old filter.
z Attach new filter firmly.
NOTE
Observe hospital regulations for infectious pa-
tients! Dispose of the old filter according to hospi-
tal hygiene regulations.
C
473
1 Switch to Vent. Standby.

Prerequisite: The New patient button has been
configured, see page 332.
2 Touch the New patient button (C).
The startup dialog opens.
3 Perform configuration, see page 109.

Operation
Leak test Perform leak test, if:

– the breathing system was opened with the twist
– Checking all breathing gas-conducting compo- locks
nents for leaks – the soda lime was replaced
– the breathing filters were replaced
– Determining compliance for volume correction – the sample line was replaced
– Calibration of the flow sensors – the breathing hoses were replaced
– the flow sensors were replaced
The leak test can only be performed in system
standby. NOTE
Before starting the leak test, plug the filter onto the
WARNING
self-test adapter and connect the sample line.
Do not perform leak test when a patient is con- Starting the leak test
nected! In this operating state, it is not possi-
ble to monitor the patient. During the test, Standby
pressures and concentrations may occur in

the system which are hazardous to the pa-
tient!
CAUTION
After each change of patient, a leak test must be
performed to rule out the possibility of major
leaks. A
Standby
300
1 Touch the Device test button (A).
048

Operation
The Test details dialog window will be opened.
Test details
D C
310
2 Touch the Leak test button (B).

3 Follow the instructions in the field (D).
4 Touch the Start button (C) and confirm with ro-
tary knob.
CAUTION
If the leak test has been canceled, it can lead to
leaks not being detected.
Pay special attention during operation.
z If during leak test it is detected that the last self

test was unsuccessful or that, after activating
the device, no self test was performed at all, the
following message appears next to the name
field of the tester: Self test required!

Operation
Web access (optional)
The specified applications can be used with the fol-

Web access screen 1
lowing restrictions:
A Functions Function restrictions
Saving the diagno- A text box opens: "Unable
sis log to a file if no to open file".
patient data is
transferred.
Saving the diagno- It can be saved, but the files
sis log to a file if pa- cannot be opened and
tient data is trans- viewed again.
ferred.
308
Saving the trend A text box opens: "Error in

z Touch the Web access button (A) on the sys- data to a file. output file selection"
tem standby screen (example) or during opera- Calling up the help The help function cannot be
tion. function. launched.
The dialog window shows the web application. En- Application display As the display is very small,
abled accesses are shown in green and non-ena- the alarms, alarm limits,
bled accesses are shown in gray. curve identifiers, etc. are
The LED indicates the status of the web applica- difficult to read.
tions:
– Gray: Not enabled
– Green: Web application launched
– Red: Web application stopped
Only web applications approved by Dräger can be
used.
Applications approved as web applications in con-
junction with Zeus IE:
– WebViewer Version VF4
– WebViewer Version VF5

Operation
Launching a web application
Prerequisite: Configure the Web access button in

the Screen setup > Customize buttons dialog
window, see page 332.
Web access screen 1
B D
C
A
486
1 Touch the Web access button (A).

The Web access screen 1 dialog window will be
opened.
2 Touch the button (B) for the respective web ap-
plication (1 to 4).
The LED (C) turns from red to green. The button
turns dark green. If another application is launched,
the button for the web application launched previ-
ously turns light green.
Exiting web application

1 Select the web application to be stopped. But-
ton turns dark green.
2 Touch the Stop button (D).
The current application is exited.

Operation
IV system – IVenus
Information and safety instructions on Observe the Module DPS instructions for use:
the IV application 1 Activate configuration group PAr.
Operation of the Module DPS syringe pump and 2 Set syringe selection PAr 4.
other safety instructions are explained in separate 3 Set at least one syringe type to SEL.
Attach IVDock and Module DPS to Zeus IE, WARNING
see page 73. Note the respective instructions for Risk of patient injury
use before using these modules. When starting the Module DPS syringe pump,
The Module DPS syringe pump can be remotely the syringe size, syringe type and drug name
controlled with IVDock on Zeus IE. Module DPS must be confirmed directly on the Module DPS
may also be operated independently. syringe pump. To eliminate the risk of incor-
rect settings and ensure the patient's safety,
WARNING the user must check must check on the sy-
Risk of patient injury ringe pump and on Zeus IE that the correct
drug is being used with the correct dose.
Synchronous or parallel and overlapping op-
erations of the pump and Zeus IE may lead to
WARNING
operating errors.
The current operations must be completed or
interrupted, before new operations are under- Only use weight-related metering from a pa-
taken with other devices (Module DPS or tient weight of 5 kg upwards.
Zeus IE). Correct adjustment of patient weight is re-
quired because otherwise in the event of
Remote control via Zeus IE is not possible until op- weight-based metering the drug may be me-
eration of the Module DPS syringe pump is termi- tered incorrectly.
nated. The control panels for the IV system on the
screen remain gray for that period of time (i.e. they If any malfunctions should occur on Zeus IE (IVe-
are not operable). nus), the syringe pumps can be controlled inde-
If there is an interruption in the data link between pendently of Zeus IE:
Zeus IE and IVDock, the pumps cannot be re- z Remove the IVDock plug from the IV socket on
motely controlled. The syringe pumps then con- Zeus IE. Observe the instructions for use of the
tinue running at the set metering and can be con- Module DPS syringe pump!
trolled independently of Zeus IE.
NOTE
If remote control of a syringe pump is not possible,
the syringe pumps must be reconfigured. When the IVDock plug is disconnected from the
IV socket on Zeus IE, the base (IVDock) is no
longer supplied with power. Each Module DPS is
powered by its own battery. Pay attention to the
battery warning! Infusion is automatically stopped
when the battery is empty.

Operation
Safety concept Controls for IV
Infusion settings
1 1 2 3 4
A B
476
345
When a pump is operated by Zeus IE for the first By connecting the IV system IVenus to Zeus IE,
time or after a change of drug, a dialog window (A) operation of the Module DPS syringe pumps is con-
appears showing the parameters which determine trolled via the screen. Zeus IE can control up to 4
metering. Module DPS syringe pumps.
If the application time of the bolus is >180 seconds, Module DPS syringe pumps are controlled from:
this dialog window also appears. The value of the
A The Infusion settings dialog window for all set-
bolus rate appears in yellow.
tings
WARNING Or
Risk of patient injury B The field for IV control in the lower part of the
To eliminate the risk of incorrect settings and screen for direct access to key functions
ensure the patient's safety, the patient data The gas supply is then displayed in the data
and/or IV settings must be checked on the sy- modules area.
ringe pump and on Zeus IE.
During operation, the Module DPS syringe pumps
are controlled via the IV control field.
1 ATRAC C
3.00
Inf mg/kg/h
D
Start bolus
463

Operation
Each Module DPS syringe pump is uniquely identi- Page General

fied in the header bar by:
Infusion settings
C The number of Module DPS (1 to 4) identifies its
position on IVDock: The lowest Module DPS on
IVenus is pump number 1.
Short name of the drug (this is also shown on A B
the pump display).
WARNING C G
Before starting infusion, the short drug name D E F H
and the dose in mL or mL/h on the pump dis-
play must be compared with those on the I
347
Zeus IE screen in order to prevent administra-
A Drug Select: Selecting a drug from the drug li-
tion of an incorrect drug.
brary
D Depending on the state of the Module DPS sy- For a selected drug, Name, Abbreviation,
ringe pump connected, information, buttons or Concentration, Infusion rate limit and Bolus
therapy controls are displayed. rate limit are displayed. Selecting a drug,
see page 148.
In the example: Button with display of infusion
rate currently set, user-defined unit of measure- B Pump On/Off: Switching the Module DPS sy-
ment, button for starting the bolus. ringe pump on or off
C On/Off: Starting or stopping a Bolus.
D Bolus rate: Therapy control for bolus rate in
Infusion dialog window
user-defined unit of measurement and display
of the set infusion rate in mL/h
Opening the Infusion settings dialog window:
E Bolus: Therapy control for bolus volume in
z Touch the header bar in the IV control field.
The horizontal tabs stand for Module DPS syringe of the set bolus volume in mL. This is displayed
pumps 1 to 4. The pages are identical. in red for application of an initial bolus.
The vertical tabs open the settings for General and F Time: Display of the bolus application time in
Advanced. seconds.
G On/Off: Starting or stopping an infusion.
H Infusion: Therapy control for infusion in user-
defined unit of measurement and display of the
set infusion rate in mL/h
I Status: Display of a running or waiting function
(e.g., Bolus running).

Operation
Page Advanced Setting parameters:

Page for the setting limits of infusion and bolus ad- 1 Touch the therapy control of the respective pa-
ministration rameter.
Infusion settings
value.
J K N Starting the Module DPS on Zeus IE
Prerequisite:
M
Suitable drug settings have been loaded with the
L O profile setup or selected from the Infusion settings
dialog window.
348
J Max.bol.rate: Limits the bolus rate saved in the Switching on the Module DPS
profile.*
Therapy control for the maximum bolus rate in
user-defined unit of measurement and display 1 ATRAC
of the set maximum bolus rate in mL/h
K Bolus: Therapy control for the bolus in user-de-
fined unit of measurement and display of the set
Bolus in mL. This is displayed in red for applica-
tion of an initial bolus. A
L Bolus rate: Therapy control for bolus rate in
of the set infusion rate in mL/h
M Bolus time: Display of the Bolus application
491
time in seconds. If a Module DPS syringe pump which is switched off
N Max.inf.rate: Limits the infusion rate saved in is connected to Zeus IE:
the profile. z Touch the Start pump button (A).
Therapy control for the maximum infusion rate
in user-defined unit of measurement and dis- Or
play of the set maximum infusion rate in mL/h z In the Infusion settings (see page 142) dialog
O Infusion: Therapy control for infusion in user- window, touch the Pump On button.
defined unit of measurement and display of the z Confirm with the rotary knob.
set infusion rate in mL/h
The Module DPS syringe pump is switched on.
Zeus IE checks information from the syringe pump
being used. The default values are set.
* Bolus rate = speed of bolus administration

Operation
Confirming the syringe Administering an infusion
The Check patient and pump settings! dialog

window appears if:
– There is a change of patient via system standby.
– The syringe barrel clasp (flap) has been opened
and all the pumps have stopped.
– A pump which is stopped is connected to
Zeus IE.
– A pump which is running is connected to
B Zeus IE.
270
Zeus IE prompts the user to confirm the syringe,

which is being used on the Module DPS syringe Starting the infusion
pump (size and make):
1 Confirm syringe at pump . 1 ATRAC
The LED in the (B) button on the syringe pump
flashes in green. A
2 Press the (B) key.
The LED continues to flash in green.
Confirming the drug

Zeus IE prompts the user to confirm the drug being
used on the Module DPS:
463
1 Confirm drug at pump . z Touch the Start infusion button (A).
The LED in the (B) button on the syringe pump Or
flashes in green.
z In the Infusion settings (see page 142) dialog
2 Press the (B) key. window, touch the On button for the Infusion.
The LED continues to flash in green. The LED in the (B) button on the syringe pump
An infusion or a bolus application can be com- goes out and the infusion starts.
menced only after the syringe size and the drug
have been confirmed on the syringe pump and after
visual inspection of the assigned Module DPS sy-
ringe pump on Zeus IE.

Operation
Checking patient data/weight For each syringe pump, the delivery can be limited
to mL/h (B), if there is no appropriate drug in the
Before starting the first infusion, check the patient
drug library:
weight entered and correct if necessary. The indi-
vidual IV deliveries are related to that weight. 1 Touch the respective button.
WARNING 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the

value.
When the pump settings are displayed, check
the patient data and/or IV settings on the sy-
ringe pump and on Zeus IE to eliminate the Entering the infusion rate and starting the infu-
risk of incorrect settings. sion
Checking the patient and pump settings 1 ATRAC 1 ATRAC
Check patient and pump settings!

A
4
B
A B
3
467
2
1 Touch the Start infusion button (A).
1 The therapy control (B) for the infusion rate is dis-
played with the preset value.
464

The device prompts the user to check the following
value.
patient and IV settings:
– Patient weight Infusion is started. The selected metering rate is
– Number of Module DPS syringe pumps displayed on the button (A).
– Drug name
In the infusion dialog, the infusion rate can be ad-
– Abbreviation
justed without simultaneously starting infusion,
– Concentration
see page 142.
– Bolus volume (This is displayed in red during an
initial bolus.) CAUTION
– Infusion rate
A very heavy patient weight can lead to infusion
– Bolus rate
rates of more than 1200 mL/h when converting
– Bolus time
the weight-based metering rate. 1200 mL/h is the
A new drug can be selected for each syringe pump: maximum infusion rate that can be set on
Zeus IE, depending on syringe size.
z Touch the Change drug button (A).

Operation
Extreme settings on the syringe pump, which lead Administering a bolus

to a delivery rate of >1200 mL/h, may under certain
circumstances be a departure from the set range of A bolus can be started after switching on a Module
the infusion therapy control or bolus therapy DPS syringe pump or during an infusion. The initial
control. This is indicated on the therapy control by bolus is displayed in red.
> max.
After the second bolus and after transporting the
z Check concentration and weight setting, and Module DPS to Zeus IE, the maintenance bolus is
adjust if necessary. Select suitable metering. loaded. If the bolus is changed for the maintenance
bolus, that dose is loaded and administered for the
Syringe change following maintenance boluses.
If the content of a syringe is used up completely

during the course of an infusion, it can be replaced Checking patient data/weight
with another syringe filled with the same drug when Before starting the initial bolus, the correct patient
the syringe pump is on. The simultaneous replace- weight must be entered as when starting a first in-
ment of syringe and drug is described on page 148. fusion, see page 144.
Stopping the infusion Starting a bolus

1 Touch the Start infusion button (A).
The therapy control (B) for the infusion rate is dis- 1 ATRAC
2 Set 0 with the rotary knob and confirm.
Infusion is stopped.
Stopping the infusion in the Infusion settings

dialog window
A
Infusion settings
463
z Touch the Start bolus button (A).

Or
z In the Infusion settings (see page 142) dialog
window, touch the On button for the Bolus.
C
347
z Touch the Off button (C) and confirm with rotary

knob.
If an infusion is restarted, the infusion rate value
last set is displayed on the therapy control.

Operation
Setting bolus Stopping a bolus
1 ATRAC 1 ATRAC
B
C
465
466
1 Touch the Start bolus button (A). z Touch the Stop bolus button (C) and confirm.
The therapy control (B) for the bolus volume is dis- Bolus administration stops. Infusion stops.
2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the Stopping the infusion in the Infusion settings
value. dialog window
The bolus starts. Infusion settings
The set value for the bolus is displayed. The pump
symbol indicates the Bolus running function by
displaying a moving plunger head.
If a bolus is started during an infusion, infusion con-
tinues after the end of the bolus.
347
z Touch the Off button (D) and confirm with rotary

knob.
If bolus administration has not finished, the remain-
ing quantity is administered when the bolus is re-
started.
If the application time of the bolus is >180 seconds,
a dialog window appears, see page 141.

Operation
Select drug The settings (C) for the drug selected are displayed
alongside the drug list:
The selectable drugs are stored in the drug library, – Concentration
see page 149. – Bolus rate
In the Infusion settings > General dialog window: – Maximum bolus rate
– Bolus rate limit
Infusion settings – Infusion rate
– Maximum infusion rate
– Infusion rate limit
– Initial bolus
A – Maintenance bolus
3 Press rotary knob.
The drug selected is applied. The dialog window
closes.
Simultaneous replacement of syringe

347
and drug
1 Touch the Select button (A) and confirm with ro-
tary knob. If an empty syringe is replaced with a syringe filled
with another drug during the course of an infusion:
The Select drug dialog window will be opened.
1 Remove the empty syringe from the pump.
Select drug
2 Select the drug on Zeus IE.
3 Insert new syringe.
C
4 Confirm the new drug on the syringe pump.
B
422
The drug list (B) shows all the drugs stored with the
following information:
– Name
– Abbreviation
2 Select a drug from the drug list (B) using the ro-
tary knob.

Operation
Drug library C The settings for the drug selected are displayed
alongside the drug list:
The drug data is managed in the drug library. Ac- – Concentration
cess is access code-protected, see "Drug library" – Bolus rate
on page 344. – Maximum bolus rate
– Bolus rate limit
Basic settings
– Infusion rate
A – Maximum infusion rate
– Infusion rate limit
– Initial bolus
– Maintenance bolus
– Last modified
D The Delete, Edit, and Add buttons are used to
change the settings for drugs.
E The Import and Export buttons are used to
save drug library data to USB storage media
and from to load this data into another Zeus IE.
423
In the Basic settings dialog window: CAUTION

1 Touch the Drug library tab (A). Computer viruses
The dialog window to enter the access code for the Mass storage devices can contain computer vi-
drug library appears. ruses which can impair the operation of Zeus IE.
– Check mass storage devices for computer vi-
2 Enter access code for the drug library and con- ruses before using them with Zeus IE.
firm. – Do not use any mass storage device contain-
The Drug library dialog window will be opened. ing computer viruses with Zeus IE.
Drug library
C
B
D E
425
B Drug list with the following information:

– Name
– Abbreviation

Operation
Basic setting Setting dose

z Touch the Edit button (D). Drug editor
The Drug editor dialog window will be opened.
M
Drug editor
F N P
O Q
G
K
H R
L S
I
427
J z Touch the Dose settings tab (M).
The infusion and bolus delivery settings are dis-
426
played:
z Touch the General settings tab (F).
N Infusion rate (mL/h)
The basic drug settings are displayed: O Maximum infusion rate (mL/h)
G Name P Initial bolus (mL)
H Abbreviation Q Maintenance bolus (mL)
I Concentration R Bolus rate (mL/h)
J Concentration unit: µg/mL, mg/mL S Maximum bolus rate (mL/h)
K Quantity unit: mL, mg, µg/kg, mg/kg
Units can be defined by the user and may vary.
L Time unit: min, h
NOTE
If a drug is stored in a profile, the abbreviation
cannot be changed. The drug must first be re-
moved from the profile.

Operation
Setting the limits Color
Drug editor Drug editor
T W
U V
428
429
z Touch the Limit settings tab (T). z Touch the Color tab (W).
The infusion and bolus limit settings are displayed: The color coding settings of the respective drug are
U Infusion rate limit (mL/h) displayed.
V Bolus rate limit (mL/h)
Units can be defined by the user and may vary.
NOTE
These limits cannot be changed during operation
Delivery beyond these set limits is possible. A vi-
olation of these limits is announced.

Operation
Adding new drugs WARNING

z Touch the Add button in the Drug library dialog Risk of patient injury
window.
If the same drug has different concentrations,
The Drug editor dialog window will be opened. e.g., Propofol 1 % or Propofol 2 %, an unam-
biguous name and abbreviation must be se-
Drug editor lected.
7 Set and confirm Concentration (Z) values with

the rotary knob.
X 8 Touch the Concentration unit required and
Y confirm with the rotary knob.
Setting the dose for the new drug:
Drug editor
Z
M
426
Entering basic drug data:

1 Touch the Name button (X). A keyboard window
opens.
2 Use the BackSp button in the keyboard window
to delete the placeholder No drug.
3 Enter name and confirm with the rotary knob.
427
If the name entered is not accepted, there is al-
ready a drug with this name in the drug library. z Touch the Dose settings tab (M).
Choose a new name.
The infusion and bolus delivery settings are dis-
Zeus IE offers an abbreviation (Y) for the drug played.
name. The abbreviation for the drug name must be
1 Touch the buttons of the respective parameters.
unique. 5 characters (letters, numbers) must be en-
tered. Do not use special characters! 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
Examples: value.
– PROP1 = Propofol 1 %
– PROP2 = Propofol 2 %
Entering a new abbreviation:
4 Touch the Abbreviation button (Y). A keyboard
window opens.
5 Use the BackSp button in the keyboard window
to delete the placeholder for the abbreviation.
6 Enter name and confirm with the rotary knob.

Operation
Editing a drug Module DPS – transport concept

In the Drug library dialog window:
If a Module DPS syringe pump which is switched on
1 Select a drug from the list using the rotary knob. is plugged into the IVDock, the syringe pump set-
2 Touch the Edit button. tings are applied by Zeus IE, even if a new patient
is loaded.
3 Edit settings in the basic data and deliveries
and confirm with the rotary knob. NOTE
If you make changes to drugs which are stored in a The basic configurations of the pumps may be
profile, the modified data from the drug library is partially changed when connecting to Zeus IE.
transferred to the profile. The changes to the basic configurations are pre-
served even after disconnection from Zeus IE.
They can be manually reset on the pump if re-
Deleting a drug quired (see instructions for use for the Module
In the Drug library dialog window: DPS).
1 Select a drug from the list using the rotary knob. NOTE
2 Touch the Delete button and confirm with rotary The data for the manual bolus are not automati-
knob. cally adopted in the trend display for IV data if:
– a manual bolus is started via the syringe pump
The drug is deleted.
while Zeus is still in General Standby
or
Drug library import/export
– the syringe pump has not yet been remotely
In the Drug library dialog window: operated by the Zeus.
1 Touch the Export or Import button. Only when the pump has been confirmed on
Zeus, the data from manually started boluses will
2 Insert USB storage media and follow the in-
be adopted into the trend memory.
structions in the dialog window, see page 149.
CAUTION
After transferring a drug library, check the drug
configurations to eliminate the risk of incorrect
settings.

Operation
Displaying infusion trends Adapting scalings to the maximum values adminis-

tered:
Open Trends/Data dialog window, see page 184. z Touch the Auto scale button (C).
z Touch the Infusion tab (A). Displaying the cursor with time information:
The information about infusions which have already 1 Touch the Cursor button (D).
been administered and ones which are still running
is displayed. 2 Move cursor by turning the rotary knob.
The zoom function is used to change the time win-
Graphic trend display dow shown:
z Touch the Zoom + / Zoom - (E)/(F) button.
Trends/Data
A Tabular trend display

1200
4 B
0
Trends/Data
1200
3
1200
2 C
0
D G
1200
1 E
0
F
351
After touching the Infusion tab (A), the Graph.

trend page (B) is preselected.
H
The following graphic trends for syringe pumps
353
1 to 4 are displayed from top to bottom: Open tabular display of the data from syringe
– InfR 1 to InfR 4 pumps 1 to 4:
– administered volume Vtot
z Touch the Tab. trend button (G).
The scaling limits are:
Select Interval [min] for creating a new row in the
– Maximum infusion rate table:
– Maximum bolus rate
z Touch the corresponding button (H) (1, 2, 3, 5,
For each Module DPS syringe pump, the current 10, 15, 30 min).
data is, relating to the position of the cursor, indi-
cated as a numerical value next to the graphic trend
displays:
– Name and Concentration
– Selected infusion
– Delivery rate
– Volume actually administered Vtot

Operation
Setup for the IV system
System setup
431
The values set for the Module DPS in Zeus IE are

displayed in the System setup > Infusion dialog
window (A). The values displayed are saved in the
profile. For more information on the system setup,
see page 323.

Operation
End of operation
Switching Zeus IE into system standby System standby is the standby mode in which:
– Fresh gas is switched off
– Quick start dialog window appears
– Electrical power consumption is minimal
System standby? – Operation can be resumed quickly
B – The device can be switched off
Switching off Zeus IE

A
469
1 Touch the Start/Standby button (A).

All settings previously modified in operation are
preserved.
The System standby? dialog window will be
opened.
2 Confirm Stop ventilation? button (B) with ro-
tary knob.
Or continue ventilation:
C
z Close dialog window. O2 Air N2O O2 Air N2O
050
Pressing the rotary knob automatically switches the
device to the system standby screen. 1 Touch the On/Off button (C).
Standby The Shut down? dialog window will be opened.
Standby
300

Operation
When Zeus IE is not in use

z Leave the device connected to the mains sup-
ply. The green LED with the symbol sym-
bol lights up.
1 Close the backup gas cylinders (if used).
Shut down?
2 Disconnect supply hoses from the central sup-
D ply, roll up and hang over the storage place on
the back of the device.
3 Pull the connector of the anesthetic gas scav-
enging system out of the wall socket.
4 Pull off the hose of the anesthetic gas scaveng-
307
ing system.
2 Touch the Shut down button (D).
The system shuts down.
Without connection to the mains supply
3 Close O2 emergency delivery if necessary.
NOTE
WARNING Charge the battery at least every 4 weeks or else
Remove gas supply hoses from the wall termi- there will be no uninterruptible power supply avail-
nal units (central supply). able when the device is put into operation,
see page 58.
If the gas supply hoses remain connected to
the wall terminal units, even minor internal
leaks may lead to contamination of the supply
gases.
If the device is in system standby for longer than

90 minutes, the Zeus IE may need a warm-up
phase of 3 minutes before anesthetic agent deliv-
ery can resume.
NOTE
As the DIVA metering modules cool down slowly
(when using desflurane), metering accuracy is
temporarily reduced if Zeus IE is shut down and
put back into operation immediately.


Alarms
Alarms
Alarm behaviour at power on . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Suppressing the alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Display alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Set ranges of the patient monitoring

Alarm priorities and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 alarm limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Device-related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Alarm info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Patient-related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Arrhythmia detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Alarm log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Trends and diagnosis windows . . . . . . . . . . 184
Alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Calling up via limit violations during
operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Calling up via the alarm message field. . . . . . . 162
Non-invasive patient monitoring (optional) . . . . 163
Invasive blood pressure monitoring
(optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Infusion (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Suspending alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Direct suspension of alarms using buttons
in the main menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Alarm recorder (optional with

hemodynamic and Infinity network) . . . . . . . 167
All limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Hemodynamics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
BP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Other BPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Arrhythmia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Autoset limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Setting Autoset limits for the Hemodyn. area . . 173
Setting Autoset limits for the IBP area . . . . . . . 173
Setting Autoset limits for the Anesth./
Ventilation area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Adjusting the lower and upper limit values
according to set points and patient
demographic data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Alarms
Alarm behaviour at power on
After switching from system standby to operation,

all non-technical alarms are deactivated for one
minute to allow sufficient time to select a suitable
setting.
Display alarms
B A 1:35
Alarm priorities and signals
Different background colors in the alarm message

field identify the priority of active alarm messages.
The alarm-related parameter e.g., (C), flashes in
C the color based on the alarm priority.
Alarms of highest priority

– The alarm message requires immediate action.
– Text on a red background
301
The alarm messages appear in the alarm message – The corresponding parameter flashes
field (A) of the header bar. – Continuous tone sequence
If more alarms occur simultaneously than can be
displayed in the alarm message field, the All Medium-priority alarms
alarms button (B) is displayed for further alarms.
– The alarm message requires immediate action.
z Touch the All alarms button.
– Text on a yellow background
The Alarms >Alarm info dialog window opens. In-
formation about all currently active alarms appears. – The corresponding parameter flashes
– A tone sequence sounds every 30 seconds
Alarms of lower priority

– The alarm messages require attention and, if
necessary, action.
– Text on a cyan-colored background
– Single tone sequence

Alarms
Alarm info
z Touch alarm message field. All current alarms are listed in chronological order
with the following information:
The Alarms >Alarm info dialog window (A) opens
B Duration
with all currently active alarm messages.
C Prio
Alarms D Alarms
E Alarm limits
A F Cause
B C D E G Remedy
!!!
! See also alarm messages from page 255.
!
!
!!
F G
356
Alarm log
The alarm log records all alarm messages that All alarms that occur are listed in chronological or-
have occurred, but are no longer active in chrono- der with the following information:
logical order (maximum 200). B Date
C Time
Alarms D Priority
E Patient alarms
A E Technical alarms
B C D E F
!!! See also alarm messages from page 255.
!
!
!
The Graph.trend (G) and Tab. trend (H) buttons
!! open the dialog windows for trend display as a
!
! curve or table at the time of the selected alarm.
!
!!
!!
The alarm log is cleared:
!!! – At the start of a new case
G H – When switching on the system
– In the event of a total power failure of more than
358
z Touch the Alarm log tab (A). 5 min (after the batteries are empty)

Alarms
Alarm limits
B Calling up via the alarm message field

C
1:35
z Touch alarm message field (B).

The Alarms dialog window will be opened.
A z Touch the Alarm limits tab (D).
The Alarm limits dialog window will be opened.
The vertical tabs (E) lead to the different user con-
figurations.
Alarms
301
D
Calling up via limit violations during op-
eration H
If limit violations occur during operation, the corre-
E
sponding parameter flashes, e.g., (A).
1 Touch the respective parameter field. F
The Sensors/Parameters dialog window will be G
opened.
359
2 Touch the button. The following user configurations (E) with the cor-
The Alarms > Alarm limits dialog window opens responding upper (F) and lower (G) alarm limits can
for the parameter selected. be displayed:
– Noninvasive (optional)
3 Touch the button of the alarm limit to be modi- – Invasive (optional)
fied. The button turns yellow. – Ventilation
4 Set the required value by turning the rotary – Anesth.
knob and push to confirm. – Infusion (optional)
Or WARNING
1 Touch the Alarms button (C). Risk of patient injury
The Alarms > Alarm limits dialog window ap- The user must set the alarm limits according
pears. The alarm-related limit is preselected, the to the patient and activate if necessary. Other-
button is yellow. wise, there is a risk that patient monitoring is
not ensured.
2 Set the required value by turning the rotary
knob and push to confirm. 1 Touch the vertical tab of the user configuration
of the alarm limit to be modified.
2 Touch the button of the alarm limit to be modi-
fied. The button turns yellow.

Alarms
3 Set the required value by turning the rotary Invasive blood pressure monitoring (op-
knob and push to confirm. tional)
The graphic displays a 30-minute trend of the
alarm-related parameter. The broken lines (H) in z Touch the Invasive button (A).
the graphic represent the alarm limits and are
Alarms
moved accordingly.
If the alarm limit of the parameter is being moni-
tored, the color of the button is dark green – other-
wise it is bright green. A
Non-invasive patient monitoring (op-

tional) B
z Touch the Noninvasive button (A).
360
Alarms
The alarm limits can be configured depending on
the selected parameter (B) S, D or M. Only the
A alarm limits of the blood pressure sensors currently
connected are shown.
B C D E F G H I
359
The following upper and lower alarm limits can be

configured:
B HR (heart rate)
C SpO2 (blood oxygen saturation)
D NIBP S/NIBP D/NIBP M
Blood pressure depending on the set parame-
ter: S, D, or M
E T1 (temperature, measuring point 1)
F T2 (temperature, measuring point 2)
G TBlood (blood temperature)
monitored for C.O. measurement
H NMT (TOF count)
I BIS (BIS index)

Alarms
Ventilation Anesthesia
z Touch the Ventilation button (A). z Touch the Anesth. button (A).
Alarms Alarms
A
A
B C D E F G H B C
361
362
The following upper and lower alarm limits can be The following upper and lower alarm limits can be
configured: configured:
B etCO2 (Endexpiratory CO2 content of the B Inspiratory N2O content of the breathed air
breathed air) (inN2O) These buttons only appear if N2O is se-
C inCO2 (Inspiratory CO2 content of the breathed lected as the carrier gas.
air) C Inspiratory anesthetic agent content of the
D FiO2 (Inspiratory O2 content of the breathed air) breathed air (depending on the selected anes-
E MVe (Expiratory minute volume) thetic agent, e.g., inIso).
F VTi (Inspiratory tidal volume)
G Paw (airway pressure)
H Brody Factor
Leakage detection in closed operation, see "Set
ranges of the patient monitoring alarm limits"
on page 179.
The alarm limits set are displayed on the wave-
forms as a broken line.

Alarms
Infusion (optional)
z Touch the Infusion button (A).
Alarms
1 A
B C 479
The upper alarm limits are only displayed if the sy-

ringe pumps are connected to Zeus IE.
The following upper alarm limits can be configured:
B Infusion pressure
C Infusion volume
KVO function*
If the KVO function is activated in the syringe pump,
the syringe pump does not shut down if the upper
alarm limit for the infusion volume is exceeded.
KVO appears on the pump display. The infusion
continues at a low infusion rate. The syringe pump
cannot be remote-controlled.
1 Switch off syringe pump.
2 Increase volume alarm limit on Zeus IE.
3 Switch syringe pump back on.
* Keep Vein Open

Alarms
Suspending alarms
Alarm groups can be switched off and on. CAUTION

z Touch the Suspend tab (A). Suspending technical alarms does not eliminate
the cause of the alarm. Eliminate the cause of the
Alarms alarm without delay, see page 255!
A Acknowledging a technical alarm:
B G z Touch the Confirm button (G).
The respective alarms are displayed as alarms of
C lower priority.
D
E Direct suspension of alarms using but-
F tons in the main menu bar
363
The suspension of an alarm group can be config-

The following alarm groups can be suspended: ured for direct access as a button in the main menu
Alarm group Factory setting bar. See "Configuring buttons" on page 332.
Apnea alarms (B) On
CO2 alarms (C) On CO2 alarms On/Off
BIS/NMT alarms (D) On The CO2 alarms off button can be used to switch
off the alarm limits for inCO2 and etCO2.
CV alarms (E) On
Cardiac bypass mode (F) Off The symbol is displayed.
z Pressing the CO2 alarms off button again
If the cardiac bypass mode is activated, the follow- switches the CO2 alarms on again.
ing alarm groups are switched off:
– Apnea alarms Alarms are activated after detection of a respiratory
– CO2 alarms phase.
– NIBP/BP alarms If still no respiratory phase has been detected after
– SpO2 alarms changing from standby to a ventilation mode, the
– Heart rate alarms CO2 alarm is switched off temporarily. The sym-
– ST alarms bol is displayed. The symbol disappears as soon as
– Arrhythmia alarms respiratory phases are detected, see CO2 auto
wake-up (breaths) page 349.
Technical alarms
Technical alarms can be acknowledged and then
set to a low priority.

Alarms
WARNING
National and international standards specify
minimum monitoring with alarm functions.
These regulations may not be complied with if
the alarm function of the monitoring parame-
ter etCO2 is disabled!
Alarm recorder (optional with hemodynamic and Infinity network)
Select alarms for which the alarm recorder auto- Calling up Recorder config.:
matically starts when they occur.
1 Touch the Recorder config. tab (C).
z Touch the Alarm recorder tab (A).
Alarms
Alarms
A
A G
B H C
C
D E I
J
K
L
M N
F
364
357
The following settings can be configured:

B Recorder triggers G Record alarms: OFF/ON
Selection of alarms that start the alarm recorder H Recorder speed
C Recorder config. I Recorder delay
Specification of the alarm recorder parameters J Duration
Calling up Recorder triggers: K Waveform 1
L Waveform 2
1 Touch the Recorder triggers tab (B). M Alarm waveform: OFF/ON
2 The arrow keys ( ) are used to add or re- 2 Adjust settings.
move available Trigger alarms (D) for the
alarms Active triggers (E). 3 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
value.
3 Use the Apply changes button (F) to confirm
the changes. 4 Use the Apply changes button (N) to confirm
the changes.

Alarms
All limits
Settings of all alarm limits Hemodynamics

Alarm limits not currently required can also be set.
z Touch the Hemodyn. tab (A).
z Touch the All limits tab (A).
Alarms
Alarms
A
A
B C D E F G H I J
B
K L M N O
365
365
The alarm limits of the following parameters can be

Alarm limits can be set for the following areas: configured:
– Hemodyn. (optional) B HR (heart rate)
– IBP (optional) C SpO2 (blood oxygen saturation)
– More IBP (optional) D NIBP S (systolic blood pressure)
– Arrhythmia (optional) E NIBP D (diastolic blood pressure)
– Anesth. F NIBP M (mean blood pressure)
– Infusion (optional) G T1 (temperature, measuring point 1)
H T2 (temperature, measuring point 2)
1 Touch the tab (B) of the respective area.
I TBlood (blood temperature)
2 Touch the button of the alarm limit to be modi- J Brady (bradycardia)
fied. The button turns yellow. Setting the detection threshold for bradycardia
(only in the Neonates and Pediatrics patient cat-
3 Set the required value by turning the rotary egories with ext. arrhythmia off)
knob and push to confirm. Factory setting: Off; 20 to 100 1/min
K ST LAT (ST lateral)
L ST INF (ST inferior)
M ST ANT (ST anterior)
N NMT (TOF count)
O BIS (BIS index)

Alarms
BP Other BPs
z Touch the IBP tab (A). z Touch the More IBP tab (A).
Alarms Alarms
B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H I
A
I J K J K L M N
366
367
The alarm limits of the following parameters can be The alarm limits of the following parameters can be
configured: configured:
B ART S (artery systolic blood pressure) B LV S (left ventricular systolic blood pressure)
C ART D (artery diastolic blood pressure) C LV D (left ventricular diastolic blood pressure)
D ART M (mean artery blood pressure) D LV M (mean left ventricular blood pressure)
E PA S (pulmonary artery systolic blood pressure) E RV S (right ventricular systolic blood pressure)
F PA D (pulmonary artery diastolic blood pres- F RV D (right ventricular diastolic blood pressure)
sure) G RV M (mean right ventricular blood pressure)
G PA M (mean pulmonary artery blood pressure) H LA M (mean pressure for left atrium)
H CVP M (mean central venous pressure) I RA M (mean pressure for right atrium)
I GP1 S (non-specific systolic blood pressure) J GP2 S (other non-specific systolic blood pres-
(General Purpose) sure) (General Purpose)
J GP1 D (non-specific diastolic blood pressure) K GP2 D (other non-specific diastolic blood pres-
K GP1 M (non-specific mean blood pressure) L GP2 M (other non-specific mean blood pres-
M ICP M (mean intracranial pressure)
N CPP M (cerebral perfusion pressure)

Alarms
Arrhythmia Anesthesia
z Touch the Arrhythmia tab (A). z Touch the Anesth. tab (A).
Alarms Alarms
V.tach V.run AIVR SVT Tach Brady Pause PVC

>= >= <= >= >= <= B C D E F G
A
H I J K L M N A
B
C
368
369
The following parameters can be configured de- The alarm limits of the following parameters can be
pending on the option used: configured:
B Dual lead processing: Off/On. B inN2O (Inspiratory N2O content of the breathed
C Arrhythmia monitoring: air)
– Adv. (optional) C inHal (Inspiratory anesthetic agent concentra-
– Basic tion of the breathed air)
– Off D inEnf (Inspiratory anesthetic agent concentra-
tion of the breathed air)
Specify the settings for Rate and Count when an E inIso (Inspiratory anesthetic agent concentra-
arrhythmia event is reported. tion of the breathed air)
F inSev (Inspiratory anesthetic agent concentra-
tion of the breathed air)
Setting the Rate
G inDes (Inspiratory anesthetic agent concentra-
z Touch button, set the required value and con- tion of the breathed air)
firm. H etCO2 (Endexpiratory CO2 content of the
breathed air)
For ASY, VF and ARTF the rate cannot be I inCO2 (Inspiratory CO2 content of the breathed
changed. air)
J FiO2 (Inspiratory O2 content of the breathed air)
Setting the Count K MVe (Expiratory minute volume)
L VTi (Inspiratory tidal volume)
z Touch button, set the required value and con- M Paw (airway pressure)
firm. N Brody Factor
Set ranges, see "Set ranges of the patient monitor-
ing alarm limits" on page 179 WARNING
The user must adjust maximum inspiratory VA
concentration to suit the patient or else there
is a risk of concentration levels being too high
or too low.

Alarms
Infusion
z Touch the Infusion tab (A).
Alarms
1 2 3 4
B C A
350
The upper alarm limits can be configured for all for

syringe pumps:
B Press. (Set pressure limit)
C Vol. (Set volume limit)
Alarm limits not currently required are also dis-
played, e.g., for pumps not plugged in.
Set ranges for alarm limits

Alarm Setting range Factory default values
Pressure 100 to 1600 (5 and 10 mL syringe) 500
(mmHg)
100 to 1500 (20 mL syringe)
100 to 1100 (50 mL syringe)
Volume (mL) 0 to 900 0

Alarms
Autoset limits
Alarms For exceptions, see table "Adjusting the lower and

upper limit values according to set points and pa-
B tient demographic data" on page 174.
C The Autoset difference (X) is set in the Autoset
limits dialog window.
z Touch the Autoset limits tab (D).
Alarms
D
E
A F
359
The Autoset button (A) is used to adjust the alarm G

limits displayed in the Alarm limits dialog window
(B) to current measured or set values.
WARNING
The Autoset function always refers only to the
alarm limits highlighted in yellow on the par-
371
ticular page! The Autoset difference (X) can be set for the follow-
This resets the previously active alarm limits! ing areas:
E Hemodyn.
Disabled alarms are not automatically ena- F IBP
bled. G Anesth./ Ventilation
Autoset can be performed for the following areas:
– Noninvasive
– Invasive
– Ventilation
– Anesth.
1 Touch the corresponding tab, e.g., (C).
2 Touch the Autoset button (A). The Autoset but-
ton is preselected in yellow. Alarm limits that will
be recalculated by the Autoset function are
highlighted in yellow on the respective page.
3 Touch the Autoset (A) button. The alarm limits
highlighted in yellow will be recalculated.
The limit is adjusted based on the formula:
Upper limit = Current measurement + X %
Lower limit = Current measurement – X %

Alarms
Setting Autoset limits for the Hemodyn. The following parameters can be configured:
area B ART S, ART D, ART M (artery blood pressure
values)
z Touch the Hemodyn. tab (A). C PA S, PA D, PA M (pulmonary arterial blood
pressure values)
D CVP M (mean central venous pressure)
Alarms
E GP1 S, GP1 D, GP1 M (non-specific (general
pressure) blood pressure values)
F LV S, LV D, LV M (left ventricular blood pres-
A sure values)
B C D E F G H I G RV S, RV D, RV M (right ventricular blood pres-
sure values)
H LA M (mean pressure for left atrium)
I RA M (mean pressure for right atrium)
J GP2 S, GP2 D, GP2 M (non-specific (general
pressure) blood pressure values)
K ICP M (mean pressure for intracranial blood
pressure)
371
The following parameters can be configured:

B HR (heart rate) Setting Autoset limits for the Anesth./
C SpO2 (blood oxygen saturation) Ventilation area
D NIBP S (systolic blood pressure)
E NIBP D (diastolic blood pressure) z Touch the Anesth./ Ventilation tab (A).
F NIBP M (mean blood pressure)
G T1 (temperature, measuring point 1) Alarms
H T2 (temperature, measuring point 2)
I TBlood (blood temperature, monitored for C.O.
measurement)
B C
A
Setting Autoset limits for the IBP area
z Touch the IBP tab (A).

D E F
Alarms
373
B C D E The following parameters can be configured:

A B inN2O (inspiratory N2O content of the breathed
air)
F G H I C inHal, inEnf, inIso, inSev, inDes (inspiratory
anesthetic agent concentration)
D etCO2 (expiratory CO2 content)
J K E MVe (expiratory minute volume)
F Paw (airway pressure)
372

Alarms
Adjusting the lower and upper limit val-

ues according to set points and patient
demographic data
Alarm limit Algorithm Remark Default values (Range) for

Adult Adult Ped2 Ped1 Neo1
2 1
Autoset IBP:
ART S see page 173 40 %
(mmHg) (OFF, 20 to 80)
ART D see page 173 40 %
ART M see page 173 40 %
LV S see page 173 40 %
LV D see page 173 40 %
LV M (mmHg) see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
GP1 S, GP2 S see page 173 40 %
GP1 D, GP2 D see page 173 40 %
GP1 M, GP2 M see page 173 40 %
PA S (mmHg) see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
PA D (mmHg) see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
PA M see page 173 40 %
RV S see page 173 40 %
RV D see page 173 40 %
RV M see page 173 40 %
CVP M see page 173 40 %

Alarms

2 1
LA M see page 173 40 %
RA M see page 173 40 %
ICP M see page 173 40 %
Autoset Hemodynamics:
ART S see page 173 40 %
ART D see page 173 40 %
ART M see page 173 40 %
HR/PLS see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
SpO2 see page 173 A fixed value is set 100 % 98 %
(fixed) (fixed)
SpO2 current value – X % absolute Autoset 5 % absolute
absolute (OFF, 2 to 10)
NIBP S see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
NIBP D see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
NIBP M see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
T1 see page 173 7%
(OFF, 5 to 20)
T2 see page 173 7%
(OFF, 5 to 20)
TBlood see page 173 7%
(OFF, 5 to 20)
Autoset ventilation/anesthesia:
inN2O see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inHal see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)

Alarms

2 1
inIso see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inEnf see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inDes see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inSev see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
etCO2 see page 173 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
MVe MVe + X % Volume-controlled: 40 % 50 %
(at least 2 L/min) (20 to 80) (20 to 80)
MVe calculated from
set points, otherwise
from measured val-
ues
MVe MVe – X % Volume-controlled: 40 % 50 %
(at least 0.5 L/min) (20 to 80) (20 to 80)
MVe calculated from
set points, otherwise
from measured val-
ues
Paw PIP + X mbar Autoset with adjust- 10 mbar
able absolute differ- (OFF, 5 to 20)
ence in relation to
PIP pressure

Alarms
Suppressing the alarm tone
The alarm tone can be suppressed for maximum Switching the audible alarm on again
2 minutes.
z Press the Audio paused key (A) again.
The information field in the header bar is empty.
Exceptions
The following alarms immediately end the silence
time:
Alarm message
Air supply fail
Air+N2O delivery cutoff
A Anesth. Ventilator Off

Apnea
050
z Press the Audio paused (A) button. AW press. protect. fail

The audible alarm of all active alarms is sup- AW pressure high
pressed for 2 minutes. AW pressure negative
Battery low
1:35 1:35
B
Battery very low
Cont. AW pressure
DIVA module 1 failure
DIVA module 2 failure
469
In the header bar, the symbol (B) with the re- DIVA protect fail
maining silence time (minutes:seconds) appears.
DIVA+mixer failure
If the Audio paused key is pressed a second time Fresh gas intern/extern?
during this time, the All symbol is symbol ap-
pears. All audible alarms which appear in the next Infusion line 1 blocked
2 minutes are suppressed. The visual signal on the Infusion line 2 blocked
alarm bar disappears.
Infusion line 3 blocked
If there are no active alarms before pressing the Infusion line 4 blocked
Audio paused key, then all alarms which appear in
the next 2 minutes are suppressed (preventive si- Insp. desflurane high
lence function). Insp. enflurane high
Insp. halothane high
Insp. isoflurane high
Insp. oxygen low
Insp. sevoflurane high

Alarms
Alarm message
Insp. vol. agent high
Internal safety fan failed
N2O supply fail
Oxygen supply fail
Power supply temp high
Pump 1 battery empty
Pump 1 failure
Pump 1 operation failed
Pump 2 failure
Pump 3 failure
Pump 4 failure
Remove DIVA module 1
Remove DIVA module 2
Safety O2 opened
Safety settings active
Syringe 1 empty
Syringe 2 empty
Syringe 3 empty
Syringe 4 empty
VA delivery failure
Ventilator failure

Alarms
Set ranges of the patient monitoring alarm limits
Device-related
Alarm Setting range Default value of factory profile

Adult 2 Adult 1 Ped 2 Ped 1 Neo 1
etCO2 (Vol.%) 0.1 to 9.9; Off 7
etCO2 (Vol.%) Off; 0 to 9.8 3
inCO2 (Vol.%) 0 to 1.4; Off 1
FiO2 (Vol.%) 19 to 100; Off Off 90
FiO2 (Vol.%) 18 to 99 20
inHal (Vol.%) 0.1 to 7.0 2.1
inHal (Vol.%) Off; 0 to 6.9 Off
inIso (Vol.%) 0.1 to 7.0 3.1
inIso (Vol.%) Off; 0 to 6.9 Off
inEnf (Vol.%) 0.1 to 9.9 4.3
inEnf (Vol.%) Off; 0 to 9.8 Off
inDes (Vol.%) 0.1 to 21.9 17.5
inDes (Vol.%) Off; 0 to 21.8 Off
inSev (Vol.%) 0.1 to 9.9 6 7 8
inSev (Vol.%) Off; 0 to 9.8 Off
N2O (Vol.%) 1 to 82 82
N2O (Vol.%) 0 to 81; Off Off
MVe (L/min) 0.1 to 39.0; Off Off
MVe (L/min) 0 to 38.9 4 0.8 0.2
Paw (mbar) 5 to 100 40 25 20
VTi (L/0.01) 0.02 to 2.0; Off 1.2 0.5 0.1
Brody Factor 1.5 to 5.0, Off 2.5

Alarms
Patient-related

HR (1/min) 25 to 300 120 135 150 180
HR (1/min) 20 to 295 45 50 60 80
Brady Limit 20 to 100; Off – – 50 50 60
PVC (1/min) 1 to 50 50 50 50 50 –
ST (mm) –9.9 to 10 2
ST (mm) –10 to 9.9 –2
ART S (mmHg) 0 to 300 160 120 80
ART S (mmHg) –5 to 295 90 50
ART D (mmHg) 0 to 300 80 80 60
ART D (mmHg) –5 to 295 50 30 25
ART M (mmHg) 0 to 300 125 90 70
ART M (mmHg) –5 to 295 60 50 40
LV S (mmHg) 0 to 300 160
LV S (mmHg) –5 to 295 75
LV D (mmHg) 0 to 300 25
LV D (mmHg) –5 to 295 5
LV M (mmHg) 0 to 300 80
LV M (mmHg) –5 to 295 40
GP1 S, GP2 S (mmHg) 0 to 300 160 120
GP1 S, GP2 S (mmHg) –5 to 295 90 50
GP1 D, GP2 D (mmHg) 0 to 300 110 80
GP1 D, GP2 D (mmHg) –5 to 295 50 35
GP1 M, GP2 M (mmHg) 0 to 300 125 85
GP1 M, GP2 M (mmHg) –5 to 295 60 40
PA S (mmHg) 0 to 120 35
PA S (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
PA D (mmHg) 0 to 120 15
PA D (mmHg) –5 to 115 5
PA M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
PA M (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
RV S (mmHg) 0 to 120 35

Alarms

RV S (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
RV D (mmHg) 0 to 120 15
RV D (mmHg) –5 to 115 5
RV M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
RV M (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
CVP M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
CVP M (mmHg) –5 to 115 0
LA M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
LA M (mmHg) –5 to 115 0
RA M (mmHg) 0 to 120 15
RA M (mmHg) –5 to 115 5
ICP M (mmHg) –20 to 120 20
ICP M (mmHg) –25 to 115 5
CPP M (mmHg) –20 to 300 100
CPP M (mmHg) –25 to 295 70
SpO2 71 to 100 100 95
SpO2 70 to 99 90 85
NIBP S (mmHg) Neo: 15 to 130 160 120 80
Ped: 15 to 170
Adult: 15 to 250
NIBP S (mmHg) Neo: 10 to 125 90 50 50
Ped: 10 to 165
Adult: 10 to 245
NIBP D (mmHg) Neo: 15 to 130 80 80 60
Ped: 15 to 170
Adult: 15 to 250
NIBP D (mmHg) Neo: 10 to 125 50 30 25
Ped: 10 to 165
Adult: 10 to 245
NIBP M (mmHg) Neo: 15 to 130 125 90 70
Ped: 15 to 170
Adult: 15 to 250
NIBP M (mmHg) Neo: 10 to 125 60 50 40
Ped: 10 to 165
Adult: 10 to 245
T1/T2 (°C) –4.9 to 50 39

Alarms

T1/T2 (°C) –5 to 49.9 34
TBlood (°C) 25.1 to 43 39
TBlood (°C) 25 to 42.9 34
TOF-Count 1 to 4; Off 4
TOF-Count 0 to 3; Off 0
BIS 15 to 100; Off 100
BIS 0 to 95; Off 10
Arrhythmia detection
Alarm Setting range Resolu- Default value of factory profile

tion/incre- Adult 2 Adult 1 Ped 2 Ped 1 Neo 1
ment
ASY
Alarm On/Off On On On On Off
Rate – – – – – –
Count – – – – – –
VF
Rate – – – – – –
Count – – – – – –
V.tach
Rate 100 to 200 10 ≥120 ≥120 ≥120 ≥120 –
Count 5 to 15 1 ≥10 ≥10 ≥10 ≥10 –
V.run
Rate 100 to 200 10 ≥120 ≥120 ≥120 ≥120 –
Count 3 to (VTcount –1) 1 3 to 9 3 to 9 3 to 9 3 to 9 –
AIVR
Rate 100 to 200 10 119 119 119 119 –
(<VTcount –1)
Count count >3 3 3 3 3 –

Alarms
Alarm Setting range Resolu- Default value of factory profile

tion/incre- Adult 2 Adult 1 Ped 2 Ped 1 Neo 1
ment
SVT
Rate 120 to 200 10 150 150 150 150 –
Count 3 to 10 1 3 3 3 3 –
BGM
Rate – – – – –
Count n/a – – – – –
Tach
Rate 100 to 200 10 130 130 130 130 –
Count n/a 8 8 8 8 –
Brady
Rate 30 to 105 5 50 50 50 50 –
Count n/a 8 8 8 8 –
Pause
Rate 1.0 to 3.5 0.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 –
Count n/a – – – – –

Alarms
Trends and diagnosis windows
1:35 1:35
Trends/Data
B C D E F G H
A
469
Zeus IE saves measured values and trend data.

Trends are displayed in graphic or tabular form and
374
can be printed (with Infinity network option).
Horizontal tabs open the diagnosis windows. Verti-
cal tabs show graphic, tabular displays and other
Printing graphic trend display figures.
The graphic trend always starts with the current The following applications can be selected:
time and prints the entire trend from the time the pa- B Overview
tient case started. Trends of: HR, NIBP, ART, CVP, etCO2, i/e O2,
SpO2, i/e VA, Paw, MV
C Hemodyn.
Printing tabular trend display Trends of: HR, ART, CVP, PLS, NIBP, PA, RA,
The entire trend with the selected interval time from SpO2, T1, T2, Pmean, C.O.
the start of the patient case is printed. Cardiac calculat.: C.O., HR, ART M, CVP, PA
M, PWP, CI, SV, SVI, SVR, SVRI, PVR, PVRI,
Diagnosis windows LVSWI, RVSWI, BSA
ST view: inferior, lateral, anterior
Measured values in different applications, arranged D BIS/NMT
according to different parameters are saved and Trends of: BIS, SQI, EMG, BSR, BCT, SEF,
displayed in the Trends/Data dialog window. PWR, SNGL, TOF, TOFR, PTC
E Infusion
z Touch the Trends/Data button (A).
Trends of: Infusion data (option, see page 154)
The Trends/Data dialog window will be opened. F Ventilat./ Oxygenat.
Trends of: etCO2, MV, i/e O2, SpO2, Paw, C, R,
RRmand, RRspon, VT
Resp. mech.:
– Pressure: PIP, Plat, Mean, PEEP
– Lung: Cdyn, R
– Ventilator: Circle flow
– Vol: MVe, VTi, VTe, RR, VTmand, RRmand,
MVespon, VTspon, RRspon

Alarms
G Gases/ Anesth.
Trends of: xMAC, i/e VA, ART, NIBP, HR, N2O,
O2 upt., RRspon, T NMT, TOF, SQI, BIS
Current flows:
– Fresh-gas control: System closed
– Current flows: O2, Air, N2O, Total
– Injected anesth. agent (fl.)
Total consumpt.:
– Gas amount since start: O2, Air, N2O
– Volatile agent amount since start
– Gas costs since start: O2, Air, N2O
– Volatile agent costs since start
H System
Automatically opens the page Test details >
Test history.


Monitoring
Monitoring
Overview of the monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Device monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

CO2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Airway pressure Paw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Anesthetic agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Loop displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Display of the flow tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
O2 uptake / Uptake monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Connection field for patient monitoring . . . . . . . 197
Accessories for patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . 199
Electrocardiography ECG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Pulse oximetry SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP. . . . . . . . . . 220
Invasive blood pressure measurement IBP . . . 225
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Anesthesia effect monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Monitoring
Overview of the monitoring
Comprehensive patient monitoring is vital in an-

Sensors/Parameters
esthesia. The Zeus IE provides the facility to moni-
tor the patient in terms of his vital parameters (e.g., D E F G H I J K
heart rate, blood pressure, O2 saturation) and pri-
mary signals (e.g., ECG). Patient signals are re-
ceived via various modules and sensors.
Opening dialog window
1200
B
A
389
0
0 20
mL/mbar mbar/L/s
For hemodynamic patient monitoring (optional), the
C following pages can be configured:
D ECG
E SpO2
F NIBP
G IBP
H Temp
309
I C.O./ Calculat.
z Touch parameter field e.g. (A). J BIS/NMT
The corresponding page opens in the Sensors/Pa- For device monitoring, the following page can be
rameters dialog window. configured:
K Anesth./ Ventilation
Or
The parameter fields are configured in the Screen
z Touch the area of the loop display (B).
setup > Screen layout > Data dialog window,
The Sensors/Parameters > Anesth./ Ventilation see page 332.
> PV FV Loops dialog window appears.
Or Parameter module
If the Sensors/ Parameters button is configured If "---" is displayed in a parameter module, the
(see page 332): measured value is invalid or out of date.
z Touch the Sensors/ Parameters button (C). If an apnea alarm or an asystole alarm occurs, no
measurements will be displayed in the CO2 and
The Sensors/Parameters dialog window will be
HR/PLS parameter modules. The length of time the
opened.
alarm has already been present is displayed in the
relevant parameter module.

Monitoring
Device monitoring
z Touch the Anesth./ Ventilation tab (A). CO2

An overview of current settings for ventilation and
anesthesia is displayed.
CO2 mmHg
RR
24
Sensors/Parameters et
A
B 73 53
23
in
7
225
C
D The parameter box CO2 displays
E – the inspiratory (in) CO2 concentration in the
breathing gas
F – the expiratory (et) CO2 concentration in the
G breathing gas
– the respiratory rate RR from the CO2 signal
Additionally after touching the Display all button
404
(prerequisite: Display all button has been config-

The dialog window displays the following pages: ured, see page 332):
B CO2 (setting the amplitude of CO2 scale) – Currently set alarm limits
C Oxygen (setting the amplitude of O2 scale)
D Flow (setting the amplitude of Flow scale and
Vol. scale, Waveform selection)
E Paw (setting the amplitude of Paw scale)
F Volatile agent (setting the amplitude of VA
scale)
G PV FV Loops (setting and selecting the loops)

Monitoring
Setting the amplitude of CO2 scale Setting the amplitude of the O2 scale
Sensors/Parameters Sensors/Parameters
A B
B A
C C
D D
404
405
z Touch the CO2 button (A). z Touch the Oxygen button (A).
The CO2 page displays: The Oxygen page displays:
B The current CO2 curve B The current O2 curve
C CO2 scale (scaling of the CO2 curve in relation C O2 scale (scaling of the O2 curve in relation to
to the amplitude) the amplitude)
D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim- D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
its > Ventilation dialog window for alarm limit its > Ventilation dialog window for alarm limit
setting. setting.
Oxygen Flow
O2 % Vol L/min
MV VTe
31
in
et
27 Off
20 6.0 Off
4.0
RR
500
12.0
226
227
The parameter box O2 displays The Flow parameter box displays:

– the inspiratory (in) O2 concentration in the – MV (minute volume)
breathing gas – VTe (Expiratory tidal volume, resolved for each
– the expiratory (et) O2 concentration in the individual breath)
breathing gas – RR (respiratory rate, derived from the flow sig-
Additionally after touching the Display all button nal)
(prerequisite: Display all button has been config- Additionally after touching the Display all button
ured, see page 332): (prerequisite: Display all button has been config-
– Currently set alarm limits ured, see page 332):
– Currently set alarm limits

Monitoring
Setting the amplitudes of Flow scale and Vol.

scale and Waveform selection
Sensors/Parameters
B
C A
D
E
F 406
z Touch the Flow button (A).

The Flow page displays:
B The current Flow curve
C Flow scale (scaling of the Flow curve in relation
to the amplitude for the flow)
D Vol. scale (scaling of the Flow curve in relation
to the amplitude for the volume)
E Waveform selection: represent Flow or Vol.
as a waveform
F The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
its > Ventilation dialog window for alarm limit
setting.

Monitoring
Airway pressure Paw Setting the amplitude of the Paw scale
Sensors/Parameters
Paw mbar
PIP Pmean
13
30
B
PEEP
14 C A
The Paw parameter box displays: 228
– PIP (peak pressure)

– Pmean (mean pressure)
– PEEP (positive end-expiratory pressure)
D
407
z Touch the Paw button (A).
Paw mbar
The Paw page displays:
30
PIP Pmean
Pplat
13 B The current Paw curve
23
PEEP
40
Auto 5 C Paw scale (scaling of the Paw curve in relation
to the amplitude)
229
D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-

Additionally after touching the Display all button its > Ventilation dialog window for alarm limit
(prerequisite: Display all button has been config- setting.
ured, see page 332):
– Pplat (plateau pressure)
– currently set alarm limits

Monitoring
Anesthetic agent Setting the amplitude of the Volatile agent scale
The Volatile agent parameter box display can be Sensors/Parameters

varied:
Display 1 B
– Inspiratory (in) and expiratory (et) values of the
anesthetic agent, of N2O and O2
C
A
Iso N 20 O 2%
2.2 60 37
in
D
1.2 50 27
408
et
z Touch the Volatile agent button (A).
230
The Volatile agent page displays:

B The current curve for the volatile anesthetic
Display 2 agent
C VA scale (scaling of this curve in relation to the
– Inspiratory (in) and expiratory (et) values of the
amplitude)
anesthetic agent
D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
– xMAC (MAC* multiple) its > Anesth. dialog window for alarm limit set-
If a second anesthetic agent is measured, it is dis- ting
played instead of N2O.
An age-adjusted MAC multiple is used,
see page 114.
Iso Sev xMAC

in
2.2 2.4
et
1.2 1.4 2.3
231
* MAC – Minimum Alveolar Concentration

Monitoring
Loop displays Display of ventilation loops
Loops are a graphic representation of the respira-

tory monitoring data collected by the ventilator. 1200 Volume I 09:20:45
Pressure/volume loop and flow/volume loops pro-
vide important information about the response of
the patient to the ventilation.
Configuration see page 331.
Pressure/volume loops
Pressure/volume loops show changes in the com-
pliance, resistance and respiratory work.
0 Paw
The loop of a mechanically generated breath is 0 20
plotted in an counterclockwise direction. The loop
of a spontaneous breath is plotted in a clockwise di-
rection. The inspiration starts at a point which is de-
fined via the base pressure and the volume at the A B
beginning of inspiration. The loops show the appro-
priate values for dynamic compliance (Cdyn).
232
Older loops are deleted and replaced by the current
Flow/volume loops loops. Up to six reference loops can be saved and
displayed. Reference loops are used as compari-
Flow/volume loops plot mechanical and spontane-
son points to evaluate the current loops.
ous breaths in the same manner. Inspiration starts
at the starting point of the loop and is then plotted z Touch the Save button (A).
upwards and from the left-hand side to the right-
The current loop is saved as a blue curve with its
hand side (clockwise). Expiration is plotted below
time. The loops in progress are overlaid on it in
the horizontal axis from right to left, back to the
black.
starting point.
z Touch the Recall button (B).
The saved loops (maximum 6) are recalled by con-
tinuous touching. The sequence of the loops is dis-
played at the top right along with the respective
time saved.
Displaying values for compliance Cdyn and resist-
ance R:
z Touch the screen between the Save and Recall
buttons.

Monitoring
Setting and selecting loops

1200 Volume I 09:20:45
Sensors/Parameters
D
E
F
G C
0 Paw H
0 20 I
J
409
Cdyn 24 R 2
mL/mbar mbar/L/s z Touch the PV FV Loops button (C).
The PV FV Loops page displays:
234
D Paw/Vol, Flow/Vol (possible loop displays)

Displaying the Save and Recall buttons again: E Auto, Volume, Customized (scaling of the
loops)
z Touch the screen in the area of the values for F Volume (scaling of the volume)
compliance and resistance again. G Paw (scaling of the pressure axis)
In Vent. standby ventilation mode, no PV loops H Flow (scaling of the flow axis)
can be displayed because of the absence of respi- I Loop selection: Paw/Vol, Flow/Vol (display of
ration phase triggering. Instead of the loop display, the loop that will be transferred to the screen)
Vent. standby is displayed. J The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
its > Ventilation dialog window for alarm limit
setting.

Monitoring
Infusion A The current flows of the anesthetic agent, e.g.,

Iso, and of the gases O2, Air, and N2O are dis-
For every two Module DPS syringe pumps, a pa- played.
rameter field can be displayed containing: B The status display indicates the status of gas
– Pump number delivery (fresh-gas control mode, closed sys-
– Drug names tem, current fresh-gas flows, etc.).
– Vtot mL (volume administered up to that point in
time) C The O2 uptake display is used for leakage de-
– Trest min (time until the syringe is empty) tection when operating in a closed system. If the
device is in Uptake mode, the complete O2 up-
take of the patient is displayed.
1 2
Vtot
mL
O2 uptake / Uptake monitoring
Trest
min Zeus IE uses the Brody formula for uptake monitor-
ing:
O2 uptake = 10 x KG3/4
477
KG is based on the body weight set for the patient.

z Touch parameter field.
Uptake monitoring is first activated 3 min after
The current alarm limit setting appears. achieving the mode.
The theoretically calculated O2 uptake is compared
Display of the flow tubes to the measured O2 uptake in the system. If the
measured value exceeds the calculated value, the
background of the O2 uptake display begins to flash
in yellow.
B System closed
C O2 uptake 324 mL/min The user can set the sensitivity of the alarm using
the Brody factor, see page 164.
A O2 N2O Iso z Touch the display of the O2 uptake.
18 100
10 50 The Alarms > Ventilation dialog window opens,
see page 164. The Brody-Factor button is yellow
10 and can be adjusted.
z Touch the display of the flow tubes.
1
0.5 1 The Trends/Data > Current flows dialog window
0.5 appears.
0 0
0.28 L/min 0.14 0 mL/h
162

Monitoring
Patient monitoring
Sensors/Parameters Connection field for patient monitoring

A B C D E F G
148
The connection field for patient monitoring is on the
left-hand side next to the breathing system.
389
Zeus IE patient monitoring (optional) provides the

following functions: WARNING
Care must be taken to ensure that the pods are
A ECG (electrocardiography), see page 208 fitted securely and cannot drop. Route and at-
B SpO2 (oxygen saturation), see page 217 tach the sensor cables and catheter tubes to
the patient in such a way that if cables, tubes
The SpO2 measurement can be carried out via or the device are moved the patient will not be
the SpO2 SmartPod or without the SpO2* injured.
SmartPod.
C NIBP (non-invasive blood pressure),
see page 220
D IBP (invasive blood pressure), see page 225
E Temp (temperature), see page 233
F C.O./ Calculat. (cardiac output), see page 234
G BIS/NMT (anesthesia effect monitoring),
see page 238
The parameters can be displayed as measured val-
ues in configurable parameter boxes.
The ECG, SpO2, IBP and BIS parameters can also
be displayed as mini-trends.
* optional

Monitoring
SpO2 measurement with SmartPod SpO2 SpO2 measurement without SpO2 SmartPod
(optional)
The connection field has the following connections:
The connection field has the following connections:
HEMOMED 1 MULTIMED
HEMOMED 1 MULTIMED
A B
H I
Aux / Hemo 2
C Aux / Hemo 3
Aux / Hemo 2
J Aux / Hemo 3
NIBP SpO2
D E
NIBP Sync.
IV-System Sync. K L
F G
IV-System
M
009
A HEMOMED 1
Connection for accessories to measure 1 to
010
4 invasive blood pressures (IBP) and C.O.
H HEMOMED 1
B MULTIMED Connection for accessories to measure 1 to
Connection for accessories to measure 3 to 4 invasive blood pressures (IBP) and C.O.
6 ECG leads and 1 or 2 temperatures
I MULTIMED
C Aux/Hemo 2/3 Connection for accessories to measure SpO2,
Connections for accessories to measure 1 to 3 to 6 ECG leads and 1 or 2 temperatures
4 invasive blood pressures and C.O. as well as
for anesthesia effect monitoring (Trident pod, J Aux/Hemo 2/3
BISx pod) Connections for accessories to measure 1 to
4 invasive blood pressures and C.O. as well as
D NIBP for anesthesia effect monitoring (Trident pod,
Connection to measure the non-invasive blood BISx pod)
pressure
K NIBP
E SpO2 Connection to measure the non-invasive blood
Connection to measure oxygen saturation (sen- pressure
sor technology must be identified)
L Sync
F IV system Synchronization connection for defibrillators
Connection of Module DPS for intravenous an-
esthesia (optional) M IV system
Connection of Module DPS for intravenous an-
G Sync esthesia (optional)
Synchronization connection for defibrillators

Monitoring
Accessories for patient monitoring
Zeus IE con- Accesso- ECG SpO2 NIBP BP Temp. C.O. NMT/ BIS
nection field ries TOF
MULTIMED MUL- 3 to 1 sensor1) 1 or 2
TIMED 5 5 electrodes sensors2)
cable
MUL- 3 to 1 Sensor1) 1 or 2
TIMED 6 6 electrodes sensors2)
cable
MUL- 3 to 1 Sensor1) 1 or 2
TIMED 6 electrodes sensors2)
PLUS OR
cable
HEMOMED 1 Y-cable 1 or
2 pressure
trans-
ducer(s)2)
HemoMed 4 pressure x
Pod transducers
Aux/Hemo 2 Hemo2 2 pressure 2 sensors x
or Aux/ Pod transducers
Hemo 3
Hemo4 4 pressure 2 sensors x
Pod transducers
Quad 4 pressure 2 sensors x
Hemo Pod transducers
Trident pod 1 NMT
sensor
BISx pod 1 BIS
sensor
SpO23 Masimo S 1 Masimo
ET cable sensor3)
Nellcor Ox- 1 Nellcor
iMax cable sensor3)
NIBP NIBP hose 1 sen-
sor
1) optional for measurement without SmartPod SpO2
2) depends on the use of a Y-cable
3) omitted for measurement without SmartPod SpO2

Monitoring
Patient monitoring and the hemodynamic modules NOTE

are largely protected against high-frequency inter-
For HF surgery, the heart rate should be deter-
ference which may be caused by defibrillations, HF
mined from the SpO2 signal instead of the
surgery devices or by 50/60 Hz power current inter-
ECG signal.
ference. The pressure transducers recommended
on the List of Accessories protect patients during
HF surgery and protect against burns during defi- NOTE
brillation. If non-approved pressure transducers are If using temperature sensors (rectal, esophageal),
used, this protection is no longer guaranteed. they must have a protective sheath.
Note about HF surgery

Connection for ECG accessories
To ensure the safety of patient and personnel and
to reduce interference from high-frequency signals,
optionally without
follow safety instructions during HF surgery.
SmartPod SpO2
WARNING
To increase performance and to reduce the A A
risk of burns, always use the accessories pro-
vided for HF surgery.
WARNING
To prevent the risk of burns, keep sensors and
pressure transducers (ECG, temperature,
pressure, SpO2, BISx) and their associated ca-
185
bles away from the operation site, the back
electrodes of the electrosurgical unit and the A For the display of 3, 5 or 6 ECG leads, different
grounding. cables can be connected to the MULTIMED
connection on the Zeus IE.
WARNING – MULTIMED 5 cable
Always use a high-frequency adapter block – MULTIMED 6 cable
(ESU filter) from Dräger or a MULTIMED Plus – MULTIMED PLUS OR cable
OR cable with compatible electrode cables.
Doing so reduces high-frequency interference
and protects the patient against burns that
may be caused by voltage being emitted by
the high-frequency surgery device. For better
performance, set the ECG filter option to
"ESU".
WARNING
Pacemaker detection is not available if the
ESU filter or MULTIMED Plus OR cable is used.

Monitoring
Connecting MULTIMED 5/6 cable Connecting MULTIMED PLUS OR cable
C B G
D H
F E J I
142
143
B MULTIMED cable G MULTIMED PLUS OR cable with integrated
ESU block
C ESU block for protection from interference due
to high-frequency surgery H ECG cable (3, 5 or 6 leads) for connection to the
electrodes applied to the patient
D ECG cable (3, 5 or 6 leads) for connection to the
electrodes applied to the patient I Connection socket for temperature cable
Two temperature sensors may be connected
E Connection socket for temperature cable via a Y-cable.
Two temperature sensors may be connected J Connection socket for SpO2 cable*
via a Y-cable.
z Insert white ECG standard lead wire set (D) into
F Connection socket for SpO2 cable* the MULTIMED PLUS OR Pod (C).
1 Insert white ECG standard lead wire set (D) into
the ESU block (C). If a MULTIMED 5 cable is
used, leave the V+ connection vacant. Connection for NIBP accessories
2 Connect ESU block (C) to the MULTIMED
cable (B). optionally without
SmartPod SpO2
5-pin and 6-pin ESU blocks are available.
3 All electrode inputs must be covered.
Use ESU block during HF surgery only.
A A
185
z Press the plug of the NIBP hose firmly into the

NIBP socket (A) at the connection field of the
hemodynamic monitoring on Zeus IE and con-
nect the other end of the hose to the connection
on the cuff.
* optional for measurement without SpO2 SmartPod

Monitoring
Connection for IBP accessories Hemodynamic monitoring modules which perform

the following measurements with only one monitor
For invasive blood pressure measurement, four al- connection:
ternatives are available on Zeus IE: – Cardiac output
– Y-cable – 2 invasive blood pressure measurements
– Hemo2 Pod (Hemo2) or
– Hemo4 Pod – 4 invasive blood pressure measurements
– HemoMed Pod (Hemo4, HemoMed and Quad Hemo)
– Quad Hemo Pod Hemo2 and Hemo4 must be connected to an
Aux/Hemo 2/3 (F) on Zeus IE.
Y-cable The HemoMed Pod must be connected to the
The Y-cable can be used to connect two IBP pres- HEMOMED 1 connection (E) on Zeus IE.
sure transducers to measure two invasive blood In contrast to the Hemo2 and Hemo4 Pods, the
pressures. The Y-cable is connected to the HemoMed Pod has no LCD displays on the module
HEMOMED 1 connection on the Zeus IE connec- and no temperature connections.
tion field, see page 197.
The Quad Hemo Pod has two temperature connec-
B tions and no LCD display.
A
Hemo2 Pod, Hemo4 Pod and HemoMed Pod
C G H I
D
136
A Connectors for the connection to Zeus IE

B Y-cable
C Intermediate cable
D IBP pressure transducer
135
Hemo2 Pod, Hemo4 Pod, HemoMed Pod and The modules have three buttons:
Quad Hemo Pod G The SmartZero key performs the zeroing
of all pressure transducers connected to the
optionally without module which are open to atmospheric pres-
SmartPod SpO2 sure.
H The C.O. Start key starts measuring cardiac
output.
E E I The Wedge key starts measuring pulmonary
wedge pressure.
F F
185

Monitoring
Quad Hemo Pod
J K L
133
On the Hemo2 and Hemo4 Pods, the connection
(N) for Zeus IE is located on the right side.
103
J The SmartZero key performs the zeroing

of all pressure transducers connected to the
module which are open to atmospheric pres-
sure.
K The C.O. Start key starts measuring cardiac
output.
L The Wedge key starts measuring pulmonary
wedge pressure.
Connecting hemodynamic modules (pods) O

Connecting Hemo2, Hemo4 and HemoMed
1 Establish a connection to the Zeus IE connec-
160
tion field.
2 Connect pressure transducer cables (O) to the
adapter block on the rear of the module.
M
P
135
158
On the HemoMed Pod, the connection (M) for

Zeus IE is located on the left side. 3 Insert the pressure transducers (P) on the front
panel of the module. Insert the pressure trans-
ducers into the slide-in compartment corre-
sponding to the module connection.

Monitoring
Connecting the Quad Hemo Pod Temperature measurement connection

1 Establish a connection to the Zeus IE connec-
tion field. A MULTIMED cable is used to connect the temper-
ature measurement to the MULTIMED connection
on the Zeus IE connection field, see page 197.
Q R
102
Q Connection for C.O.

R Connection for Zeus IE
B
2 Connect the red end of the Pod communication
138
cable (T) to connection (R). Connect the other
end (S) to the Aux/Hemo2 or Aux/Hemo3 con- A MULTIMED Pod
nection on Zeus IE.
B Temperature sensor
A Y-cable has to be used for the measurement
S of 2 temperatures.
U U U
T
V
101
3 Insert the pressure transducers into the trans-

ducer slots (U).
4 Connect the pressure transducer adapter ca-
bles (V) to the intermediate cables (W).

Monitoring
SpO2 measurement connection SpO2 measurement with SmartPod SpO2
optionally without The technology to be used is marked on the con-

SmartPod SpO2 nection field for patient monitoring, next to the con-
nection for SpO2 (integrated SmartPod).
z Select the accessories (connecting cable and
B SpO2 sensor) based on the technology used.
A
185
C
Two technologies are available for the SpO2 meas-
urement:
– SmartPod Masimo SET*
– SmartPod Nellcor OxiMax*
or
– Dräger Oxisure**
The SpO2 measurement is carried out using the fol-
lowing connections:
D
A Integrated SmartPod or
150
B Multimed**
C Connecting cable
D SpO2 sensor
* Measurement using SpO2 SmartPod

** optional for measurement without SpO2 SmartPod

Monitoring
SpO2 measurement without SmartPod SpO2* C.O. measurement connection

The SpO2 measurement is carried out using the
MULTIMED connections. The accessory for C.O. measurement can be con-
nected to all hemodynamic modules. The connec-
z Select the accessories (connecting cable and tion is located on the right side for all modules.
SpO2 sensor) based on the technology used.
F
E A
I H G
E
C B
J
D
K
F
137
A Injectate
B Injectate temperature sensor
C Proximal lumen
D Thermistor T-piece
G E Three-way tap
F C.O. Y-cable
G C.O. catheter cable
152
E MULTIMED cable H Catheter connection

F Connecting cable
I Thermodilution catheter
G SpO2 sensor
J Distal lumen
K Balloon lumen
* optional

Monitoring
Connection for anesthesia effect Infinity BISx pod

monitoring
Trident and BisX pods are connected to the

Aux/Hemo 2/3 connections on Zeus IE connection
field, see page 197.
X
BIS
Trident NMT pod
G
A F
B
276
F Pod Com cable to the Zeus IE connection field
or to the Trident pod
G Sensor cable for connecting the BIS sensor
C
D Connection for synchronization of a

! defibrillator
E
optionally without
279
SmartPod SpO2
A Covered connection, currently no function
B LED for displaying activated stimulation
C Connection for NMT accessories: accelerome-
ter, electrodes
D Socket for BISx pod
E To the Zeus IE connection field (Pod Com ca- A
ble)
A
185
For synchronization, a defibrillator can be con-

nected to the Sync. connection (A) on the Zeus IE
connection field.

Monitoring
Electrocardiography ECG ECG safety instructions

z Observe the internal instructions of the hospital!
Zeus IE provides the following functions:
– ECG display z Remove unprotected electrodes from the pa-
– Heart rate display tient before defibrillation.
– Detection of arrhythmia events
– ST analysis WARNING
– Display of ECG data Conductive parts of the electrodes and con-
nections (including the neutral electrode)
must not come into contact with other con-
HR/PLS bpm II ductive parts (including grounded parts). Risk
of electric shock.
60 120
45
ST WARNING
Defibrillation electrodes must never be placed
over ECG electrodes or ECG leads. A dis-
224
The HR/PLS parameter box displays: charge could prevent defibrillation and cause
– Heart rate injuries to clinical staff and the patient.
– Lead
– ST value WARNING
Additionally after touching the Display all button Evoked potential equipment can cause faults
(prerequisite: Display all button has been config- in ECG monitoring.
ECG with pacemakers
Determining mean values from the ECG Special care must be taken with pacemaker pa-
The monitor detects QRS complexes with ampli- tients in ECG analysis.
tudes between 0.2 and 5.0 mV and a QRS width of While monitoring pacemaker patients, QRS com-
70 to 120 ms for adults and 40 to 100 ms for ne- plexes may possibly not be counted correctly. A
onates, see notes regarding QRS detection in the threshold alarm for the lower heart rate may occur
"Fault – Cause – Remedy" chapter. The heart rate by mistake:
is calculated within a range of 15 to 300 bpm by
means of the RR intervals in the last 10 seconds, – For fusion beats and asynchronous pacemak-
where the two longest and two shortest RR inter- ers with coupling intervals between +10 and
vals are excluded from the calculation. The aver- –90 ms.
age is created from the remaining intervals and this – For asynchronous pacemakers with overshoot
result is displayed as the current heart rate in the With certain pacemaker patients, Zeus IE can-
HR parameter field of the main screen. not accurately measure heart rate as well as
frequency-dependent arrhythmia events.
WARNING
Turn on pacemaker detection for pacemaker
patients only. Turn off pacemaker detection for
patients without pacemakers.

Monitoring
WARNING Pacemaker detection

With dual-chamber pacemakers, Zeus IE may
record the second pacemaker artefact as a
valid QRS complex, particularly when the AV
interval is less than 150 ms. A cardiac arrest
will thus not be recognized in unfavorable cir-
cumstances.
WARNING
During cardiac arrest or certain arrhythmias,
the heart rate generated by the pacemaker
may still need to be recorded and counted.
Therefore, do not relay solely on the heart rate
measurement. Special attention must be paid
233
to pacemaker patients. If pacemaker detection is on, Zeus IE can recog-
nize pacemaker-induced heartbeats. These are
WARNING marked in all channels by bars.
Do not rely entirely on the displayed heart rate
Normal ECG impulses are marked by the sym-
or respiratory rate for evaluating the status of
bol.
a pacemaker patient. Such patients must al-
ways be monitored closely and their vital Pacemaker detection is only available in the Adult
signs checked carefully. patient category.
When monitoring children and neonates or with
WARNING high-frequency filter switched on, pacemaker de-
Some makes of pacemaker (especially exter- tection is not available.
nal pacemakers with electrodes on the sur-
face of the body) emit pulses which may be
Pacemaker with impedance-dependent inter-
much higher than the 700 mV maximum ampli-
vals
tude specified for the pacemaker detection
system of the monitor. For this reason, Pacemakers with impedance-dependent intervals
Zeus IE may interpret pulses with such high emit additional electrical pulses. Zeus IE may inter-
amplitudes as valid QRS complexes and can- pret such pulses as normal pacemaker pulses and
not recognize a cardiac arrest in unfavorable superimposes them on the ECG in the form of black
circumstances. markings. In this case, change the arrangement of
the electrodes so that the black markings disappear
WARNING on the screen.
Special caution is required with patients who
have an implanted, frequency-adapted pace-
maker. Patient monitors can cause faults in
some frequency-adapted pacemakers. This
could lead to unnecessarily high pacemaker
rates.

Monitoring
ECG with HF surgery Interference from other sources
To prevent interference and ensure patient and staff The use of infusion or reel pumps or other electrical
safety, observe the following during HF surgery: devices during patient monitoring may lead to ECG
artefacts, whereby Zeus IE might display pace-
WARNING maker markers although the ECG is normal.
ECG leads, temperature sensors, pressure To determine the interference source, the corre-
measuring accessories, SpO2 sensors, and in- sponding device may need to be switched off. If this
termediate cables must be kept away from the eliminates the artefacts, the device is probably the
grounding as well as the electrosurgical de- cause of the interference.
vice and its cables.
Electrical interference emitted from insulation com-
WARNING ponents can briefly overlap or interrupt the ECG
signal.
When using HF surgery devices, only use blue
Dräger ECG leads or a high-frequency adapter The signals from transcutaneous electrical nerve
block for conventional cables, see separate stimulators (TENS) are similar to pacemaker
list of accessories. The blue leads and the pulses and can be misinterpreted as such by
adapter block guard against high-frequency Zeus IE. Valid QRS complexes after a misinter-
interference and protect the patient against preted TENS signal may possibly be rejected by
burns, which can be caused by voltage being Zeus IE.
emitted by the HF surgery device.
WARNING
When using a high-frequency adapter block
and blue shielded cables, pacemaker detec-
tion is not available. This also applies when
the ESU ECG filter is selected.
z On the HF surgery device, select the neutral

electrode with the largest contact surface and
place it as near as possible to the operation site.
z Ascertain the heart rate via the SpO2 signal or
arterial blood pressure instead of via the ECG.
z Internal temperature sensors (rectal, esopha-
geal) have a protective sheath.

Monitoring
Preparing ECG Electrode positioning
ECG color coding

Patients
ECG cable Europe (IEC 1) USA (IEC 2)
LA Yellow Black
LF Green Red
RA Red White
RF Black Green
V White Brown
3-lead standard / 5-lead standard V+ Gray / white Gray / brown
Careful preparation of the skin as well as correct 217
positioning of the electrodes is crucial for the gen-

eration of distinct signals.
Electrodes
Both reusable and disposable electrodes are avail-
able.
z Arrange the electrodes in such a way that an
optimum ECG signal is received by Zeus IE.
The amplitude of the P- and T-waves should not
be less than one third of QRS amplitude.
z Position electrodes as far from the operation
site as possible.
Instructions for burns
5-lead standard / 6-lead for pacemaker

218
z Only use sterile electrodes.

z The electrodes must be attached with a water-
tight plaster (approx. 5 cm wide) or with sterile
adhesive tape and protected against liquids.

Monitoring
ECG signal processing and display

The number of ECG leads available depends on
the cable and lead wire sets used:
ECG connection cable Lead wire Display channels Leads available

set
MULTIMED 5, 6, 3-lead ECG 1 or ECG 2 or ECG 3 I, II, III
MULTIMED PLUS OR
MULTIMED 5, 6, 5-lead ECG 1, ECG 2, ECG 3 I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V
MULTIMED PLUS OR
MULTIMED 6, 6-lead ECG 1, ECG 2, ECG 3 I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, V+
MULTIMED PLUS OR

Monitoring
ECG – Arrhythmia detection NOTE

Arrhythmia detection is not reliable for all patients.
Arrhythmia detection is available for adult and pedi- Zeus IE only classifies QRS complexes of
atric patients, but not for neonates. The type of ar- 0.20 mV, with widths of 70 ms. An artefact (ARTF)
rhythmia monitoring (Adv. (optional), Basic or can occur if the ECG signal fails to meet these
OFF) determines the type of events which are re- minimum requirements. Arrhythmia detection can
ported. be switched off if the QRS complexes of a patient
do not meet these minimum requirements. Heart
ARR level ARR parameters reported rate monitoring will continue.
Off ASY (asystole)
VF (ventricular fibrillation) NOTE
In the neonatal patient category a bradycardia is
ARTF (artefact) a low heart rate alarm. The setting can be made
Basic ASY (asystole) irrespective of the heart rate alarm, see page 168.
VF (ventricular fibrillation)
Zeus IE uses the results of QRS processing for the
ARTF (artefact) arrhythmia analysis.
VT (ventricular tachycardia)
Arrhythmia reference pattern
Advanced ASY (asystole)
(optional) Zeus IE creates a reference pattern from the de-
VF (ventricular fibrillation)
tected dominant QRS morphology of the patient
V.tach (ventricular tachycardia) (learning phase).
V.run (ventricular run) The learning phase takes approx. 30 to
AIVR (accelerated idioventricular 40 seconds. If Zeus IE detects more than 100 QRS
rhythm) complexes, but fewer than 16 similar beats, the Un-
able to learn message appears. During the learn-
SVT (supraventricular tachycardia) ing phase, no arrhythmia alarms are reported and
CPT (ventricular couplet) no arrhythmia data is included in the trend memory.
The Relearn message appears.
BGM (ventricular bigeminy)
Tach (sinus tachycardia)
Brady (sinus bradycardia)
Pause (pause)
ARTF (artefact)
PVC (premature ventricular contrac-
tion)
WARNING
Electrical artefacts arising from a cause other
than heart disease, e.g., attacks/spasms, may
prevent the detection of certain arrhythmias.
In the case of patients prone to attacks, the
user should not solely rely on the ECG.

Monitoring
Beat and rhythm classification This is done by measuring voltage values and com-
paring them at two measurement points, the isoe-
The beat classification refers to the analysis of indi-
lectric point and ST measurement point. The isoe-
vidual beats.
lectric point defines the zero voltage (no electrical
All detected beats are analyzed by Zeus IE for the activity = 0 mm) and appears on the horizontal time
heart rate calculation; however, questionable beats axis as basic setting 28 ms before the beginning of
are excluded from arrhythmia detection. the QRS complex. The ST measurement point ap-
pears in the ST segment between the end of the
The rhythm classification refers to the analysis of
QRS complex (J point) and the T segment as basic
beat sequences.
setting 80 ms after the end of the QRS complex.
Zeus IE compares the sequence of the last eight
beats with the saved beat sequences. If two or
more events are detected at the same time,
Zeus IE reports an alarm for the event with the
highest priority.
Automatic learning and relearning

If the ECG cables are connected to the patient,
Zeus IE starts a learning phase in the following sit-
uations:
– After switching on Zeus IE
– When leaving the system standby mode
– After switching on arrhythmia detection
– When changing the lead in the ECG channels
ECG-HF (ECG1) or ECG-ST (ECG2) while
processing one or two ECG signals
ECG – ST monitoring
Voltage
[mV]
Isoelectric
measuring point ST measuring point
ST level
Time [s]
QRS start QRS end ST deviation
247
Zeus IE can detect and display deviations in the ST

segment of the QRS complex relating to an isoelec-
tric baseline.

Monitoring
Settings on Zeus IE M The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
its > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm limit
z Touch the ECG tab (A). setting.
N Auto: Waveform scaling is adapted on a contin-
The dialog window for ECG monitoring appears. uous basis. The maximum level selectable is
x 4.
Sensors/Parameters
A
ST segment analysis
G B
C With the ST analysis, QRS complexes, which have
D been classified as normal beats, are analyzed by
H three to seven (optional) selected ECG derivatives.
I N E Zeus IE learns each ST derivative, whereby the
J F measured values and morphology of normal beats
are collected in an average QRS complex. ST devi-
ations are created in the comparison to this aver-
K L M age. If ST deviation is switched on, ST values are
389
saved in the trend (see page 184).

The dialog window displays the screens for setting
Setting and evaluating the ST segment analysis:
ECG functions:
B ECG HR/PLS (First ECG channel) z Touch the ST segm. tab (A).
C ECG ST (Second ECG channel)
D ECG C.O. (Third ECG channel) Sensors/Parameters
E ST segm. (ST segment analysis)
F More ECG
The possible settings of the three ECGs (ECG B
HR/PLS, ECG ST, ECG C.O.) are identical.
G Waveform display of the respective ECG lead
C
H ECG lead
D A
I ECG amplitude
E
The normal QRS detection threshold of the F
monitor lies at approx. 0.35 mV depending on
the QRS width. This threshold is used for chan-
G
H I J
nel amplitude x0.25, x0.5, x1, x2, x4.
391
For a channel amplitude of x8, the QRS detec-

tion threshold is reduced to approx. 0.2 mV. In
this case, these QRS complexes of low ampli-
tude can be included in calculating the heart
rate at a QRS width of 70 and 120 ms.
J Pulse tone volume [%]
K Autoscale all causes automatic rescaling of all
ECG leads once
L Relearn: Manual starting of the ECG learning
phase, e.g., in order to redetermine the refer-
ence QRS complex after electrode reposition-
ing

Monitoring
ST screen display (optional) Display of hemodynamic data, ST analysis, ad-

vanced ST analysis (optional)
z Touch the ST view button (I).
ST mm
I II III Or
0.1 0.1 0.1
aVL aVR aVF V V+ z In the Trends/Data > Hemodyn. dialog win-
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 dow, touch the ST view button, see page 184.
223
ST view
In the display of the advanced ST option, all availa-
ble leads are displayed. inferior lateral anterior
II
Measuring points -8 30 min
The start point and end point of the QRS complex

are determined automatically.
For a reliable measurement of the ST deviations,
the position of the ST Iso point and ST meas.
point on the display (B) can be adjusted.
Setting measuring positions:
459
z Touch the respective button. Use the rotary The example for the ECG lead II shows the display
knob to put the cursor on the required place and of the current QRS complexes (green) and the one-
confirm. time measurement of the reference complexes
(red) above each other. In addition, a short time
The following settings are possible:
trend of 30 minutes of the ascertained ST rise/fall is
C ST iso point: Setting the measuring position for
applied.
the isoelectric point
D ST meas. point: Setting the measuring position
for the ST measuring point
E ST trend scale: Amplitude setting for the ST
trends
F ST event duration: Setting the time after which
there will be an alarm if there has been an unin-
terrupted limit transgression
G ST monitoring: Switching the ST segment
analysis On/Off
H Save reference
I ST view, opens ST view in the Trends/Data di-
alog window
J The button opens the Alarms >All limits >
Hemodyn. dialog window for alarm limit setting
of the measured values ST LAT, ST INF,
ST ANT.

Monitoring
More ECG settings Optimize pacemaker detection

1 Switch on pacemaker detection.
z Touch the More ECG tab (A).
2 Select the lead with the fewest fault signals and
Sensors/Parameters the highest R-wave for display in the uppermost
channel.
3 Touch the Monit. button.
Switch the monitor filter on and off several times to
ascertain the clearest signal.
B G Arrhythmia, opens the Alarms > All limits >
C Arrhythmia dialog window for setting the alarm
D A limits for Arrhythmia monitoring.
H The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
E its > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm limit
F setting.
G H
390
The More ECG page is used to adjust the following

Pulse oximetry SpO2
settings:
B Arrhythmia monitoring: Adv., Basic, and Off
The method of pulse oximetry is based on the prin-
C Heart rate/ Pulse source: ECG, ART, SpO2,
ciple of percentage measurement of functional he-
Auto
moglobin (oxygenated hemoglobin).
When Auto is set, the source is selected ac-
cording to the availability of the parameter (or- Zeus IE offers three processing algorithms:
der: ECG, ART, SpO2). – Masimo SET,
D Cable type: 3-lead, 5-lead, 6-lead, Auto detect.
Zeus IE can detect the type of lead wire set. – Nellcor Oximax
Manual selection is only necessary with lead or
wire sets which are not detected.
Always check the selection of cable type before – Dräger Oxisure*
beginning the ECG monitoring since a previous
setting is kept. A photosensor measures the absorption of red and
E ECG filter: ESU, Monit., Off infrared light. Since oxyhemoglobin (oxygenated
The ESU setting suppresses high-frequency in- blood) and deoxyhemoglobin (deoxygenated
terference of HF surgery devices. blood) absorb red light differently, but absorb infra-
The Monit. setting suppresses baseline drift, red light almost identically, the portion of oxygen-
motion artefacts and low-frequency electrical inated blood can be calculated from the different ab-
terference. sorption factor. As oxygen saturation of the blood
When using a high-frequency adapter block or changes cyclically with blood volume and blood vol-
shielded cables, pacemaker detection is not ume itself depends on the pulse rate, the pulse rate
available if the ECG filter setting ESU is se-
(pulse) can likewise be determined with the aid of
lected.
SpO2 monitoring.
F Pacer detection: On, Off

Monitoring
SpO2 safety instruction Patient preparation

Good vascular circulation is important for SpO2 z Nail varnish must be removed at the sensor ap-
monitoring. In the event of shock, hypothermia, plication site.
anemia or after administration of vasoactive medi-
z Cut finger nails as needed.
cations that impair circulation, the SpO2 values may
not be reliable. z Bright ambient light can lead to unreliable
measuring results.
WARNING
Sensors and application sites must be Tips for avoiding artefacts
checked every two to three hours. If the skin is
being irritated by the sensor or if circulation is Do not continue to use damaged sensors with un-
being impaired, the sensor must be posi- covered electrical contacts – risk of electric shock.
tioned at a different site immediately. Do not tighten the adhesive strap too firmly.
WARNING Never use two adhesive straps as this can lead to

venous pulsation. The pulse signal can fail.
Only sensors approved by Dräger may be
used. Other sensors may not provide ade- High intrathoracic pressure, Valsalva’s maneuver
quate protection during defibrillation. Note the or other consecutive impairments of venous back-
instructions for use of the SpO2 sensors. flow can cause venous pulsation. The pulse signal
can fail.
WARNING Avoid positioning the sensor on extremities with ar-
For Nellcor and Masimo, only intermediate ca- terial catheter, blood pressure cuff, or intravascular
bles recommended by Dräger with a lock may venous infusion. Otherwise the pulse signal may
be used. Other cables must not be used. fail and measurement may be inaccurate.
Substantial amounts of dyshemoglobins such as
WARNING carboxyhemoglobin or methemoglobin can lead to
Never use a pulse oximeter as an apnea mon- inaccurate measurements.
itoring device.
Intravascular dyes such as methylene blue can
lead to inaccurate measurements.
WARNING
Electrocautery can influence the measuring accu-
Carboxyhemoglobin may erroneously in-
racy. Arrange the cables of the device and the sen-
crease readings. The degree of the deviation
sor as far away as possible from the electrocautery
corresponds approximately with the actual
and its neutral electrode.
percentage of carboxyhemoglobin. Dyes and
substances containing dyes that change arte- Sensor performance may be impaired by strong
rial pigmentation can also generate incorrect movements of the patient and lead to inaccurate
measurements. measurements. Change the application site to re-
duce motion artefacts.

Monitoring
SpO2 screen display E SpO2 averaging: Fast, Normal

Normal:
SpO2 % – Using Masimo-SET: On average, 8 seconds
– Using Nellcor OxiMax: On average,
99
8 seconds
PLS – Using MultiMed*: 90 % of the SpO2 change
100
90 67 is displayed within 30 seconds (this setting
is less susceptible to artefacts, however
222
alarm messages occur more slowly).
Zeus IE displays SpO2 saturation values and the
pulse rate in the SpO2 parameter box. The appro- Fast:
priate curve field represents the SpO2 curve (pulse – Using Masimo-SET: On average, 2 to
plethysmogram). 4 seconds
– Using Nellcor OxiMax: On average, 2 to
4 seconds
– Using MultiMed*: 90 % of the SpO2 change
is displayed within 15 seconds (this setting
is more susceptible to artefacts, however
alarm messages occur more quickly).
F Pulse tone modulation (depending on the sat-
Settings on Zeus IE uration rate): On, Off
G NIBP interlock: On, Off
z Touch the SpO2 tab (A). Switches SpO2 alarms off during an NIBP
The dialog window for SpO2 monitoring appears. measurement. The SpO2 value is frozen and
displayed in gray for the duration of NIBP meas-
urement.
Sensors/Parameters
H The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
A its > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm limit
setting.
B
Test note and accuracy of the blood oxygen me-
C ter (Oxymeter)
D To comply with the ISO 9919 standard, do not
E check the measurement accuracy of the blood oxy-
F gen meter (Oxymeter) with a functional test unit or
G a patient simulator.
H
392
This page displays:

B The current SpO2 curve (plethysmogram)
C Plethysmogram scale: Scaling of the SpO2
curve in relation to the amplitude
D Pulse tone volume [%]

Monitoring
Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP Selecting and positioning the cuff
The NIBP system of Zeus IE inflates a blood pres- WARNING

sure cuff which is placed round the arm or leg of the The reliability of NIBP measurements is
patient and then releases the air again. According mostly dependent on choosing the appropri-
to the oscillometric procedure, Zeus IE calculates ate NIBP cuff. An incorrect cuff size or use of
the systolic, diastolic and mean pressure values for a cuff which does not fall within the size range
adult, pediatric and neonatal patients. Single meas- of cuffs manufactured by Dräger can lead to
urements, intermittent measurements and continu- incorrect measurements. Only use cuffs ap-
ous measurements over 5 minutes can be per- proved by Dräger. The circumference of the
formed. limbs must always match the marks on the
cuff.
Safety cut-off z Select cuff according to the circumference of
The air is automatically released from the cuff if a the limbs. The cuff sizes are shown on the cuff
measurement on adults and pediatric patients (see list of accessories).
takes longer than 2 minutes and longer than z If SpO2 and NIBP are measured on the same
60 seconds with neonates. This protects the patient limb and the interlock function (see page 219) is
against excessively long cuff pressure. There are on, make sure that SpO2 monitoring interrupts
overpressure thresholds for each patient category the alarm during an NIBP measurement.
that cause the air to be released automatically out
of the cuff when an excessive cuff pressure occurs. z Position the cuff as close as possible to the
height of the heart. If this is not possible, the
WARNING measured values must be corrected: for every
Blocking the hose can generate incorrect 10 cm that the cuff is positioned above or below
measured values because the cuff is not prop- the height of the heart, 8 mmHg must be added
erly inflated or the air cannot escape again. or deducted respectively.
Check the cuff and hose for damage and soil-

ing. The cuff and hose must not come into
contact with liquids and must not be squeezed
or clamped.
NOTE
Position the cuff in such a way that no pressure is
exerted on the joints.
In the case of patients suffering from spasms, vi-
olent tremors or certain arrhythmias, it may not be
possible to obtain reliable NIBP measurements.

Monitoring
NIBP screen display Settings on Zeus IE
z Touch the NIBP tab (A).

NIBP mmHg 10:34 AM
The dialog window for NIBP monitoring appears.
115/81 S
160
90
(64)
Auto
Paused
Sensors/Parameters
221
Zeus IE displays the non-invasive blood pressure
as a numerical value and as a trend. The NIBP pa-
B C
rameter box shows the status during and after
measurement. The following is displayed: D I
– Systolic blood pressure E
– Diastolic blood pressure F
– Mean blood pressure G
– Time of measurement
– Bar graph (progress indicator) for the time until H
393
the next measurement
This page displays:
B NIBP start (start measurement)
C Measured values
D NIBP mode: Single, Auto, Venous stasis,
– Currently set alarm limits Cont. 5 Min.
E NIBP cycle time [min] (measuring interval for
Extended display of NIBP measurements a series of single measurements in Auto mode)
F Inflation limit (Stasis: Set maximum cuff pres-
In the dialog window Screen setup > Screen lay- sure in mmHg, Cuff Set patient category)
out > Data, other representations of the NIBP pa- G Parameter with alarm: S, D, M
rameter box can be configured, see page 332: H The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
– NIBP double size (display twice the width) its > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm limit
– NIBP trend (display as graphic trend over setting.
30 min)
If the Auto button is touched, the Auto mode
paused message appears.

Monitoring
Starting the NIBP measurement Parameter boxes of NIBP measurements

z In the Sensors/Parameters dialog window,
touch the NIBP start button (B). Single measurement
NIBP mmHg 10:08
1:35
145/82 S
160
90
(105)
Continuous measurement
NIBP mmHg 10:12
Cuff
J
118/81 S 160
90
Cont.
18
301
Or Auto measurement (5 min)

NIBP mmHg 10:12
z In the main menu bar, touch the NIBP start (J)
118/81
button.
The NIBP measurement is performed.
160
(94)
5 min
S 90
Measuring intervals Auto measurement (15 min)

The measurements are taken at the intervals set NIBP mmHg 10:12
118/81
under NIBP mode (B).
Exception: All intervals which are a multiple of (94)
15 min
5 minutes synchronize from the second measure- S 160
90
ment to 5-minute steps of the current time so that
they are in the measuring grid of the trend display. Stasis measurement
NIBP mmHg 10:12
In the Venous stasis mode, the cuff is inflated for Cuff
up to 2 minutes. Pressure values, see page 223.
In the Cont. 5 Min. mode, single measurements
are continuously taken over 5 minutes.
118/81 S 160
90
Stasis
86
216
Single measurements (Single mode)

Start and stop single measurement:
z Touch the NIBP start or NIBP stop button.

Monitoring
Intermittent measurements (Auto mode) WARNING

Start intermittent measurements: Perform continuous measurements only for a
short time and with constant patient monitor-
z Touch the NIBP start button.
ing! The circulation of the limbs must be con-
If a new interval time is set during the intermittent tinuously checked. Special care must be taken
measurements in progress, the interval elapsed with neonates and patients with circulatory
time meter is reset. A bar graph indicates the time problems!
remaining until the next measurement.
Short successive measurements, as well as
If the Auto mode is active, additional single meas- measurements over a long period, can cause
urements can be performed at any time. The meas- petechial bleeding, ischaemia, purpura or
uring interval is not interrupted. To minimize the re- neuropathy. To prevent congestion, the cuff
striction of blood circulation, the next measurement must be applied properly and its correct fit as
is started after 30 seconds at the earliest. well as the circulation in the limbs must be
checked regularly.
Aborting a running intermittent measurement:
z Touch the NIBP stop button.
Venostasis (Venous stasis mode)
Zeus IE cancels the current measurement and con-
tinues the measuring interval with the next meas- WARNING
urement. Venostasis must not be applied where an NIBP
measurement should not be performed (e.g.
Continuous measurements for 5 minutes (Cont. on an arm to which a catheter is already con-
5 Min. mode) nected).
During continuous measurements, Zeus IE per- If the venostasis has a negative impact on the
forms NIBP measurements continuously over a pe- patient, the cuff pressure can be released im-
riod of 5 minutes. If a technical NIBP alarm ap- mediately by touching the NIBP stop button.
pears, Zeus IE interrupts the continuous
measurements. A threshold value transgression By inflating the cuff and maintaining a constant cuff
does not lead to an abort. pressure, the blood supply to the lower part of the
limbs can be stopped for long enough to attach in-
If changing to continuous measurements, Zeus IE fusion catheters. If venostasis is selected, the blood
terminates the Auto mode. supply to the limbs remains blocked for as long as
Aborting a running continuous measurement: NIBP measurement lasts. The duration of the ven-
ostasis generated by the cuff is dependent on the
z Touch the NIBP stop button. set inflation limit and the patient category selected.
Repeated measurements:
If the inflation limit is set to Adult 270
(see page 221) and there is a weak pulse profile,
Zeus IE cancels the measurement in progress and
starts a second measuring attempt. If a second at-
tempt fails, an alarm message is displayed.

Monitoring
Inflation limits Neonates Pediatric patients Adults

Cuff pressure (mmHg) Neo. 140: 40 ±3 Ped. 180: 60 ±4 Adult 270: 80 ±5
Inflation time (s) 60 ±2.5 120 ±5 120 ±5
During venostasis, the Stasis message, the cuff

pressure and the time remaining are displayed in
the parameter box.
Aborting venostasis:
z Touch the NIBP stop button.
After concluding the venostasis, the Single mode is
activated.

Monitoring
Invasive blood pressure measurement

IBP
Signals for invasive blood pressure monitoring

(IBP) are received via a Y-cable, one or more he-
modynamic modules or via a combination of these
devices.
A pressure transducer converts pressures into
electronic signals for the Zeus IE.
These pressure signals are filtered to eliminate ar-
tefacts.
Zeus IE detects individual beats by calculating
threshold values from the running average of the
systolic and diastolic pressures.
IBP parameters
Par. Pressure Measured value Measuring range
ART Arterial Systolic, diastolic, mean –50 to 400 [mmHg]
LV Left ventricular Systolic, diastolic, mean
PA Pulmonary arterial Systolic, diastolic, mean –50 to 400 [mmHg]
RV Right ventricular Systolic, diastolic, mean
CVP Central venous Medium
RA Right atrial Medium
LA Left atrial Medium
ICP Intracranial Medium
GP1 Unspecific, 1 Systolic, diastolic, mean –50 to 400 [mmHg]
GP2 Unspecific, 2 Systolic, diastolic, mean

Monitoring
IBP safety instructions Preparing catheters

WARNING – Use high-pressure catheters and keep them as
Disposable pressure transducers may not be short as possible.
reused.
Short catheters reduce signal attenuation and
faults caused by motion artefacts.
WARNING
High-pressure catheters reduce signal attenua-
While measuring the wedge pressure, the
tion.
alarms for the systolic, diastolic and mean
pressure from the PA measuring point are – Make sure that any air is removed from the sys-
temporarily switched off. tem.
Air bubbles may attenuate the signal and this
WARNING can lead to incorrect measured systolic values.
To protect the patient while measuring the
wedge pressure, the balloon should only be
inflated for sufficient time to allow accurate
measurement of the PWP value. Otherwise,
there is a risk of pulmonary bleeding or infarc-
tion.
WARNING
Do not inflate the balloon excessively during
wedge pressure measurement. An overin-
flated balloon can cause damage to the pul-
monary artery wall.
WARNING
The PA catheter may reach the wedge position
during a wedge pressure measurement before
the balloon has been inflated. If the PA curve
appears in wedge form, there may be such a
catheter fluctuation. If this is the case, take ap-
propriate clinical measures to correct the po-
sition of the catheter
WARNING
The Zeus IE and the hemodynamic pods from
Dräger are protected against mains current in-
terference at 50 and 60 Hz. The pressure
transducers approved by Dräger protect the
patient against burns during HF surgery and
defibrillation. If non-approved pressure trans-
ducers are used, this protection can no longer
be guaranteed. Approved pressure transduc-
ers are on the separate list of accessories.

Monitoring
Preparing pressure transducers
Zeroing
Pressure transducers must be zeroed under the fol-
lowing conditions:
– Immediately after inserting the catheter into the
circulatory system of the patient
– After connecting the pressure transducer to a
module
– Before starting monitor operation
– Before inputting a calibration factor
– After exchanging the breathing circuit or pres-
sure dome
Adjust static pressure transducers individually:
z Touch the Zero button in the Sensors/Parame-
ters > IBP > Cal. dialog window.
Zeroing several static pressure transducers simul-
taneously:
Prerequisite: The Zero all BPs button has been
z Touch the Zero all BPs button.
Or
z Press SmartZero button on the hemody-
namic module (see page 202).
In the IBP curve, the Zeroing message appears
with a yellow background in the top right field. After
zeroing has been completed, the message fades
out again independent of whether the zeroing was
successful or not.

Monitoring
The following table shows the zeroing steps:
Individual zeroing of a pressure transducer Simultaneous SmartZero zeroing

from the screen
1 Make sure the pressure transducer is at the height of the heart. If no Dräger modules are used for
invasive blood pressure measurement (see page 225), Dräger recommends using pressure trans-
ducer holders so that the pressure transducers can be positioned at the correct height.
2 Close the three-way tap in the direction of the patient and open it in the direction of the air.
3 Press the parameter box of the pressure trans- 3 Touch the SmartZero button on the he-
ducer to be zeroed. modynamic module to be zeroed or touch the
Zero all BPs button. Zeus IE detects which
4 Touch the Cal. tab.
pressure transducers are open and zeroes
5 Touch the required parameter. them.
6 Touch the Zero button.
Note:
The time of the last successful zeroing procedure is displayed.
If the zeroing could not be performed, the message ART nonstatic, for example, is displayed in the
alarm message field.
z Check waveform display.
If the waveform shows pressure spikes of more than 3 mm during the zeroing, repeat the zeroing pro-
cedure.
If a pressure transducer cannot be zeroed after a second attempt, it should be replaced or DrägerService
should be consulted.
CAUTION Calibration
If an IBP parameter which is still to be measured Disposable pressure transducers do not have to be
is physiologically almost static (flat), do not use calibrated since they are calibrated by the manu-
the SmartZero function. The channels to be ze- facturer to a calibration constant of 100.
roed must be zeroed individually with the Zero
For reusable pressure transducers, however, a cal-
button instead. Otherwise the zeroing of the cor-
ibration constant must be entered again after
responding channel will be incorrect.
lengthy use to obtain reliable measuring results in
future (see page 230).
CAUTION
Perform zeroing before calibration!
The pressure transducer must be zeroed within
five minutes before calibration. Otherwise, this will
lead to incorrect measurements.

Monitoring
IBP screen display Catheter positions
The pressure designation and catheter position de-

ART mmHg
termine how the pressure signal is processed and
167/69 S
160
90
(106)
transferred to Zeus IE.
Date and time for the last zero adjustment and last
calibration as well as the calibration constant con-
cern the specific pressure processing channel and
CVP mmHg remain for this channel even if there is a change in
18 25
5
catheter position or pressure designation.
Sensors/Parameters
200 ART
0
220
The display in the IBP parameter box depends on

whether a pulsating or a non-pulsating pressure is
being monitored. Parameter boxes in which pulsat-
ing pressure parameters are shown (ART, LV, PA,
RV, GP1, GP2) indicate systolic, diastolic and
394
mean pressure values. The illustration shows a typ-
ical parameter box of a pulsating pressure. In the Sensors/Parameters > IBP > IBP sites/
Channels dialog window, up to twelve IBP sources
Parameter boxes for non-pulsating pressure pa-
are displayed in a matrix of 3 x 4 (up to 10 sources
rameters (LA, RA, CVP, ICP) only show the mean
can be measured simultaneously).
pressure value.
The signals are displayed in rows 1 to 3:
IBP curves can be represented individually or over-
laid. In the overlaid representation, each pressure – Row 1: Data from the HemoMed Pod or the Y-
curve can have its own scaling. cable
The following pressure parameters are perma- – Rows 2 and 3: Data from Hemo2 or Hemo4
nently assigned to the four curves: ART, CVP, PA, which are recorded via the Aux./Hemo 2/3
and RA. pressure connections on Zeus IE
Additionally after touching the Display all button Pressure parameters can be given a designation at
(prerequisite: Display all button has been config- any time. If a parameter is designated without con-
ured, see page 332): nected accessories, then the following possibilities
– Currently set alarm limits arise:
– With direct connection of the pressure trans-
ducer cable, the adjusted measuring points are
used.

Monitoring
When Hemo2/4 pods, which can save their own Settings on Zeus IE
designations, are connected results are as follows:
– The pod already has a pressure transducer ca- Configuration
ble connected to the viewed channel (transpor-
tation with patient). Zeus IE adopts the measur- z In the Sensors/Parameters > IBP dialog win-
ing point setting of the pod and the previous dow, touch the Config. tab (A).
setting on Zeus IE is overwritten.
Sensors/Parameters
– The pod has no pressure transducer cable con-
nected to the viewed channel (new configura-
tion). Preselection of the measuring point is A
taken over by Zeus IE. The pod saves this set- B
ting. See also: Designation conflicts.
If a pressure transducer cable is connected to a
C
channel, the appropriate button turns dark green
(active). Open inputs are shown in light green (inac- D
tive). The buttons in the matrix are never gray since E
the preselection of a measuring point is possible on F
any channel at any time. G
395
The Config. page displays:
Designation conflicts B The measured curve for the current catheter po-
The pressure designations are saved both in the sition
Hemo2 and Hemo4 Pods and in Zeus IE. Designa- C IBP meas. site (ART, LV, PA, RV, CVP, RA, LA,
ICP, GP1, GP2)
tion conflicts between module and Zeus IE occur
D IBP scale: Amplitude setting for the respective
when a module with a previously saved catheter
measuring point (Auto: Display optimized for
position is reconnected to Zeus IE. maximum and minimum values, ±25 mmHg
The pressure designation stored in the module has setting only selectable for ICP)
priority if a pressure transducer is connected. E Parameter with alarm: S, D, M (only for pulsat-
ing measuring points)
F IBP filter [Hz]: 8, 16, 32 (filter default for the
blood pressure channels)
G The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
its > Invasive dialog window for alarm limit set-
ting.

Monitoring
Catheter position CPP measurement
Sensors/Parameters
ICP mmHg
H 99 50
20
CPP
60
235
CPP = ARTM–ICP
The CPP parameter is created and displayed (in
the lower parameter box of ICP), if both ICP and
ART are being monitored simultaneously and are
delivering valid measured values. If any of the
394
measured values are invalid or the measuring
z Touch the IBP sites/ Channels tab (H). points have not been configured, CPP is invalid as
The assignment of measuring points to IBP chan- well.
nels and connection positions is determined.
Each measuring point can be assigned only once!
If a measuring point already assigned is then as-
signed to a different channel, the previous channel
loses that measuring point and is "de-designated".
Calibration
Sensors/Parameters
J
I
K
L
549
z Touch the Cal. tab (I).

Calibration of individual catheter positions
J IBP meas. site: (ART, LV, PA, RV, CVP, RA,
LA, ICP, GP1, GP2),
K Zero individual blood pressure (only acti-
vated when a pressure gauge is connected)
L Calibration factor (only activated when a pres-
sure gauge is connected)

Monitoring
Wedge pressure measurement Performing Wedge pressure measurement

The PWP parameter describes the pressure that is z Perform the usual preparations in the hospital.
measured distal to the blocked balloon during tem-
Performing PWP measurement:
porary closure (blocking) of the pulmonary artery
using a balloon catheter (e.g., pulmonary artery 1 Make sure that the PA catheter has been prop-
catheter). The mean value is determined over a pe- erly inserted and that the catheter tip is in the
riod of 10 seconds from the measured PA values. pulmonary artery.
z Touch the Wedge tab (M). Sensors/Parameters
Sensors/Parameters
PA Auto T
PA Auto
N
O M
M R
P R
Q U V W X Y
401
S
2 In the Sensors/Parameters > IBP dialog win-
401
dow, touch the Wedge (M) button.

The Wedge page displays:
N The wedge curve Or
O Position of the mean value determined on the
z Press the Wedge switch on the hemodynamic
curve
module.
P Speed (feed rate of the curve)
Q IBP scale (scaling of the amplitude of the When the dialog window is opened, the note field
curve) (R) displays: Press "Wedge" to start measure.
R Note field
S The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim- Starting the measurement:
its > Invasive dialog window for alarm limit set- 3 Touch the Wedge (U) button*.
ting.
The measurement starts.
The following is displayed in the note field (R):
Wedge measurement in progress
Aborting the measurement:
z Touch the Quit button (X).
The dialog window closes.
* Alternatively, the Wedge switch on the hemodynamic

module can also be pressed.

Monitoring
After measurement, a horizontal line (T) over the Temperature

PA curve displays the current PWP value and the
time of measurement (in yellow). The PA curve is Zeus IE can measure body and skin temperatures.
frozen.
NOTE
The following is displayed in the note field (R): De-
flate ballon, check or change and confirm PWP. The temperature measuring function and the tem-
perature sensors must be calibrated every two
The button (V) with the measured value is yellow. years by qualified personnel so that a measuring
The value can be changed. accuracy of ±0.1 °C is maintained.
4 Confirm with the rotary knob.
Safety with high frequency and defibrillation
The button turns bright green. The value can still be
changed. WARNING
The following is displayed in the note field (R): To avoid burns, the temperature sensors must
Press "Save" to save value in cardiac calcula- be covered with a protective rubber sheath
tions and to finish. during HF surgery or defibrillation. Skin sen-
sors must not be used with these applica-
Saving measured values: tions.
5 Touch the Save button (W).
The PWP value is saved* and the dialog window Temperature screen display
closed.
If there is no confirmation within 4 minutes, the Temp °C
PWP value is saved.
Open the Trends/Data > Hemodyn. > Cardiac
36,4 Axil. 39,0
37,7
34,0
calculat. dialog window: Nasal 39,0
34,0
236
6 Touch the Calculations button (Y).
The Temperature parameter box displays:
The PWP value is displayed with the time of meas-
– the measuring unit (°C)
urement.
– the measuring position of the sensor
7 Touch the Save button. – the associated temperature
The PWP value is saved. Additionally after touching the Display all button
* Alternatively, the Wedge switch on the hemodynamic

module can also be pressed.

Monitoring
Settings on Zeus IE Cardiac output (C.O.)
z Touch the Temp tab (A). CAUTION

Sensors/Parameters Only for adults and pediatric patients at least
1 year of age! Measurements on younger patients
lead to inaccurate results.
A
Overview
The measurement of cardiac output is based on the
B
thermodilution method. A solution whose quantity
C and temperature are known is injected in the right
atrium into the blood circulation. The solution mixes
with the blood and cools the blood down. Blood
temperature reaches a low point and then in-
D creases again slowly up to the initial temperature.
397
The cooling down of the blood is inversely propor-

The page displays the selection of the measuring
tional to the blood output of the heart: the lower the
positions for two temperature sensors:
output, the more the injectate cools down the blood
B T1 meas. site: Bladder, Rectal, Esoph., Na-
sal, Axil., Skin, Other temperature. A thermistor in the C.O. catheter tip
C T2 meas. site: Bladder, Rectal, Esoph., Na- measures the blood temperature after the blood
sal, Axil., Skin, Other leaves the heart.
D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim- If the C.O. Start button is pressed on the Hemo-
its > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm limit Pod after changing patient data or switching to sys-
setting.
tem standby, the C.O. dialog window opens to
check the settings.
Starting the measurement:
z Touch the Manual start button.
Blood output is measured in liters per minute.
Zeus IE takes the following factors into account for
the C.O. measurement:
– Volume, temperature, density and specific heat
of the injectate
– Initial temperature, density and specific heat of
the blood
– Temperature changes in the blood/injectate
mixture
– Area underneath the temperature curve

Monitoring
Measuring accuracy The C.O. parameter box displays:

– C.O. (cardiac output): The saved average value
Take the following measures to ensure optimal
of the last measuring series (in L/min)
measuring accuracy:
– TBlood (blood temperature)
z Observe the attached instructions provided by – Time of the creation of the average value
the catheter manufacturer. Filled syringes or the – CI (Cardiac Index)
closed autoinjector should be placed in an ice Calculation: CI = C.O. / Body surface area
bath.
z Check the temperature of the ice bath. It should (prerequisite: Display all button has been config-
be lie between 0 °C and 5 °C. The accuracy of ured, see page 332):
the measurements increases as injectate tem- – Currently set alarm limits
perature gets closer to 0 °C.
WARNING
z Check the volume of the injectate.
Always ensure before a C.O. measurement
z Check catheter constant. that the settings are appropriate for the cathe-
z If syringes are filled manually, the same volume ters actually used. Otherwise, measurements
should always be used (normally 10 cc for may be unreliable, causing a wrong assess-
adults and 5 cc for pediatric patients). ment of the patient's status.
z Administer the injectate quickly at the end of a In automatic measuring mode, you must wait for
respiration cycle. the Inject now message for the injection of the in-
jectate. The message appears if the initial temper-
z If C.O. measurements are performed succes-
ature of the blood is stable.
sively at different times in the respiration cycle,
then the results may deviate from each other, Once Zeus IE detects a drop in blood temperature
particularly in ventilated patients. after injection of the injectate, the C.O. values are
created. If fluctuations in the initial blood tempera-
z Measured values which deviate from the gen-
ture occur, the Inject now message disappears
eral trend or correspond to a very irregular
and Zeus IE interrupts measurement until the initial
curve segment are not considered when deter-
temperature is stable again.
mining the average.
The mean value is continuously calculated with
z If an injectate having room temperature is used,
each single measurement which is performed or
10 cc must be injected. Only deviate from this
discarded.
volume when there are important clinical rea-
sons. In the C.O. dialog window, the value appears in the
next available display field and the value in the stor-
age field is updated.
C.O. screen display
If all free storage fields are allocated, the oldest
C.O. curve is deleted or a storage field must be de-
C.O. L/min 11:26
leted manually:
TBlood
37.1
4.8
z Touch the Delete C.O. trial button.
43.0
25.0
CI
3.12
214

Monitoring
Settings on Zeus IE Closing the dialog window via always leads to

the cancellation of the C.O. measurement currently
Different measuring methods can result in different in progress. Measurements in a measuring series
measuring results for the same patient. To compen- that have already been completed are retained so
sate for the differences, up to four consecutively that the measuring series can be finished later if
generated C.O. values can be displayed. The mean necessary.
value is continuously calculated with each single
measurement which is performed or discarded. Configuration
Any number of measuring attempts can be per-
formed one after the other. z Touch the Config. tab (J).
Sensors/Parameters
Performing C.O. measurement
z In the Sensors/Parameters > C.O./ Calculat.
dialog window, touch the C.O. tab (A). K P
L J
Sensors/Parameters M
N
O
A
C
398
B The settings on the Config. page can only be mod-
ified at the beginning of a new measuring series.
The Config. page displays:
F G H D I K Catheter type: Baxter, Spectra. Ohmeda, Ar-
457
row, Other
The C.O. page displays:
If catheters from Baxter, Spectra. Ohmeda or
B The largest field with the temperature change
and calculated value of the measurement that Arrow are used, the catheter constant is auto-
has just been performed matically specified. The catheter constant can
C The previous measurements are displayed in be changed as needed, e.g., if volume or tem-
the 4 smaller fields perature of the injectate is changed.
D Manual start: Start of C.O. measurement If catheters from other manufacturers (P) are
E Delete C.O. trial: Entry is deleted used, the selection fields for Catheter size and
F C.O.average: Display of the running average Injection volume are shown in gray. A compu-
value
tation constant (O) must first be entered.
G C.O. complete: Ending the C.O. measurement
H Cancel: Cancellation of a measuring series WARNING
without saving a new measured value. The dia-
log window closes. The input of a wrong catheter constant can
I The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim- lead to inaccurate measured results and pos-
its > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm limit sibly to a wrong medical diagnosis. If the cath-
setting. eter constant was entered manually, make
sure an appropriate catheter is used.

Monitoring
L Catheter size CAUTION

M Injection volume
To obtain reliable calculation results, the following
N Baseline detection mode: Auto, Man.
should be observed:
O Computation constant: The setting for the
computation constant for the selection of cathe- Ensure that the patient data has been entered
ter type Other (P). correctly.
A measurement of the pulmonary wedge pres-
C.O. calculations sure and a measurement of the cardiac output
z Touch the Cardiac calculat. (Q) tab. must be performed. Otherwise, the result display
is incomplete.
Sensors/Parameters
Hemodynamic parameters
1 2 3 4 AVG
A calculation is based on the values from the follow-
ing hemodynamic parameters:
Q Parameter Designation
HR Current heart rate
ART M Current mean arterial pressure
PA M Current mean pulmonary artery
R pressure
399
PWP Latest value of the pulmonary wedge

The Cardiac calculat. page contains the results of pressure
four C.O. measurements, derived hemodynamic
CVP Current central venous pressure
parameters and the mean values calculated from
them. C.O. Latest value of cardiac output
Weight Entered body weight of the patient
Hemodynamic calculations
If C.O. measurements are performed, Zeus IE au- WARNING
tomatically calculates different derived hemody- Make sure that the present weight is not the
namic parameters, provides them with a time patient's weight on admission, but the current
marker and stores them in a special database. weight. An incorrect weight can lead to incor-
rect calculation results and hence, an incor-
The values in the dark fields may be entered and rect clinical assessment and treatment of the
modified manually. patient.
z Touch the Save button (R).
The table data is ultimately saved in the calculation
trends, see page 184. At least the C.O. or PWP
value must be measured. The time in the calcula-
tion trends is the time when the Save button was
touched.

Monitoring
Zeus IE calculates the following hemodynamic pa- Neuromuscular Transmission Monitor-

rameters with the indicated units of measurement: ing (NMT)
Parameter Designation The pulses are sent via two stimulation electrodes
BSA Body surface area [m2] over the nervus ulnaris. The NMT sensor consists
CI Intermittent cardiac index [L/min/m2] of an accelerometer (acceleration measuring trans-
ducer) and measures muscle response (muscular
LVSWI Left ventricular stroke work index blockade) to the pulses. Skin temperature is also
[g x m/m2] measured using a temperature sensor.
RVSWI Right ventricular stroke work index At the start of measurement, the non-relaxed pa-
[g x m/m2]
tient is exposed to test pulses in order to determine
PVR Pulmonary vascular resistance in- the supramaximal current. At the determined su-
dex [dynes x sec./cm–5] pramaximal current, 4 pulses are applied in order to
PVRI Pulmonary vascular resistance in- determine a reference measure for the muscle re-
dex [dynes x sec./cm–5/m2] sponse for a non-relaxed patient.
SV Stroke volume [mL] Operating modes: TOF, Single, PTC

SVI Stroke volume index [mL/m2] Single Twitch
SVR Systemic vascular resistance A single pulse is applied. The response of the pulse
[dyn x sec./cm–5] is compared to the reference pulse.
SVRI Systemic vascular resistance index TOF
[dyn x sec./cm–5/m2]
Train of Four – A series of 4 pulses is applied. The
number of stimuli answered or the ratio of the first
response to the fourth one indicate the degree of
Anesthesia effect monitoring muscle relaxation.
Anesthesia effect monitoring is suitable for adults PTC
and pediatric patients at least 1 year of age. Post Tetanic Count
Connect the anesthesia effect monitoring acces- A 50 Hz signal is applied for 5 seconds. After a
sory to the Aux/Hemo 2/3 connector: pause of 5 seconds, up to 20 1 Hz signals occur.
The number displayed indicates the responses
– InfinityTrident SmartPod for neuromuscular counted. Only perform on a patient under sufficient
monitoring is based on the electrical stimulation sedation!
of peripheral nerves and measures the me-
chanical response of the associated group of
muscles. The NMT parameter (neuromuscular
transmission/muscular blockade) indicates the
patient's muscle relaxation.
– Infinity BISx SmartPod for measuring seda-
tion effects is based on BIS-XP technology. The
BISx parameter (bispectral index) indicates the
effects of sedation on the brain.

Monitoring
NMT safety instructions WARNING

NOTE Only attach the electrodes as described. In-
correct positioning of the electrodes can seri-
The NMT module is not supported in neonatal
ously endanger the patient! Do not attach
mode.
electrodes to places where inflammation or in-
jury is apparent. Electrodes must not be laid
NOTE across the chest.
Do not use the NMT temperature sensor for
measuring core body temperature.
WARNING
NOTE
The NMT module produces high-frequency NMT modules must not be used on patients
pulses. Make sure they do not interfere with other with heart pacemakers unless this is in-
sensitive equipment. structed by a medical specialist. Before using
the NMT monitoring, check whether the stimu-
NOTE lation has an effect on the heart pacemaker.
Do not use the NMT pod in the presence of com-
bustible anesthetic gases. WARNING
When using the NMT Pod, maintain a distance
CAUTION of 1 meter from shortwave and microwave
equipment. Otherwise, correct measurements
Only use accessories approved by Dräger. Other-
will not be possible.
wise, correct functioning may be impaired.
WARNING
WARNING
With patients who have nervous or neuromus-
Take special care when using electrodes with
cular problems, it may occur that they re-
a current density of >2 mA eff./cm2! Only use
spond incorrectly to nerve stimulation. Unu-
electrodes which are suitable for use with pe-
sual patterns may be displayed in the NMT
ripheral nerves stimulators!
module while relaxation is monitored.
WARNING WARNING
Simultaneous use of HF surgery and the NMT To avoid electric shock all the cables must be
pod on the same extremity of the patient can checked carefully before use. No liquids must
lead to burns caused by the electrodes of the be allowed to drip onto connectors, elec-
pod and to a fault in the pod. trodes or electrical leads.
WARNING
WARNING
Do not touch active NMT electrodes. Active Check cables and sensors for damage before
stimulation is indicated on the NMT pod. Oth- use. Otherwise there is a danger of electric
erwise there is a risk that measuring results shock and the possibility of distorting meas-
will be distorted. urement results.

Monitoring
WARNING 4 Connect the electrodes and NMT sensor to the

NMT accessory cable (E).
Risk of burns
5 Connect the NMT accessory cable to the Tri-
When fitting the module, make sure there is
dent pod (F).
sufficient air ventilation/heat dissipation and
that there can be no direct contact between
the patient and the exterior of the module.
WARNING
Make sure that there is no contact between the
electrodes and other conducting parts.
Cover stimulation electrodes with insulating
material so that, e.g., catheters are not sub-
jected to stimulation.
Preparing for NMT
Trig
C F
NMT
EEG
! Monitor
E
D
A B
278
1 Attach the black stimulation electrode (A) and

the red stimulation electrode (B) to the arm
(above the nervus ulnaris).
2 Connect the pod connecting cable (C) to the Tri-
dent pod and to the Aux/Hemo 2/3 connector
on Zeus IE.
3 Attach the NMT sensor (D) to the thumb and in-
dex finger. Secure with a rubber band.

Monitoring
Settings on Zeus IE WARNING

NMT nerve stimulation can be painful for a pa-
z In the Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT dialog
tient not under sedation. Only administer the
window, touch the NMT tab (A).
stimuli after sufficient sedation.
Sensors/Parameters
Starting the NMT measurement
A z In the Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT > NMT

B dialog window, touch the NMT start (J) button.
C Or if the NMT start button is configured
D (see page 332):
E z In the main menu bar, touch the NMT start but-
F ton.
G
Sensors/Parameters
H I
400
The NMT page displays: J

B Stimulation: NMT start button
C Mode of the measurement: Single, TOF, PTC K
D Interval: Time intervals for applying a pulse
In PTC mode, no time interval can be selected.
In TOF mode, the interval of 1 s cannot be se-
lected (grayed out).
E Pulse width [µs]: Duration of the applied pulse
in µs
F Current [mA]: When the Auto current mode
421
is selected, the button remains disabled (gray).
G Current mode: Selection for setting stimulation At the start of measurement, the NMT pod emits
current: stimulation pulses in order to determine the upper
Auto: A suitable stimulation current between stimulation current intensity (supramaximal cur-
5 and 60 mA is determined in conjunction with rent). Then 4 pulses are applied for reference
each new referencing procedure, ensuring reli- measurement.
able measurement and minimizing the load on In the ensuing single mode measurements, the
the patient. NMT pod compares the measurements with the ref-
Man: Pulse value which can be set with the ro- erence measurement.
tary knob, 5 to 60 mA in 5 mA increments The supramaximal current and the reference are
If the value is changed in current mode Man, a determined again after the start of a measurement:
new reference value is determined!
H Delete reference: Clear button to delete the – if a Trident pod or sensors have previously been
saved reference pulse and the supramaximal connected or
current determined. – if the pulse width is changed.
I The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim- z Current mode Use Auto.
setting. z Determine supramaximal current and reference
pulse on the non-relaxed patient!

Monitoring
If no supramaximal current can be determined for Skin temperature is displayed.

the current measurement, the device uses 60 mA.
60 seconds after a successful single or TOF meas-
If no reference measure can be determined, a de- urement, the measured value is deleted.
vice-internal reference is used.
TOF
Single Twitch
Train of Four – A series of 4 pulses is applied. The
A single pulse is applied. Muscle response to this number of pulses answered indicates the degree of
pulse is measured and compared with the refer- muscle relaxation. The NMT pod repeats stimula-
ence pulse. tion at the set time interval.
The NMT pod repeats stimulation at the set time in-
terval. TOF settings on Zeus IE
If the value for stimulation current or pulse width is
Sensors/Parameters
changed, a new reference value will be determined!
Settings on Zeus IE for Single Twitch J

z Select Single measuring mode (K) and confirm L
with NMT start button (J).
NMT screen display
NMT %
Ratio Temp °C
100
0 90 4
0
Single
11:34
z Select TOF measuring mode (L) and confirm
487
213
The parameter box for Single Twitch indicates the

muscle response as a bar graph and as a numerical
value in %.
Example: A display of 90 means that muscle re-
sponse is 90 % of the reference pulse.
NMT %
100 Temp °C
Single
4
15 min
0 0
210

Monitoring
TOF ratio screen display PTC (Post Tetanic Count)

A 50 Hz signal is applied for 5 seconds. After a
pause of 5 seconds, there will be up to 20 1 Hz sig-
NMT %
nals.
100 Ratio Temp °C
48
TOF WARNING
0
4
0 11:38 Only perform on a patient under sufficient se-
dation when there are no further TOF re-
209
sponses! PTC stimulation on a conscious pa-
Muscle response to each individual pulse is meas- tient is very painful.
ured and displayed as a bar graph.
PTC settings on Zeus IE
The ratio of the fourth pulse to the first pulse, T4/T1,
is displayed as a TOF ratio in %, e.g. 48.
Sensors/Parameters
NMT %
Temp °C
100 J
TOF
M
4 5 min
0 0
208
After 15 seconds, the last measured value is de-

leted. The time until the next measurement is dis-
played as a bar graph.
488
TOF count screen display
z Select PTC measuring mode (M) and confirm
NMT % PTC screen display
Temp °C
100 Count
1
TOF
NMT
0
4
0 11:39 Count
%
Temp °C
1
PTC
207
If fewer than 4 stimulation pulses are detected, the 4

0
TOF count value is displayed, e.g., 1.
205
TOF count – number of pulses that produced a re-

The number of pulses answered is displayed. While
sponse.
measurement is taking place the measured value is
For TOF count, an upper and a lower alarm limit grayed out.
can be set, see page 163.

Monitoring
For the BIS values and BIS areas, it must be as-

NMT sumed that they are free of artefacts that could in-
%
Count Temp °C fluence the measurement.
10
PTC BISx technology is the latest generation of BIS
4
0 11:41 technology, which features enhanced screening
against artefacts from external HF surgery equip-
ment and filters out any EMG influences.
206
The measured value remains up to the next meas- The BIS index provides insight to the cerebral sta-
urement (Auto mode is not possible). tus and is not a measurement of drug concentra-
tion. The cerebral cortex responds very sensitively
to external influences, drugs and pathological proc-
BIS monitoring esses. The BIS index decreases during normal
sleep and also during administration of hypnotic
The BISx module plots the electroencephalogram drugs.
(brain wave). The brain wave reflects all brain activ-
However, the values during normal sleep do not fall
ity produced in the cortical region of the brain.
as low as those during anesthesia.
The electric signals from the brain are picked up by
The BIS index is determined as an average over a
an easy-to-apply Multi-Sensor (BIS sensor), proc-
period of 15 seconds and generated every second.
essed in the BISx pod and displayed on Zeus IE.
The BIS index calculated indicates a number be-
tween 1 and 100. The value of 100 indicates a con-
scious patient while values below 70 indicate suffi-
cient sedation/hypnosis.
BIS area Clinical state

100 Conscious
Response to normal voice
80 Light/moderate sedation
Possible response to loud com-
mands or gentle pushing / shaking
60 General anesthesia
Low probability of explicit memory
No response to verbal stimulus
40 Deep hypnosis
20 Burst Suppression
0 Baseline EEG
This table reflects a general association between

clinical state and BIS values.
The areas are based on a multi-center study.

Monitoring
Settings on Zeus IE Displaying all BISx parameters

z Touch the All EEG values button (H).
z In the Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT dialog
window, touch the BIS tab (A). All EEG values
Sensors/Parameters
I M
J N
B A
K O
C
D L
E
458
F The following is displayed:
I BIS: Bispectral index (0 to 100)
H G Continuously processed EEG parameters
403
which correspond to the state of consciousness

The BIS page displays: of the patient: 100 = conscious, 0 = base line
B EEG waveform display J SQI: Signal quality index (0 to 100 %)
C EEG scale: Selection of the scale for the EEG Measurement of signal quality for the EEG
waveform in µV channel source which is calculated based on
D Smoothing rate [s]: Selection of the smoothing impedance data, artefact and other variables.
rate used to calculate the BIS value average K EMG: Electromyographic display (0 to 100 dB)
– 15 s (basic setting): Increased responsive- The output (in dB) in the frequency range 70 to
ness to changes (e.g., induction or waking). 110 Hz is marked with EMG. This frequency
– 30 s: A smoother trend (with reduced varia- range contains the percentage of muscular ac-
bility and sensitivity to artefact) tivity and of other high-frequency artefacts on
E Filter: the total output.
– On: Filter out interference from the raw EEG L BSR: Burst suppression ratio (0 to 100 %)
signal Indication of an inactive EEG. The suppression
rate is the timer percentage of the last 63-sec-
– Off: Display of the raw EEG without filter
ond period in which the signal is recognized as
F remaining applications for SRS sensor "in the suppressed state".
G The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim- Example: BSR = 11 (isoelectric over 11 % of the
its > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm limit last 63-second period or 7 seconds)
setting. M SEF: Spectral edge frequency (0.5 to 30.00 Hz)
Frequency at which 95 % of the total energy lies
below and 5 % of the total energy lies above
N PWR: Total output (40 to 100 dB)
Measurement of the absolute total output in the
frequency range of 0.5 to 30 Hz
O BCT: Burst count (0 to 30)
Alternative to BSR to quantify the suppression
in the EEG. It shows the number of EEG bursts
in the last minute. The burst count is only acti-
vated if an extension sensor is connected. The
BCT value is empty for all other sensor types.

Monitoring
Patient preparation WARNING

Careful preparation of the skin as well as correct If a BISx pod and a defibrillator are being used
positioning of the electrodes is crucial for the gen- simultaneously, do not position the BIS sen-
eration of distinct signals. sor between the defibrillator and the patient!
Risk of electric shock!
BIS safety instructions
WARNING
CAUTION When fitting the module, make sure there is
Only use accessories approved by Dräger. Other- sufficient heat dissipation and that there can
wise, correct functioning may be impaired. be no direct contact between the patient and
the exterior of the module. Risk of burns!
WARNING
To avoid electric shock all the cables must be WARNING
checked carefully before use. No liquids must Operation of the BISx module during magnetic
be allowed to drip onto connectors, elec- resonance imaging (MRI) is not supported at
trodes or electrode leads. present.
WARNING WARNING
Check cables and sensors for damage before To prevent strangulation risks the BIS sensor
use. Risk of electric shock and distortion of cable must be positioned and attached care-
measuring results. fully.
CAUTION CAUTION
Use undamaged sensors and packaging only. A correctly positioned BISx module is attached to
the infusion apparatus stand, bars of the bed or
WARNING the bed sheet.
Conductive parts of the electrodes and con-
nections (including the neutral electrode) CAUTION
must not come into contact with other con- In the event of a continuous reduction in BIS sig-
ductive parts (including grounded parts). nal, skin irritations or intense perspiration replace
the sensor more frequently.
WARNING
When using an electrocautery scalpel during NOTE
surgery the scalpel must not come into con- When interpreting the BIS together with other clin-
tact with the BIS sensor. Risk of electric ical signs available, a clinical assessment must al-
shock! ways be used in addition. Solely relying on the
BIS when administering intraoperative anesthetic
agents and sedatives is not recommended.
WARNING
The electrodes should not be located between
the operating field and the return electrode of
the electrosurgical device. Otherwise, there
may be a risk of burns if the neutral surgical
high-frequency electrode is faulty.

Monitoring
NOTE 3 For good contact on the skin carefully press all

the electrodes onto the forehead with a finger-
Artefacts and inferior signal quality can lead to in-
tip, for at least 5 seconds.
correct BIS values. Possible artefacts can be
caused by inadequate skin contact (high imped- 4 Fix the sensor in place with adhesive tape or
ance), muscular activity or rigidity, head and body plaster.
movements, repeated eye movements, incorrect
sensor positioning and unusual or excessive elec- A
trical interference.
NOTE B
Carefully interpret BIS values for:
– Patients with known neurological diseases
– Patients taking other psychoactive drugs
– Children under one year of age
Attaching the BIS sensor

z Follow instructions on the sensor package for
skin preparation and correct positioning. BIS
X
275
5 Connect the patient connecting cable (A) to the
sensor. Lay and secure the cable carefully.
1
2 6 Connect the pod connecting cable (B) to the
4
Aux/Hemo 2/3 connector (see page 197) or to
3 the Trident NMT pod (see page 238).
7 Attach the BISx pod to a bracket or infusion ap-
paratus stand using the clip on the back of the
pod.
284
CAUTION
Only use the BISx Quatro sensor (for adults), the
BISx Pediatric sensor (pediatric applications) or
the BIS SRS sensor! Otherwise, incorrect meas-
uring results will be obtained.
1 Observe the instructions and numbering of

electrodes on the sensor!
2 Position the adult sensor at an oblique angle
across the forehead:
– Electrode 1 approx. 5 cm above the nose
– Electrode 4 above the eyebrow
– Electrode 3 between the corner of the eye
and the hairline

Monitoring
Impedance test E Check sensor: Start button for the manual

sensor check with display of starting time
As soon as the sensor is connected to Zeus IE an F Electrode status: Electrodes 1 to 4, depending
automatic impedance test commences to test the on the sensor being used
quality of the BIS electrode connection. G The button opens the Alarms > Alarm lim-
NOTE setting.
Before commencing BIS monitoring make sure After the first impedance test, the color of the Start
the sensor is connected up properly and that it button (E) changes from gray to green. Further im-
has passed the impedance check. pedance test can be manually started. Zeus IE re-
ports the general status of the impedance testing as
CAUTION follows:
The impedance check signal emitted by the BISx Pass – means that the impedance testing based on
module can cause interference with other equip- the impedance of the combined electrodes was
ment (e.g. evoked potential monitors). successful.
z Close dialog window and continue BIS monitor-
The dialog window for the impedance test can be
ing.
opened via Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT > Im-
ped. check (A). Fail – means that the impedance testing failed.
Sensors/Parameters
z Press the electrodes on again firmly, improve
positioning
z Replace sensor if necessary
B NOTE
C A An automatic sensor impedance check is per-

formed whenever a BIS sensor is connected to
D the sensor cable.
E
NOTE
F When the sensor impedance check has been
G completed, all the signal status messages and
402
alarms are suspended for 60 seconds. The time is

The page displays: required in order to restore signal quality.
B EEG waveform display
C EEG scale: Scale for the EEG waveform in µV
D SEF display: Selection of an additional param-
eter displayed in the parameter box
Spectral edge frequency SEF: 0.5 to 30 Hz in
0.1 Hz increments
Total power PWR: 40 to 100, in 1 dB increments
(in the frequency range of 0.3 to 110 Hz)
Burst count BCT: 0 to 30 in 1-unit increments

Fault – Cause – Remedy
Failure behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Power outage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Gas failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Ventilator failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Anesthetic gas delivery failure (DIVA

failure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Mixer and DIVA failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Rotary safety knob Anesth. Ventilator

Off for ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
In the event of partial system failures . . . . . 253

Screen error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
In the event of device failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Failure behavior DPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Messages Zeus IE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Alarm – Cause – Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Metering module faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

In operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
When filling and emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Failure behavior
A B 1:35
In the event of an alarm and device-related failures,
the corresponding alarm message appears in the
alarm message field (A).
301
Power outage
If the power goes out, Zeus IE automatically 1 Unlock the O2 rotary safety knob for emergency
switches over to the integrated uninterruptible O2 delivery by pressing it and set it to the re-
power supply (UPS). quired O2 flow. Range 0 to 12 L/min. Use pres-
sure gauge to monitor the pressure.
With a fully charged battery, operation is main-
tained for at least 30 minutes. During this phase, anesthetic agent delivery is not
possible!
The Mains supply failure message appears in the
alarm message field. 2 Ventilate the patient manually!
The remaining battery capacity is displayed in per- 3 Recharge the empty battery by plugging in the
cent in the system field (B). power cable for at least 10 hours.
Example: 82 %
CAUTION
If the battery capacity is low, one of the following Risk of patient injury
messages appears:
– Battery low: Battery capacity <20 % The Basis (IVDock) is no longer supplied with
power. Each Module DPS is powered by its own
Or battery. Pay attention to the battery warning! Infu-
– Battery very low: Battery capacity <10 %. The sion is automatically stopped when the battery is
device may switch off at any time! empty. Charge the battery as soon as possible.
In the event of a power failure and empty batteries,
Zeus IE enables manual ventilation and spontane-
ous breathing with 100% O2.
– The ventilator, gas and anesthetic agent de-
livery as well as monitoring are inoperable.
– The DIVA metering modules are locked.

Gas failure
Zeus IE displays the following messages in the CAUTION

event of a gas failure:
Risk of patient recovering consciousness
– Air supply fail,
Anesthetic agent delivery requires Air as driving
– N2O supply fail or
gas.
– Oxygen supply fail.
If the Air supply fails, the delivery will only be con-
z Open the corresponding cylinder valve of the
tinued for a further 10 minutes approximately!
backup gas cylinders (optional) located at the
back.
z Restore central gas supply.
If backup gas is available for the failed gas, the cor-
responding LED below the screen lights up.
– In the event of an O2 failure, Zeus IE delivers
100 % Air. Anesthetic gas delivery is locked.
– In the event of an N2O failure, Zeus IE delivers
100 % O2.
– In the event of an Air failure, Zeus IE delivers
100 % O2.
The amount of fresh-gas flow (L/min) remains con-
stant.
Operation of fresh-gas delivery is still possible
when supply of one gas fails. For example, in the
case of N2O failure, the device can switch to carrier
gas Air or 100% O2.
WARNING
Risk of contamination of the gas supply
In the event of lengthy outages, disconnect
the relevant gas from the gas supply! Other-
wise, contamination of the central supply can
occur.
CAUTION
Patient risk!
If O2 and Air fail, the patient must be immediately
ventilated with the separate emergency breathing
bag!

Ventilator failure
Zeus IE displays the following message in the CAUTION

event of ventilator failure:
Ventilator failure
If the ventilator fails, only manual ventilation or
If the ventilator fails, only manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing is possible.
spontaneous breathing is possible. All other venti-
Manually ventilate the patient. Using the mechan-
lation modes are unavailable. The gas and anes-
ical airway manometer, check whether ventilation
thetic agent delivery unit is ready for further use.
continues. Contact DrägerService!
Select the fresh-gas control mode and check the
breathing system or blower spindle visually and
acoustically after the end of ventilation.
Anesthetic gas delivery failure (DIVA failure)
If gas delivery is switched off due to internal device Zeus IE displays the following message in the
errors, the FG ISO button (example), event of anesthetic gas delivery failure:
see page 116, or etISO button (example),
VA delivery failure
see page 118, is no longer available. If necessary,
select the FG ctrl. mode and set a low fresh-gas z Continue anesthesia with IV agents
flow.
z Contact DrägerService
Ventilation is still operational.
Mixer and DIVA failure
If gas delivery and gas mixing are switched off due Anesthetic agent is not delivered!
to internal device errors, ventilation remains opera-
After switching off the device, return the rotary
tional.
safety know for O2 to the original position and push
Zeus IE indicates the failure with: it in.
DIVA+mixer failure
z Press the rotary safety knob O2 to move it out
and adjust the O2 flow by turning.
The breathing bag fills; the filling process can
be heard.

Rotary safety knob Anesth. Ventilator Off for ventilation
Zeus IE indicates the failure with:

A B
Anesth. Ventilator Off
If necessary:
z Ventilate the patient by hand with the emer-
gency oxygen supply and the breathing bag!
1 Press the rotary safety knob O2 (B) to move it
097
out.
If ventilation and delivery have to be immediately
canceled due to internal device errors: 2 Turn the rotary safety knob O2 (B) and adjust
the O2 flow.
1 Press the rotary safety knob Anesth. Ventila-
tor Off to move it out. The breathing bag fills; the filling process can
be heard.
2 Turn the rotary safety knob Anesth. Ventilator
Off (A) fully counterclockwise. Anesthetic agent is not delivered!
– Ventilation stops. After switching off the device, return the rotary
– Anesthetic agent delivery is locked. safety knobs Anesth. Ventilator Off (A) and O2 (B)
– Fresh-gas delivery is stopped. However, to the original position and push in.
0.5 L/min O2 will continue to be delivered.
– Patient monitoring remains activated.
In the event of partial system failures
Zeus IE indicates component failure: – Ventilation continues (fresh-gas mode at

0.5 L/min; with external fresh-gas outlet option:
– DIVA+mixer failure
3 L/min).
– Patient monitoring fail
– Check ventilation with manual pressure gauge.
Perform manual ventilation if necessary.
A
CAUTION
326
Touch the Software reset? button (A) in the header Anesthetic gas is not delivered.
bar if necessary.
The device performs a warm start.
Reboot: Takes approx. 30 seconds to 3 minutes.
Monitoring is unavailable during this time.

After the Reboot: Reboot: Zeus IE performs a warm start of the

screen which takes approx. 3 minutes. Monitoring
– Safety settings are activated, i.e. all the settings
is unavailable during this time.
are retained.
– Ventilation continues (fresh-gas mode at
Exception for gas delivery: delivers 0.5 L/min of
0.5 L/min; with optional ext. FG outlet: 3 L/min).
O2 without anesthetic agent.
– Check ventilation with manual pressure gauge.
To acknowledge the Safety settings active alarm:
Perform manual ventilation if necessary.
z Press the Audio paused key.
CAUTION
Screen error
Anesthetic gas is not delivered.
The screen does not respond to operation. It has After the Reboot:
failed or the display is faulty.
– Safety settings are activated, i.e. all the settings
The screen can be rebooted if necessary: are retained.
1 Touch and hold the On/Off button for a least Exception for gas delivery: delivers 0.5 L/min of
4 seconds. O2 without anesthetic agent.
The screen turns off. To acknowledge the Safety settings active alarm:
2 After the screen turns off, touch the On/Off but- z Press the Audio paused key.
ton again.
In the event of device failure
If the device no longer responds or if the screen Anesth. Ventilator Off means:
fails, the following must be observed: – Ventilation: Manual/Spontaneous
– Gas delivery: 0.5 L/min of O2
CAUTION – Anesthetic agent delivery: Off
Based on the mechanical airway manometer,
1 Press the rotary safety knob O2 (B) to move it
check whether ventilation continues. Manually out.
ventilate the patient if necessary!
2 Turn the rotary safety knob O2 (B) and adjust
If necessary, press the rotary safety knob Anesth. the O2 flow.
Ventilator Off to move it out and activate by turn-
ing clockwise to switch the ventilation and gas de- 3 If necessary, fill the breathing bag via O2 flush
livery to manual emergency operation. O2+.
Ensure anesthesia. No anesthetic gases are de- Contact DrägerService and use a substitute an-
livered. Patient risk! esthesia machine.

Failure behavior DPS
If Zeus IE is unable to operate a Module DPS sy- – Incorrect configuration, see page 140.
ringe pump, the reasons can be as follows:
z Observe Module DPS instructions for use.
– Module DPS is not a Dräger syringe pump and
A syringe pump which has stopped and is then or
has a software version which is not compatible.
already connected to Zeus IE generates the alarm
Zeus IE cannot operate it. The syringe pump
message Infusion 1 stopped on Zeus IE after one
continues to run.
minute.
Messages Zeus IE
The alarm messages are displayed in the message Alarms are displayed according to priority, down-
field of the header bar in hierarchical order. wards from top to bottom and from left to right.
Different background colors indicate the priority lev- Low-priority alarms are only displayed in the right-
els of the alarms. hand field of the alarm message field, the maximum
being four alarms.
Zeus IE divides alarm messages by priority into
three categories: The following table lists the alarm messages in al-
phabetical order. If an alarm occurs, the table helps
Warning (red) High priority identify the cause and to quickly remedy by means
Caution (yellow) Medium priority of the provided corrective actions. The possible
causes and remedial measures should be looked
Note (cyan) Low priority through in the order they are listed until the alarm is
resolved.
To classify the alarms within an alarm category, in-
ternal priority figures are indicated in the following The alarm messages with cause and remedy are
table. The most critical alarm is given the number also displayed in the Alarms >Alarm info dialog
255. Lower numbers indicate a lower alarm priority. window.
In the tables for Alarm info and Alarm log,
see page 161, the priority of the alarm messages is
also indicated by exclamation points.
Up to four high or medium-priority alarms from the
following four alarm areas can be displayed simul-
taneously:
– Anesthesia
– Hemodynamics (optional)
– Ventilation
– Infusion (optional)
From each alarm area at least one high-priority
alarm is displayed, given that there is an active
alarm.

Alarm – Cause – Remedy
Classifi- Pri- Alarm text Cause Remedy

cation ority
Note 150 2 mixed volatile A second volatile agent was Switch to fresh gas mode
agents detected. until the second gas is
washed out. Check the con-
tent of DIVA module.
Caution 060 3 mixed volatile A mixture of more than 2 vol- Fresh-gas control: flush
agents atile agents detected! with high fresh-gas flow.
Auto control: system
flushes automatically.
Check content of DIVA
module.
Caution 000 Acc. idioventr. Series of 3 or more PVCs Check patient and take ap-
rhythm with a rate less than the VT propriate action.
rate.
Caution 000 Action incomplete The last requested action did Please try again.
not work.
Note 255 Agent low alarms In Ventilator standby mode, Check measured values.
off the lower alarm limits for
agent monitoring are disa-
bled.
Note 050 Air central supply Air central supply pressure Check central Air supply.
high too high. Air pressure higher System must not be used at
than 8x100 kPa. high pressures.
Note 200 Air central supply Air central supply pressure is Check DIVA delivery.
low low. Wall outlet is faulty. Air Check O2 concentration.
plug is not connected to wall Remove Air plug from wall
outlet. outlet. Connect Air plug to
wall outlet.
Caution 200 Air cylinder empty Air cylinder empty or not Reduce fresh-gas flow, use
open (<20*100 kPa) and AIR Auto control mode. Open or
central supply is low. exchange Air cylinder.
Check insp. O2 concentra-
tion. Check central Air sup-
ply.
Note 225 Air cylinder low Air cylinder pressure is low Prepare exchange of Air
(20 – 55*100 kPa) and Air cylinder. Check Air supply.
supply is low.


cation ority
Note 005 Air cylinder sensor Air high pressure sensor not Connect sensor. Check
fail connected. Sensor failure. sensor. Call DrägerService.
Caution 255 Air supply fail Air supply failed. Central Check central Air supply.
supply not connected. Com- Check connections. Open
pressed Air hose kinked. optional Air cylinder. Pre-
pare IV Anesthesia.
Note 224 Air supply low Air supply low. Supply pres- Check central supply.
sure between 180 and
260 kPa.
Caution 255 Air+N2O delivery Air+N2O delivery locked. Check insp. concentration.
cutoff Carrier gas was terminated Use IV anesthesia if neces-
by protection system. Mixer sary. Call DrägerService.
switches to 100 % O2
Caution 000 Air+N2O delivery Carrier gas delivery failure! Check inspiratory
failure Mixer switches to 100 % O2 concentration. Use IV
concentration! anesthesia if necessary.
Call DrägerService.
Caution 200 Air+N2O delivery Carrier gas delivery failure. Check inspiratory concen-
failure Mixer switches to 100 % O2 trations. Use IV anesthesia
concentration! if necessary.
Note 200 Alarms acknowl- Alarms have been acknowl- Check acknowledged pa-
edged edged by pressing the Audio rameter.
paused key. Alarm cause is
still valid.
Note 050 All alarms off All non-technical alarms are This alarm will be deacti-
suspended for 1min in order vated automatically.
to prevent false alarms.
Warning 255 Anesth. Ventilator Safety switch:Ventilator off Only use switch in an emer-
Off activated. Ventilator, mixer gency. Ventilate manually.
and DIVA switch off. Open safety O2 valve. Use
alternative anesthesia!


cation ority
Warning 180 Apnea No automatic ventilation. No Ventilate patient by hand
breath detected for 30 sec. immediately! Check tubes
No spont/ass. ventilation: No for disconnection! Check
breath detected for 60 sec. ability to breath spontane-
ously!
Caution 250 Apnea No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand
breath detected for 15 sec. immediately! Check tubes
No spont/ass. ventilation: No for disconnection! Check
breath detected for 30 sec. ability to breath spontane-
ously!
Note 050 Apnea alarms off Apnea alarms are sus- Please pay special atten-
pended. To be used only dur- tion! To be used only during
ing intubation, suctioning intubation and suctioning
and manual ventilation.
Warning 180 Apnea CO2 No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand
CO2 breath detected for immediately! Check tubes
30 sec. No spont/ass. venti- for disconnection! Check
lation: No breath detected by ability to breath spontane-
CO2 for 60 sec. ously!
Caution 250 Apnea CO2 No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand
CO2 breath detected for immediately! Check tubes
CO2 for 30 sec. ously!
Note 175 Apnea flow No sufficient flow dynamics. To check and calibrate, per-
Flow sensor not calibrated. form self test or leak test.
Warning 180 Apnea flow No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand
flow breath detected for immediately! Check tubes
flow for 60 sec. ously!
Caution 250 Apnea flow No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand
flow breath detected for immediately! Check tubes
flow for 30 sec. ously!


cation ority
Warning 180 Apnea pressure No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand
press. breath detected for immediately! Check tubes
press. for 60 sec. ously!
Caution 250 Apnea pressure No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand
press. breath detected for immediately! Check tubes
press. for 30 sec. ously!
Caution 025 Apnea ventilation No Pressure Support cycle Check patient. Use manda-
triggered within time limit. tory ventilation. Use lower
flow trigger level.
Note 050 ART check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
specified parameter requires
zeroing. The blood pressure
zero of monitor may not cor-
respond to the peripheral de-
vice.
Caution 090 ART D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
side alarm limits. propriate action. Change
the alarm limits if required.
Check equipment and re-
place if necessary.
Caution 090 ART D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 025 ART hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
hardware failure. place. Call DrägerService.
Caution 090 ART M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Caution 100 ART M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 ART nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
failed because of: Excessive then rezero. Change the
signal noise A non-static transducer. Check 3-way
waveform tap, then rezero.
Caution 050 ART out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
of measurement range. propriate action. Access the
Pressure Labels menu and
assign correct label. Check
equipment and replace if
necessary.
Caution 125 ART S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 130 ART S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Warning 250 ART static Static pressure: -No pulse, Check patient and take ap-
-Press. transducer line propriate action. Open sys-
blocked, -Catheter tip lodged tem by turning the 3-way
against vessel wall, -Clot on tap. Follow procedure for
the catheter tip. dislodging catheters. Fol-
low procedure for clotted
catheters.
Note 050 ART transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
Invasive pressure cannot be nections. Exchange trans-
measured. ducer.


cation ority
Note 025 ART transducer Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
unplugged specified parameter is either or replace the cable. Inac-
unplugged or defective. tive pressure: turn off
alarms.
Note 050 ART zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
progress. you begin monitoring the
patient.
Warning 255 Asystole No valid QRS complex de- Check the patient's condi-
tected for the last 6 sec. tion!
Warning 200 'Audio paused' key Key is stuck or was pressed Press 'Audio paused' re-
stuck for more than 10 seconds. peatedly. If alarm condition
persists, 'Audio paused'
cannot be used anymore.
Caution 075 Auto control cutoff Unable to operate in Auto Select mode: Fresh-gas
control mode. - Water trap? / control
- Sample line blocked?
- sample line leak? - High
tube leak? - MixGas? /
- Soda lime exhausted?
Note 255 Auto control cut- Unable to operate in Auto Select mode: Fresh-gas
off/high-flow control mode. - Water trap? / control!
-Sample line blocked? -
Sample line leak? - High
tube leak? - MixGas? / -Soda
lime exhausted?
Caution 255 AW press. protect. Airway pressure measure- Check airway pressure
fail ment not plausible. Electr. sensors. Observe pressure
protection system for airway gauge. Press 'Anesthesia
pressure failed. ventilation off' switch. Venti-
late manually. Perform self
test.
Warning 250 AW pressure high Upper limit of breathing pres- Check settings for Pmax and
sure or Pmax exceeded. Paw alarm limit. Check
spontaneous breathing.


cation ority
Warning 250 AW pressure high Protection system: airway Observe pressure gauge.
pressure higher than set- Ventilate manually.
point. Stenosis or patient
coughs.
Caution 250 AW pressure low Airway pressure too low. Check breathing circle leak-
Ventilation pressure not suf- age. Check for adequate
ficient. Leakage of low fresh fresh gas flow.
gas.
Warning 220 AW pressure nega- Mean airway pressure lower Disconnect tube when suc-
tive than –2 cmH2O. Airway tioning. Increase fresh gas
pressure lower than flow or use O2-flush.
–10 cmH2O. Bronchus suc-
tioning. Inspiration reservoir
insufficient.
Note 175 AW pressure sen- Airway pressure measure- Check airway pressure
sor failure ment not plausible. Insuffi- sensors. Perform self test.
cient dynamic response.
Note 175 AW pressure sen- Insp.+exp. pressure sensor Terminate automatic
sor failure failed. No pressure monitor. ventilation. Ventilate patient
Ventilator controlled by tur- manually. Call
bine speed. DrägerService.
Note 170 Bag pressure sen- Failure of manual vent. bag System automatically in-
sor fail pressure sensor. Automatic creases fresh gas flow. Call
Fresh-gas control not possi- DrägerService.
ble!
Note 150 Battery failure Battery of the uninterruptible Exchange battery. Call
power supply failed. DrägerService.
Caution 020 Battery low The capacity of the uninter- Restore power supply. Pre-
ruptible power supply is low pare for man. ventilation.
(<50 %). Minimize power consump-
tion. Check battery capacity
display. If capacity is <10 %
the device may be switched
off!


cation ority
Warning 150 Battery very low The capacity of the uninter- Restore power supply. Pre-
ruptible power supply is ex- pare for man. ventilation.
hausted (<10 %). Minimize power consump-
tion. Check battery capacity
display. If capacity is <10 %
the device may be switched
off!
Caution 100 BIS high BIS value above higher Check patient. Treat, if nec-
alarm limit. Patients hypnotic essary. Increase agent
state not appropriate. dose if necessary. Change
alarm limit as appropriate.
Caution 100 BIS low BIS value below lower alarm Check patient. Treat, if nec-
limit. essary. Decrease agent
dose if necessary. Change
alarm limit as appropriate.
Caution 050 BIS out of range BIS parameter value out of Check patient and treat, if
range. necessary.
Caution 050 BIS out of range BIS parameter value out of Check patient and treat, if
range. necessary.
Note 210 BIS signal quality SQI (Signal Quality Index) Check sensor. This may oc-
poor value goes below 50 %. cur as a result of artefact
caused e.g. by eyeblinks or
motion. Isolate patient from
auxiliary equipment. Isolate
patient from extraneous
movement or vibration.
Check patient. Treat, if nec-
essary.
Note 050 BIS/NMT alarms BIS and NMT alarms sus- Watch measured values to
off pended monitor patients status.


cation ority
Note 100 BISX impedance BISx pod failed the sensor Retry impedance check.
check failed impedance check. Re-prep the electrodes and
retry. Replace sensor, if
necessary and perform
manual impedance check.
Note 100 BISX impedance BISx pod is performing sen- Wait until impedance check
check in progress sor impedance check. is completed. Cancel check
and retry.
Note 100 BISX pod discon- BISx-Pod not connected. Check cables and connec-
nected tions. Exchange BISx-pod,
if necessary.
Note 105 BISX pod failed BISx pod self test failed. Check BISx pod connec-
BISx pod hardware failure. tion. Call your biomed serv-
BISx pod software failure. ice or DrägerService.
Note 020 BISX pod initialis- BISx pod is performing star- Wait until test is completed.
ing tup test.
Note 100 BISX replace sen- Unknown sensor type. Too Remove unknown/worn
sor many uses./ Sensor worn out/invalid sensor and re-
out. Invalid sensor. place with new/compatible
sensor.
Note 100 BISX sensor dis- Sensor malfunctioning or Check cables and connec-
connected disconnected. tions. Replace sensor, if
necessary.
Note 100 BISx sensor has Unknown sensor type. Too Remove unknown/worn
expired many uses./ Sensor worn out/invalid sensor and re-
out. Invalid sensor. place with new/compatible
sensor.
Note 100 BISx sensor will ex- The usage limit for the BISx Prepare a new BISx SRS
pire after this ses- SRS sensor has been sensor for next application.
sion reached.
Note 250 Bolus 1 rate high Pump 1 Bolus Rate Limit ex- Check the bolus rate of the
ceeded pump. Adjust settings if
necessary.


cation ority
necessary.
necessary.
necessary.
Note 210 Breathing system The breathing system is not Insert the breathing system
not locked properly locked. and lock it properly.
Note 100 C.O. blood temp. Blood temperature is outside Check the patient and take
high alarm limits: A physiological appropriate action. Change
condition. Inappropriate alarm limits. Check equip-
alarm limits. A defective sen- ment and replace if neces-
sor or cartridge. sary.
Note 100 C.O. blood temp. Blood temperature is outside Check the patient and take
low alarm limits: A physiological appropriate action. Change
condition. Inappropriate alarm limits. Check equip-
alarm limits. A defective sen- ment and replace if neces-
sor or cartridge. sary.
Note 100 C.O. check injec- Injectate temperature probe Connect the probe and re-
tate probe not connected during a peat the measurement.
measurement.
Note 100 C.O. complete The C.O. average has been Nothing required.
saved.
Note 100 C.O. hardware fail C.O. measurement system Exchange components.
failed. Call DrägerService.
Note 100 C.O. injectate temp No injectate probe is con- Use either 0 °C injectate or
= 0°C? nected. Monitor assumes temp. probe. Repeat meas-
temperature of 0 °C. Refer- urement. Check catheter
ence resistance too high or and reconnect pod. Call
low. Unknown catheter type. DrägerService.


cation ority
Note 100 C.O. no temp Temperature change was Repeat the measurement.
change <0.1°, because: C.O. started Use a larger injectate vol-
without injecting. Injected ume. Use colder injectate.
volume too small or too Replace the catheter.
warm. Defective catheter.
Note 200 C.O. out of range C.O. out of range due to: A Check the patient and take
physiological condition. Un- appropriate action. Use
stable baseline, incorrect inj. cooler injectate. Enter the
volume, catheter size, comp. correct values in C.O.
constant. Defective catheter, menu. Repeat the meas-
cable, or cartridge. urement.
Note 100 C.O. transducer fail C.O. transducer failed. Check and reconnect C.O.
transducer. Replace com-
ponent. Call DrägerService.
Note 100 C.O. unplugged A cable or transducer has Reconnect the cable or
been disconnected. transducer. If message per-
sists, replace defective part.
Note 100 C.O. unstable Temperature curve did not Follow hospital procedures.
baseline return to baseline within Repeat the measurement.
30 sec. after C.O.-start Un- If message persists, re-
stable patient temperature. place the defective compo-
Defective catheter, cable, nents.
cartridge.
Note 100 C.O. use cooler in- Injectate is warmer than Use a cooler injectate within
jectate +27 °C. Temp.difference –5° to +27 °C. Check probe
<5 °C. Injectate probe not connection. Repeat the
connected. Defective cable measurement. Replace the
or hemodynamic pod. probe.
Note 050 Cardiac bypass All cardiovascular alarms Please pay special atten-
mode and apnea alarms are sus- tion! After manoeuvre or
pended. Use only during Cardiac Bypass operation
Cardiac Bypass operation. reactivate alarms immedi-
ately.


cation ority
Caution 100 Check NIBP cuff Pulsations are too small to Check the cuff size. Move
size determine blood pressure. the cuff to another limb.
Caution 010 Check patient cate- Patient age, height or weight Check patient category and
gory do not match the values that patient data. Change pa-
are typical for the selected tient category or patient
patient category. data, if necessary. This
alarm be confirmed by
pressing the Audio paused
key.
Note 000 CO2 measurement Measured CO2-values out of If message occures repeat-
not accurate specified accuracy. Calibra- edly call DrägerService.
tion not possible.
Note 200 CO2 sensor failure Failure of CO2 sensor. Monitor ventilation by
minute volume. Call
DrägerService.
Caution 010 CO2 water CO2 sample line blocked. Check CO2 sample line and
tr./samp. line? CO2 water trap or gas meas- CO2 water trap. Check filter
urement system blocked. at the Y-piece and gas
CO2 water trap full or ex- measurement system. Ex-
pired. Gas measurement change, if necessary. Ex-
and auto delivery not possi- change water trap at least
ble. every 4 weeks.
Note 255 CO2 water trap or CO2 sample line blocked. Check CO2 sample line and
sample line CO2 water trap or gas meas- CO2 water trap. Check filter
blocked urement system blocked. at the Y-piece and the gas
CO2 water trap full or ex- measurement system. Ex-
pired. change, if necessary. Ex-
change water trap at least
every 4 weeks.
Warning 150 Cont. AW pressure Airway Pressure above Check airway. Release
(auto-) limit for more than pressure!
15 s.


cation ority
Caution 100 CPP M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
Caution 090 CPP M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
Note 050 CV alarms off All cardiovascular alarms Please pay special atten-
suspended. tion! To be used only during
startup. After manoeuvre
reactivate alarms immedi-
ately!
Note 050 CVP check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 025 CVP hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 CVP M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 CVP M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 CVP nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,


cation ority
Caution 050 CVP out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Note 050 CVP transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 CVP transducer Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.
Note 050 CVP zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Note 255 Deactivate CBM Cardiovascular activity de- Deactivate cardiac bypass
mode tected. Device is in cardiac mode!
bypass mode.
Caution 100 DIVA Air supply Pressure supply of vol. agent Check central Air supply!
pres. low delivery failed. Leakage at Check connection of the
pressure connection of mod- module. Exchange the de-
ule. Failure of delivery mod- livery module.
ule.
Caution 070 DIVA module 1 No volatile agent in DIVA Fill up the module immedi-
empty module 1. ately. Before opening the
lock: ventilate reservoir. Fill-
ing is possible during oper-
ation.
Warning 030 DIVA module 1 fail- DIVA module 1 or port 1 Use alternative port. Ex-
ure failed. Or DIVA module 1 change module.
was terminated by protection
system.


cation ority
Caution 110 DIVA module 1 in- Software of DIVA module 1 is Use module with compati-
compat. not compatible. Module can- ble software.
not be used. Call DrägerService.
Note 050 DIVA module 1 Filling level of DIVA module 1 Fill up the module as soon
level low <50 mL. as possible. Filling is possi-
ble during operation.
Caution 070 DIVA module 2 No vol. agent in DIVA mod- Fill the module. Before
empty ule 2 opening the lock ventilate
reservoir
Warning 030 DIVA module 2 fail- DIVA module 2 or port 2 Use alternative port. Ex-
ure failed. Or DIVA module 2 change the module.
was terminated by protection
system.
Caution 110 DIVA module 2 in- Software of DIVA module 2 is Use module with compati-
compat. not compatible Module can- ble software.
not be used. Call DrägerService.
Note 050 DIVA module 2 Filling level of DIVA module 2 Fill up the module as soon
level low <50 mL. as possible. Filling is possi-
ble during operation.
Note 255 DIVA module war- DIVA module is being Wait until the warm up proc-
mup warmed up. Delivery will ess is finished.
start after approx. 2 min.!
Caution 000 DIVA off! Module DIVA delivery interrupted! Use fresh gas mode to stop
removed Module removed. In Auto wash out. Insert DIVA mod-
control mode agent will be ule. Use 2nd DIVA module.
washed out quickly.
Caution 010 DIVA protect fail DIVA protection system Use mode Fresh-gas con-
failed. Protection system is trol. Set fresh-gas flow
monitoring with extended higher than 3 L/min. NOTE:
alarm limits. At lower flows DIVA will be
terminated.


cation ority
Warning 045 DIVA+mixer cutoff DIVA and mixer failure. DIVA Open O2 Safety valve. Con-
and mixer delivery inter- tinue anesthesia with IV
rupted. drug. Call DrägerService.
Warning 045 DIVA+mixer failure DIVA and mixer failed. Deliv- Open safety O2 supply.
ery not possible. Continue anesthesia with
IV drug.
Note 120 Drug data read er- Error while reading drug data Check and reinsert the USB
ror from USB stick or internal stick. Restart import proce-
database. dure. Check drug library.
Note 120 Drug data write er- Error while writing drug data Check and reinsert the USB
ror to USB stick or internal data- stick. Insert a USB stick that
base. USB stick full or write has enough space. Re-
protected. move write protection.
Check drug library.
Note 000 ECG hardware fail- ECG hardware failure de- Call DrägerService.
ure tected by 1 mV test at star-
tup.
Note 000 ECG/Baseline arte- ECG beats are disturbed. Check electrode applica-
fact Patient movements, shivers, tion. Isolate patient from
tremors. Bad electrode con- auxiliary equipment.
tact. Excessive signal noise
interference from auxiliary
equipment. Artefact is block-
ing arrhythmia classification.
Caution 020 Empty syringe 1 Pump 1 is running in 'Empty Replace syringe 1, if neces-
mode syringe mode'. sary.


cation ority
Caution 120 etCO2 high Upper limit of endexp. CO2- Check ventilation! Check
concentration exceeded for capnogram! Check insp.
2 breath. cycles. CO2-alarm and concentra-
tion!
Caution 020 etCO2 low Endexp. CO2 concentration Check ventilation! Check
fell below lower limit for capnogram!
2 breath. cycles.
Note 050 Event from web An active web application Please check all web appli-
appl. sent an event. cations.
Note 175 Exp. flow sensor Failure of expiratory flow Perform leak test incl. au-
failure sensor: – Sensor not con- tom. calibration! Exchange
nected or defective. sensor and perform leak
test!
Note 175 Exp. pressure sen- Failure of exp. pressure sen- Check breathing pressure!
sor fail sor. No measurement of Call DrägerService.
breathing pressure.
Caution 160 Exp. resistance Expiratory resistance is in- Check exp. hose, tube and
high creased compared to self filter.
test. – Stenosis or high re-
sistance in exp. hose, tube or
filter.
Note 060 Exp. time too short End expiratory patient flow Check exp. Resistance.
higher than 6/2 L/min Check patient filter at the Y-
(Adult/Ped.) – Increased piece. – Increase exp. time.
exp. resistance – Expiratory
time too short
Note 100 Flow sensor cal re- Flow measurement not cali- Use etCO2 to monitor venti-
quest brated. Measurement may lation. Perform leak test.
be inaccurate.
Warning 255 Fresh gas in- Failed to switch between ex- Check fresh gas flow and
tern/extern? ternal and internal fresh gas anesthetic delivery. Switch
outlet. No fresh gas is deliv- again between internal and
ered to the requested external outlet. If fresh gas
breathing system!!! flow is not available use
emergency breathing bag.


cation ority
Warning 255 Fresh gas in- Failed to switch between ex- Check fresh gas flow and
tern/extern? ternal and internal fresh gas anesthetic delivery. Switch
outlet. No fresh gas is deliv- again between internal and
ered to the requested external outlet. If fresh gas
breathing system!!! flow is not available use
emergency breathing bag.
Warning 044 Fresh-gas flow DIVA protection system Set fresh gas flow higher
< 3 L/min failed and fresh-gas flow than 3L/min. NOTE:At
lower than 3 L/min. lower flows DIVA will be ter-
minated.
Note 005 Gas supply sens. Sensor for cylinder pressure Check sensor plug. Ex-
failure failed. change high pressure sen-
sor. Call DrägerService.
Note 050 GP1 check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 GP1 D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 090 GP1 D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Note 025 GP1 hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 GP1 M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 GP1 M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 GP1 nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 GP1 out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Caution 125 GP1 S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 130 GP1 S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Warning 250 GP1 static Static pressure: -No pulse, Check patient and take ap-
-Press. transducer turned propriate action. Open sys-
off, -Catheter tip lodged tem by turning the 3-way
the catheter tip dislodging catheters. Fol-
catheters.
Note 050 GP1 transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 GP1 transducer Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.
Note 050 GP1 zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Note 050 GP2 check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 GP2 D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 090 GP2 D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Note 025 GP2 hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 GP2 M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 GP2 M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 GP2 nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 GP2 out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Caution 125 GP2 S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 130 GP2 S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Warning 250 GP2 static Static pressure: -No pulse, Check patient and take ap-
catheters.
Note 050 GP2 transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 GP2 transducer Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.
Note 050 GP2 zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Caution 125 Heart rate/Pulse Heart rate or pulse rate have Observe the patient. Treat
high exceeded the upper alarm the patient, if necessary.
limit or measured values are Adjust alarm limit and, if
above measurement range. necessary, change pulse
source.
Warning 255 Heart rate/Pulse Heart rate or pulse rate have Observe the patient. Treat
low exceeded the lower alarm the patient, if necessary.
limit. Adjust alarm limit.
Note 100 HemoMed pod 1 Hemodynamic module at Check and change He-
disconnected connector 'HemoMed' not moMed pod.
connected during IBP, C.O. Call DrägerService.
or TEMP. measurement.


cation ority
Note 105 HemoMed pod 1 Hemodynamic module at Check and change module.
HW fail connector 'HemoMed' failed Call DrägerService.
during IBP, C.O. or TEMP.
measurement.
Note 100 HemoMed pod 2 Hemodynamic module at Check and change cables.
disconnected connector 'Aux/Hemo 2' not Call DrägerService.
connected during IBP, C.O.
HW fail connector 'Aux/Hemo 2' Call DrägerService.
failed during IBP, C.O. or
TEMP. measurement.
Note 100 HemoMed pod 3 Hemodynamic module at Check and change cables.
disconnected connector 'Aux/Hemo 3' not Call DrägerService.
connected during BP, C.O.
HW fail connector 'Aux/Hemo 3' Call DrägerService.
failed during BP, C.O. or
TEMP. measurement.
Note 050 ICP check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 025 ICP hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 100 ICP M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Caution 090 ICP M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 ICP nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 ICP out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Note 050 ICP transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 ICP transducer un- Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
plugged specified parameter is either or replace the cable. Inac-
alarms.
Note 050 ICP zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Note 250 Infusion 1 rate high Pump 1 Infusion Rate Limit Check the infusion rate of
exceeded the pump. Adjust settings if
necessary.
Note 040 Infusion 1 stopped The infusion has been Start infusion, check pump
stopped or a stopped pump settings.
has been connected.
necessary.


cation ority
has been connected.
necessary.
has been connected.
necessary.
has been connected.
Warning 100 Infusion line 1 Occlusion at line 1 detected. Check infusion line 1 and
blocked Pressure limit reached. Infu- connection to the patient.
sion 1 stopped. Increase pressure alarm
limit. Restart infusion.
Caution 100 Infusion line 1 The line 1 pressure in- Check infusion line and
blocked? creased rapidly. Pressure connection to the patient.
alarm limit is nearly reached. Increase pressure alarm
limit, if necessary.
limit. Restart infusion 2.


cation ority
Note 100 Infusion running Infusion is still runnig. Re- Control infusion rate at the
mote control and alarm dis- pump. Return to operating
play of the IV system is ter- mode to remote control the
minated. pumps.
Caution 100 Infusion system fail Infusion system failed. Press reset button, if sys-
tem reboot is desired. Sys-
tem will not be available for
some minutes!
Caution 119 Insp. CO2 high Upper limit of insp. CO2- Increase fresh gas flow! Ex-
concentration exceeded for change soda lime!
2 breath. cycles. Soda lime
exhausted.
Caution 255 Insp. desflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
high alarm limit for 30 sec. ery setting! Check fresh gas
flow!
Caution 255 Insp. desflurane Insp. vol. agent mixture Check DIVA settings and
high higher than 3 xMAC. fresh gas flow.


cation ority
Note 255 Insp. desflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
flow!
Caution 060 Insp. desflurane Inspiratory Desflurane con- Check volatile agent deliv-
low centration fell below lower ery setting! Check fresh gas
limit for 2 breaths. flow! Check function and
liquid level of DIVA. Check
CO2-sample line for leak-
age!
Caution 255 Insp. enflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check DIVA settings and
high alarm limit for 30 sec. fresh gas flow.
Caution 255 Insp. enflurane Insp. vol. agent mixture Check DIVA settings and
Note 255 Insp. enflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check DIVA settings and
high alarm limit for 30 sec. fresh gas flow.
Caution 060 Insp. enflurane low Inspiratory Enflurane con- Check volatile agent deliv-
centration fell below lower ery setting! Check fresh gas
limit for 2 breath. Cycles. flow! Check function and
age!
Note 180 Insp. flow sensor Failure of inspiratory flow Perform leaktest incl. au-
failure sensor: – Sensor not con- tom. calibration! Exchange
nected or defective sensor and perform
leaktest!
Caution 255 Insp. halothane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
flow!
Caution 255 Insp. halothane Insp. vol. agent mixture Check DIVA settings and
Note 255 Insp. halothane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
flow!


cation ority
Caution 060 Insp. halothane low Inspiratory Halothane con- Check volatile agent deliv-
limit for 2 breath. cycles. flow! Check function and
age!
Caution 255 Insp. isoflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
flow!
Caution 255 Insp. isoflurane Insp. vol. agent mixture Check DIVA settings and
Note 255 Insp. isoflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
flow!
Caution 060 Insp. isoflurane low Inspiratory Isoflurane con- Check volatile agent deliv-
age!
Caution 000 Insp. MAC > 3 Insp. vol. agent concentra- Check DIVA settings and
tion too high. Insp.3 MAC ex- fresh gas flow.
ceeded.
Caution 255 Insp. MAC > 5 Insp. vol. agent concentra- Check DIVA settings and
tion too high. Insp.5 MAC ex- fresh gas flow.
ceeded.
Caution 020 Insp. N2O high Upper limit of insp. N2O- Check O2-setting! Check
concentration exceeded for fresh gas flow! Flush with
2 breath. cycles. high fresh gas flow!
Caution 000 Insp. N2O low Inspiratory N2O concentra- Check N2O supply! Check
tion fell below lower limit for O2-setting! Check fresh gas
2 breath. cycles. flow!
Warning 180 Insp. O2 low Protect. System: Insp. O2 Check O2 concentration.
concentration lower than Check O2 supply. Use
21 %!. Fresh-gas control mode.


cation ority
Caution 000 Insp. oxygen high Upper limit of insp. Oxygen- Check Oxygen delivery set-
concentration exceeded for ting! Check fresh gas flow!
2 breath. cycles.
Warning 180 Insp. oxygen low Inspiratory Oxygen concen- Check O2 supply! Check
tration fell below lower limit Oxygen delivery setting!
for 2 breath. cycles. Check fresh gas flow!
Check SpO2 concentration!
Note 175 Insp. pressure sen- Failure of insp. pressure Check breathing pressure!
sor fail sensor. Measurement of Call DrägerService.
breathing pressure may be
inaccurate. Breathing press.
is measured by exp. sensor.
Caution 160 Insp. resistance Inspiratory resistance is in- Check insp. hose, tube and
high creased compared to self- filter.
test – Stenosis or high resist-
ance in insp. hose, tube or fil-
ter.
Caution 255 Insp. sevoflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
flow!
Caution 255 Insp. sevoflurane Insp. vol. agent mixture Check DIVA settings and
Note 255 Insp. sevoflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent deliv-
flow!
Caution 060 Insp. sevoflurane Inspiratory Sevoflurane con- Check volatile agent deliv-
low centration fell below lower ery setting! Check fresh gas
age!
Caution 254 Insp. vol. agent Volatile agent in inspiration Use Fresh-gas control
high higher than setpoint. mode.


cation ority
Caution 255 Insp. vol. agent Insp. vol. agent mixture Check DIVA settings.
high higher than 3 xMAC. Check fresh-gas flow.
Caution 250 Internal safety fan The safety fan for internal Shut down as soon as pos-
failed gas evacuation failed. If sible. Call DrägerService.
there is an internal leakage,
the O2 concentration in the
interior of the device may in-
crease. Danger of fire!
Warning 100 IV remote control Remote control of infusion Check infusion setting at
failed was terminated by the safety pump. Control infusion at
system! Infusion is contin- pump. To restart remote
ued. control System needs to be
restarted.
Caution 200 IV system discon- Communication error to Check connection of the
nected IV-System. Cable discon- IVDock to system, replace
nected. cable or IVDock. Call
DrägerService.
Note 125 IVDock incompati- IVDock has unknown ver- Exchange IVDock. Control
ble sion. infusion directly at the
pump. Call DrägerService.
Note 100 KVO pump 1 Volume limit of infusion 1 has Check infusion. Check vol-
been reached. 'Keep vein ume alarm limit. To change
open' function is activated. KVO configuration at the
Infusion continues with a low pump refer to the module
infusion rate (1 mL/h). DPS instructions.


cation ority
Note 050 LA check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 020 LA electrode fail Lead-off condition for indi- Check defective cables and
cated lead detected: -Broken electrodes. Reapply gel to
cable - Loose lead wire electrodes. Make sure the
- Faulty lead wire - Wrong skin is properly prepped.
lead -Dried out gel -Bad con- Select another ECG/ST
tact. lead. Set correct type of ca-
ble.
Note 025 LA hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 LA M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 LA M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 LA nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,


cation ority
Caution 050 LA out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Note 050 LA transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 LA transducer un- Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.
Note 050 LA zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Note 000 Leads invalid Lead-off condition detected: Check defective cables and
-Broken cable - Loose lead electrodes. Reapply gel to
wire -Faulty lead wire electrodes. Make sure the
- Wrong lead -Dried out gel skin is properly prepped.
-Bad contact. Select another ECG/ST
lead. Set correct type of ca-
ble.
Caution 045 Leak or fresh gas Fresh gas deficiency!. Tidal Increase fresh gas flow.
low volume cannot not be deliv- Check O2- and vol. agent
ered. Leak in breathing cir- settings. Check breathing
cle. circle and manual breathing
bag for leakage.
Note 100 Leakage or fresh Fresh gas deficiency! Man- Increase fresh gas flow.
gas low ual breathing bag not filled Check O2- and vol. agent
sufficiently. Leak in breathing settings. Check breathing
circle. circle and manual breathing
bag for leakage.


cation ority
Note 020 LL electrode fail Lead-off condition for indi- Check defective cables and
cable – Loose lead wire electrodes. Make sure the
-Faulty lead wire – Wrong skin is properly prepped.
ble.
Note 050 LV check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 LV D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 090 LV D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 025 LV hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 LV M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 LV M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Note 150 LV nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 LV out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Caution 125 LV S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 130 LV S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Warning 250 LV static Static pressure: -No pulse, Check patient and take ap-
catheters.
Note 050 LV transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 LV transducer un- Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.


cation ority
Note 050 LV zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Caution 000 Mains supply fail- Power failure. A fully Restore central power sup-
ure charged battery allows at ply. Check circuit breakers.
least 30 min of operation. Check battery capacity dis-
play. If capacity is < 10 %
the device may switch off!
Caution 020 Minute volume high Upper alarm limit of minute Check alarm limit. Check
volume exceeded. minute volume and respira-
tory rate.
Caution 200 Minute volume low Exp. minute volume lower Check limit setting. Check
than lower limit. Leakage in tube, hoses and breath.
breathing system; hose system. Check Pmax and
blocked. Volume deficiency Pinsp setting. Increase fresh
during press. limitation. gas flow.
Fresh-gas flow too low.
Warning 255 Mixer+DIVA failure Mixer and DIVA not opera- Open safety O2 valve. Con-
ble. Setting of ventilator not tinue case with IV drug.
possible! Check ventilation. Switch
'AN-VENTILATOR OFF'.
Warning 255 Mixer+DIVA failure Mixer and DIVA not opera- Open safety O2 valve. Con-
ble. Setting of ventilator not tinue case with IV drug.
possible! Check ventilation. Switch
'AN-VENTILATOR OFF'.
Note 100 MultiMed Pod dis- MultiMed cable not con- Check cables and connec-
connected nected or faulty during 3, 5, tions and replace if neces-
or 6-lead monitoring. sary.
Note 105 MultiMed Pod HW MultiMed cable failed during Check and change
failure 3, 5, or 6-lead monitoring. MultiMed cable. Call
DrägerService.
Note 050 N2O central supply N2O supply pressure too Check central supply.
high high. N2O-pressure
>8x 100 kPa.


cation ority
Note 100 N2O central supply N2O central supply pressure Open N2O cylinder. Re-
low is low. Wall outlet is faulty. move N2O plug from wall
N2O plug is not connected to outlet. Connect N2O plug to
wall outlet. wall outlet.
Caution 200 N2O cylinder empty N2O cylinder empty or not Reduce fresh-gas flow, use
open (<30x100 kPa) and Auto control mode. Open or
N2O supply lower than exchange N2O cylinder.
1.8x 100 kPa! Mixer contin- Check insp. concentrations.
ues with Air delivery! Check N2O supply.
Note 005 N2O cylinder sen- N2O high pressure sensor Connect sensor. Check
sor fail not connected. Sensor fail- sensor. Call DrägerService.
ure.
Note 025 N2O in fresh gas Carrier gas Air is in use but Use O2-Flush! Disconnect
N2O was detected in fresh N2O supply and cylinder
gas or in system.
Note 190 N2O sensor failure N2O sensor failed. No N2O- Observe insp. O2 concen-
Monitoring possible tration. Call DrägerService.
Caution 255 N2O supply fail N2O supply failed. Hose not Open N2O cylinder. Check
plugged into wall socket or central supply and hoses.
hose kinked.
Note 224 N2O supply low N2O supply pressure too Check N2O supply.
low. N2O pressure between
180 and 260 kPa N2O-deliv-
ery not within specification.
Caution 200 NIBP blocked line The inflation rate is too high Select a different cuff.
during the inflation cycle or Check the hose and cuff for
the time to dump the residual damage. Restart the meas-
cuff pressure at end of the urement.
deflation cycle is too short. If message does not clear
call DrägerService.
Caution 200 NIBP cannot meas- No sufficient pulse after Check the patient and take
ure 45 seconds. Pulse too low appropriate action. Move
for D/S values. Not enough cuff to a limb with less
adequate pulsations within movement. Check the hose
two minutes. and cuff. Check size and
placement of cuff.


cation ority
Caution 090 NIBP D high Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take ap-
outside alarm limits. propriate action. Change
place if necessary.
Caution 090 NIBP D low Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 050 NIBP hardware Non invasive blood pressure Call DrägerService
fault measurement failed.
Note 050 NIBP hose un- NIBP hose is unplugged. Reconnect the hose.
plugged
Caution 200 NIBP inflation fail Systolic pressure is higher Select higher inflation limit
than inflation limit. Pump or setting. Check hose and
valves have been energized cuff for obstructions. Dis-
for longer than 2 minutes connect and reconnect cuff.
(90 sec. neonatal mode). Replace if necessary. Call
DrägerService.
Caution 090 NIBP M high Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 NIBP M low Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 200 NIBP open line Inflation time during cuff in- Check to ensure that the
flation cycle is too long or in- hose and cuff are properly
flation rate is too low. connected to the monitor.
Check the cuff size to be
suitable for the patient.


cation ority
Caution 250 NIBP press exceed Cuff overpressure circuit has Do not use NIBP measure-
failed. ment. Call DrägerService.
Caution 210 NIBP press leak NIBP hose/cuff hose discon- Check connections! Re-
nected? Leakage in NIBP place cuff or hose!
hose/cuff?
Caution 125 NIBP S high Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 130 NIBP S low Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 200 NIBP time exceed A measurement took longer Repeat the measurement.
than 2 minutes (adult or
pediatric) or 90 seconds (ne-
onatal) and was aborted
(e.g. motion artefact).
Note 100 NIBP zero out of Monitor is unable to zero Check the patient and take
range transducer within 30 sec- appropriate action. Move
onds from start of NIBP pro- cuff to a limb with less
gram, usually because of movement. Call
motion artefact. DrägerService.
Note 100 NMT artefact Excessive signal noise due Check electrodes. Reapply,
to patient´s move- if necessary. Isolate patient
ment/tremor or interference from auxiliary equipment, if
from auxiliary equipment. necessary. Isolate patient
from extraneous movement
or vibration.
Note 250 NMT check elec- Current cannot be delivered. Check electrode. Reapply,
trodes Electrodes or connections if necessary. Check cable
not properly placed/function- connections.
ing.


cation ority
Note 200 NMT check sensor Sensor malfunctioning or Check sensor application.
disconnected. Replace accelerometer
sensor, if necessary.
Note 100 NMT check temp Temperature cable broken or Check temperature sensor.
sensor missing. Replace, if necessary.
Note 125 NMT initializing Pod is performing power-up Wait until self tests are com-
tests. Supramaximal current pleted. Wait until references
and reference twitch being are established.
detected. Pod is re-calibrat-
ing due to a rapid change in
twitch amplitude.
Note 150 NMT single out of Single mode parameter Check patient. Treat, if nec-
range value falls outside the meas- essary.
uring range (high).
Note 150 NMT temp out of Temperature value falls out- Check patient. Treat, if nec-
range side the measuring range essary. Check sensor. Re-
(high/low). place, if necessary.
Note 150 NMT temp out of Temperature value falls out- Check patient. Treat, if nec-
range side the measuring range essary. Check sensor. Re-
(high/low). place, if necessary.
Note 100 NMT using internal Reference twitch could not Check electrodes and sen-
reference be established. Patient might sor. Continue measurement
have been relaxed before using internal reference or
reference was established. change to TOF mode.
Note 250 O2 central supply O2 central supply pressure is Check if O2 is delivered to
low low. Wall outlet is faulty. O2 the patient. Open O2 cylin-
plug is not connected to wall der. Remove O2 plug from
outlet. wall outlet. Connect O2 plug
to wall outlet.
Warning 100 O2 delivery low ac- O2 delivery is working, but Check inspiratory O2
curacy not within the specified toler- concentration. Call
ance. A large deviation may DrägerService.
lead to the termination of
N2O or Air delivery.
Note 250 O2 sensor failure O2-Sensor failed. Auto con- Ensure sufficient oxygena-
trol delivery is not available. tion. Call DrägerService.
Note 050 Oxygen central Oxygen supply pressure too Check central supply.
supply high high. O2-pressure
>8x 100 kPa.


cation ority
Warning 134 Oxygen cylinder O2 cylinder empty or not Reduce fresh-gas flow, use
empty open (<20*100 kPa) and O2 Auto control mode. Open or
supply lower than exchange O2 cylinder.
1.8*100 kPa! Mixer contin- Check insp. O2 concentra-
ues with Air delivery! tion. Check O2 supply.
Note 255 Oxygen cylinder O2-cylinder pressure low. O2 Use filled O2 cylinder. Re-
low cylinder nearly emptied. store central supply.
Note 005 Oxygen cylinder O2 high pressure sensor not Connect sensor. Check
sensor fail connected. Sensor failure. sensor. Call DrägerService.
Warning 135 Oxygen supply fail Oxygen supply failed. Hose Open O2-cylinder. Check
not plugged into wall socket central supply. Check wall
or hose kinked. connector.
Note 254 Oxygen supply low Oxygen supply too low. O2 Check O2 supply. Prepare
supply between 180 and O2 backup cylinders.
260 kPa. O2-delivery not
within specification.
Note 050 PA check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 PA D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 090 PA D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 025 PA hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 PA M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Caution 100 PA M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 PA nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 PA out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Caution 125 PA S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 130 PA S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Warning 250 PA static Static pressure: -No pulse, Check patient and take ap-
-Press. transducer turned off propriate action. Open sys-
-Catheter tip lodged against tem by turning the 3-way
vessel wall, -Clot on the tap. Follow procedure for
catheter tip dislodging catheters. Fol-
catheters.
Note 050 PA transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 PA transducer un- Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.


cation ority
Note 050 PA zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Caution 100 Patient monitoring Complete patient monitoring Press reset button, if sys-
fail component failed. tem repair is desired. Sys-
tem will not be available for
appr. 30 sec.!
Caution 000 Pause Sequence of two beats clas- Check patient and take ap-
sified as normal or PVC, with propriate action.
interval? pause rate value in
seconds (100 ms)
Caution 060 PEEP high Measured PEEP 5 mbar Check breathing system.
above setpoint for more than Exchange autom exp.
10 breaths. valve. Call DrägerService.
Caution 050 PEEP/Pmax valve PEEP/Pmax valve is defec- Check breathing pressure
failure tive or the PEEP is higer than and volume. Ventilate man-
the setting. ually. Check breathing sys-
tem for dust particles. Call
DrägerService.
Note 050 Perform self test No self test performed within Perform self test.
24 hours.
Note 190 PGA fan failure Fan failure in patient gas Call DrägerService.
measuring module.
Caution 045 Pinsp not attained Due to a low fresh-gas flow Increase fresh-gas flow,
or leakage the set inspiratory seal leaks. Provide suffi-
pressure could not be at- cient ventilation.
tained.
Caution 080 Pinsp not attained Due to time settings the set If necessary, adjust ventila-
inspiratory pressure could tion settings for Pinsp, Pres-
not be attained. sure Support/PEEP, slope,
frequency and I/E. Provide
sufficient ventilation.
Caution 080 Pmax lim/VT not at- Due to time settings or Pmax If necessary, adjust ventila-
tained limitation the set volume tion settings for slope, fre-
could not be attained. Pa- quency and I/E. Check
tient compliance or resist- Pmax settings. Provide suffi-
ance have changed. cient ventilation.
Note 200 Power supply com- Communication failure of Use system only in case of
munic. fail power supply. Battery, temp. emergency.
and voltage monitor not Call DrägerService.
available.


cation ority
Caution 250 Power supply temp Power supply temperature Minimize power consump-
high too high. tion. Ventilate manually.
Switch off device as soon
as possible.
Caution 000 Press.supp. time Pressure support cycle was Check for tube/mask leak-
limited aborted. The OFF criterion age. Check patient settings.
(flow <25 % of max. insp. Use Pressure Control.
flow) was not reached within
4 sec.
Note 000 Printer error Could not access any printer. Choose another printer, if
available.
Caution 100 Protect sensor war- Protection sensor is not Latest after 1/2 hour the
mup available. Agent delivery re- protect sensor calibrates
quires a fresh gas flow again. After this the delivery
>3 L/min. may be available again.
Use fresh gas flow
>3 L/min.
Note 255 Protect water trap Protect water trap or gas Check Protect water trap
blocked measurement system and gas measurement sys-
blocked. Protect water trap tem – exchange, if neces-
full or expired. sary. Exchange water trap
at least every 4 weeks.
Caution 010 Protect water trap? Protect water trap or gas Check Protect water trap
measurement system and gas measurement sys-
blocked. Protect water trap tem – exchange, if neces-
full or expired. sary. Exchange water trap
at least every 4 weeks.
Caution 040 Pump 1 battery Infusion 1 stopped. Battery Reconnect IVDock to sys-
empty of pump 1 discharged. tem for power supply or ex-
change battery. Call
DrägerService.
Note 040 Pump 1 battery low Battery nearly empty. Reconnect IVDock to sys-
tem for power supply or ex-
DrägerService.
Caution 200 Pump 1 failure Infusion 1 stopped. Pump Exchange pump 1. Call
detected internal failure. DrägerService.
Note 120 Pump 1 incompati- Pump 1 hardware or soft- Control infusion at pump.
ble ware version not compatible. Replace pump for remote
Remote control not possible. control.


cation ority
Note 080 Pump 1 infusion Infusion limit is nearly Prepare next syringe if nec-
limit reached for pump 1. If limit is essary. Increase alarm limit
reached infusion will be if needed.
stopped!
Caution 150 Pump 1 infusion Upper alarm limit for infusion Check syringe 1. Check
limit volume 1 exceeded. Infusion alarm limits and increase
stopped. limit if necessary.
Caution 200 Pump 1 operation Remote control, setting or Check last setting of pump
failed start/stop of pump 1 failed. 1. Repeat setting or start of
pump, if necessary.
Caution 060 Pump 1 pressure Pressure drop in syringe 1 Check infusion line and
drop detected. Infusion line is connections at patient and
leaking. syringe side. Be aware of
leakages. Deactivate the
DPS- function at the pump.
Caution 060 Pump 1 pressure Pressure rise in syringe 1 Check infusion line 1 and
rise detected. Infusion line syringe 1. Deactivate the
kinked or blocked. DPS- function at the pump,
if appropriate.
Note 125 Pump 1 removed Pump 1 removed during run- Control infusion at the
ning infusion. pump. To restart remote
control reconnect pump.
Note 125 Pump 1 removed Pump 1 removed in stopped To restart remote control re-
mode. connect pump.
Note 100 Pump 1 unlocked Pump 1 is unlocked. Lock the pump.
DrägerService.
DrägerService.


cation ority
stopped!
pump, if necessary.
if appropriate.
mode. connect pump.
DrägerService.
DrägerService.


cation ority
stopped!
pump, if necessary.
if appropriate.
mode. connect pump.
DrägerService.
DrägerService.


cation ority
stopped!
pump, if necessary.
if appropriate.
mode. connect pump.
Caution 000 PVC high Premature ventricular con- Check patient and take ap-
tractions: PVCs per minute propriate action.
have exceeded the upper
alarm limit.
Note 050 RA check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 020 RA electrode fail Lead-off condition for indi- Check defective cables and
cable - Loose lead wire - electrodes. Make sure the
Faulty lead wire - Wrong lead skin is properly prepped.
-Dried out gel -Bad contact. Select another ECG/ST
lead. Set correct type of ca-
ble.


cation ority
Note 025 RA hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 RA M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 RA M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 150 RA nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 RA out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Note 050 RA transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 RA transducer un- Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.
Note 050 RA zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Note 000 Relearn Monitor has begun 10-sec- Prevent movement of the
ond capture of rest ECG patient.
waveforms.
Warning 030 Remove DIVA Anesth. agent from DIVA Remove DIVA module 1.
module 1 module 1 may get to the sys- Call DrägerService.
tem.
Warning 030 Remove DIVA Anesth. agent from DIVA Remove DIVA module 2.
module 2 module 2 may get to the sys- Call DrägerService.
tem.


cation ority
Note 150 Replace SpO2 sen- The SpO2 sensor is defec- Replace SpO2 sensor.
sor tive or of wrong type.
Note 020 RL electrode fail Lead-off condition for indi- Check defective cables and
- Faulty lead wire - Wrong skin is properly prepped.
ble.
Warning 200 Rotary knob stuck Rotary knob is stuck or was Press and turn rotary knob
pressed for more than repeatedly. If alarm condi-
10 seconds. tion persists, settings can-
not be adjusted anymore.
Note 050 RV check zero Pressure transducer for Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 RV D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 090 RV D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Note 025 RV hardware fail Invasive blood pressure Check hardware and re-
Caution 090 RV M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 100 RV M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.


cation ority
Note 150 RV nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 RV out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take ap-
necessary.
Caution 125 RV S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Caution 130 RV S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take ap-
place if necessary.
Warning 250 RV static Static pressure -No pulse, Check patient and take ap-
catheters.
Note 050 RV transducer fail Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. ducer.
Note 025 RV transducer un- Pressure transducer for Active pressure: reconnect
alarms.
Note 050 RV zeroing Mercury calibration in Complete calibration before
patient.
Caution 150 Safety O2 opened Safety O2 valve opened. Ad- To be used in case of emer-
ditional O2 fresh gas is deliv- gency only. Observe O2-
ered. and vol. agent concentra-
tion. At the end of operation
close the valve!


cation ority
Warning 255 Safety settings ac- Due to MIXER + DIVA fail- Check for additional mes-
tive ure, safety settings have sages. Check O2 and DIVA
been activated. settings.
Note 180 Sample line dis- Sample line leakage! Check CO2 sample line or
connected? water trap -CO2-.
Warning 100 SC: Internal error A software runtime error has A software reset is required
occured. SmartCare is not before SmartCare can be
available. restarted. Press 'Software
reset?' button. The system
will reboot and be available
again after approximately
30 seconds.
Warning 110 SC: Patient not SmartCare cannot be contin- Check patient data. Check
suitable ued. Patient values are not patient condition. Check
within the etCO2 and VT ventilation settings.
ranges.
Caution 095 SC: Recovery SmartCare could not induce Check patient medication.
failed spontaneous breathing dur- Check settings for Trigger.
ing recovery. Wait until patient is ready
for recovery.
Note 195 SC: Respiratory The patient might be ready Check the respiratory drive
drive might be suffi- for extubation. of the patient to determine if
cient the patient can be extu-
bated.
Note 195 SC: Respiratory The respiratory drive is suffi- Consider extubating the pa-
drive sufficient cient. tient.
Warning 100 SC: Severe hypov- etCO2 is too high. Check ventilation parame-
entilation ters.
Caution 085 SC: Spont. breath- Spontaneous breathing oc- Check patient medication.
ing detected curred during controlled ven- Allow spontaneous breath-
tilation. ing.
Note 195 SC: Spontaneous Spontaneous breathing ac- Check patient medication.
breathing insuffi- tivity of patient is insufficient. Check settings for Trigger.
cient
Caution 100 Service access al- Warning: The service access After finishing service deac-
lowed via cable connection is al- tivate 'Service access al-
lowed! Ensure that no pa- lowance'!
tient is connected.
Caution 000 Setting not con- Setting or change not con- Repeat last setting or
firmed firmed within the timeout of change if needed.
15 sec.


cation ority
Caution 250 Simulated patient Patient data is simulated by Use simulated patient data
data software. for demonstration purposes
only.
Warning 000 Sinus bradycardia 8 or more consecutive nor- Check patient and take ap-
mal beats, with an average propriate action. Check Ar-
rate < sinus bradycardia rate rhythmia settings. Neona-
setting. In neonatal mode: tal: Check BRADY settings.
heart rate lower BRDY-Set-
ting
Warning 000 Sinus bradycardia 8 or more consecutive nor- Check patient and take ap-
mal beats, with an average propriate action. Check Ar-
rate < sinus bradycardia rate rhythmia settings. Neona-
setting. In neonatal mode: tal: Check BRADY settings.
heart rate lower BRDY-Set-
ting
Warning 120 SmartCare can- Patient values are not within Check patient condition.
celed the etCO2 and VT ranges. A Remedy technical alarms.
technical problem occured. Check ventilation settings.
Note 100 Sound system er- The sound system failed. Only use system in case of
ror There will be no audible emergency. Observe visual
alarms. messages at all times.
Caution 125 SpO2 high SpO2 is above the current Observe the patient and
upper alarm limit. take appropriate action.
Note 100 SpO2 HW failure SpO2 measurement system Call DrägerService.
hardware failure.
Warning 250 SpO2 low SpO2 is below the current Observe the patient and
lower alarm limit. take appropriate action.
Note 250 SpO2 pulse search The monitor has not been Ensure the SpO2 sensor is
able to compute a valid properly attached to the pa-
measurement within the last tient and all cables are
30 seconds because of un- properly connected. Call
stable measurement condi- DrägerService.
tions.
Note 150 SpO2 sensor con- Too much or insufficient light Check sensor attachment
nected? is reaching the sensor or Check patient's condition.
measurement artefact Weak Check sensor and cables.
signal due to poor perfusion Relocate sensor to another
or low body temperature. extremity.
Note 100 SpO2 sensor The monitor does not recog- Check for defective or
invalid nize the connected sensor unapproved sensor.
as valid. Replace the sensor. Call
DrägerService.


cation ority
Note 200 SpO2 sensor un- Sensor cable not connected Check to ensure that cables
plugged to the MultiMed pod. are securely connected.
Check for defective sensor.
Note 010 SQI too low for BIS SQI (Signal Quality Index) Check sensor. This may oc-
value goes below 15 %. cur as a result of artefact
caused e.g. by eyeblinks or
motion. Isolate patient from
auxiliary equipment. Isolate
patient from extraneous
movement or vibration.
Check patient. Treat, if nec-
essary.
Caution 200 ST aVF high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
or lower alarm limit. fully and treat if clinically in-
dicated. Change the alarm
limits.
Caution 200 ST aVF low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST aVL high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST aVL low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST aVR high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST aVR low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Note 160 ST cannot analyze The monitor cannot deter- Perform a 'Relearn'. Calm
mine ST values owing to: the patient. Check elec-
-Absence of normal beats trodes and skin contact.
-Artefact Isolate from auxiliary equip-
ment if possible.


cation ority
Caution 200 ST I high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST I low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST II high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST II low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST III high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST III low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST V high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST V low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST V+ high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.
Caution 200 ST V+ low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient care-
limits.


cation ority
Caution 000 SV tachycardia Superventricular tachycar- Check patient and take ap-
dia: N or more consecutive propriate action.
normal beats, with a beat-to-
beat rate greater than or
equal to the SVT setting.
Note 050 Sync fail Defibrillator sync. output Call DrägerService.
failed
Caution 210 Sync. ventilation Insp. and exp. flow sensor Observe sensor error mes-
failure failed. No triggering for as- sages. Use alternative ven-
sisted ventilation available. tilator mode.
Warning 130 Syringe 1 empty Infusion 1 stopped. Control syringe and patient.
Syringe 1 empty. Replace syringe, if neces-
sary. To drain syringe com-
pletely, confirm the green
button at the pump. (Only
possible, if 'Empty syringe
mode' is configured).
Caution 050 Syringe 1 nearly Syringe 1 nearly empty. Control syringe. Prepare
empty 5 min until end of infusion or filled syringe, if necessary.
10 % volume left. (depend-
ing on infusion rate and type
of syringe)
Caution 125 Syringe 1 unlocked Infusion 1 can not start while Lock clasp at the pump 1.
clasp is unlocked. Control right position of the
syringe. and start infusion
or bolus.


cation ority
of syringe)
or bolus.
of syringe)
or bolus.
of syringe)


cation ority
or bolus.
Note 050 System restart re- System has been running for Shut down and restart the
quired more than 7 days. device at the next opportu-
nity.
Caution 050 System restart re- System has been running for Shut down and restart the
quired more than 14 days. device at the next opportu-
nity.
Warning 255 System restart re- Internal system error. Shut down and restart the
quired device as soon as possible.
Caution 150 T1 out of range Temperature value greater Check the patient and take
or less than measuring appropriate action. Check
range equipment and replace if
necessary.
Caution 150 T2 out of range Temperature value greater Check the patient and take
or less than measuring appropriate action. Check
range equipment and replace if
necessary.
Caution 000 Tachy Sinus tachycardia: N or more Check patient and take ap-
consecutive normal beats, propriate action.
with a beat-to-beat rate
>= TACH rate setting.
Note 050 Temp 1 hardware Temperature measurement Call DrägerService.
fail system failure.
Caution 210 Temp 1 high Temperature exceeds upper Check the patient and take
alarm limit. appropriate action. Check
necessary.
Caution 020 Temp 1 low Temperature exceeds lower Check the patient and take
necessary.


cation ority
Note 050 Temp 1 unplugged Cable defective or un- Check equipment and re-
plugged. place if necessary.
Note 050 Temp 2 hardware Temperature measurement Call DrägerService.
fail system failure.
Caution 200 Temp 2 high Temperature exceeds upper Check the patient and take
necessary.
Caution 020 Temp 2 low Temperature exceeds lower Check the patient and take
necessary.
Note 050 Temp 2 unplugged Cable defective or un- Check equipment and re-
plugged. place if necessary.
Caution 080 Tidal vol. high (Pmin At minimum airway pressure Change ventilation mode or
ltd.) tidal volume is higher then VT settings.
set. – Breathing settings not
adequate. – Patient breathes
spontaneously.
Caution 080 Tidal volume high Pressure Control: Upper limit Observe minute volume.
of insp. tidal volume has Check alarm limit of insp.
been exceeded multiple tidal volume and Pinsp set-
times. Volume Control: ting.
VTset x 1.3 exceeded.
Note 100 Tidal volume high Pressure Control: Upper limit Check alarm limit of
insp. tidal volume reached. insp.tidal volume. Switch off
Volume Control: AutoFlow mode.
VTset x 1.3 exceeded.
Caution 045 Tidal volume not at- Due to fresh-gas deficiency Increase fresh-gas flow,
tained the set volume could not be seal leaks. Provide suffi-
attained. cient ventilation.
Note 210 Time synchroniza- The clock has been synchro- This message will disap-
tion nized with system time. pear automatically after
15 seconds.


cation ority
Caution 125 TOF count high TOF count is higher than the Check patient, treat if nec-
the set alarm limit. essary. Change alarm limit
as appropriate.
Caution 250 TOF count low TOF count is lower than the Check patient, treat if nec-
set alarm limit. essary. Change alarm limit
as appropriate.
Note 100 Too many pumps Maximum number of pumps Only 4 pumps are displayed
exceeded. System only sup- and can be controlled.
ports up to 4 pumps.
Note 100 Trident pod discon- Trident pod not connected to Check cables and connec-
nected system. tions. Replace cables, if
necessary.
Note 105 Trident pod hard- Trident pod hardware failure. Check Trident pod
ware fail An unsupported pod is con- connection. Disconnect
nected. unsupported pod and
reconnect Trident pod. Call
DrägerService.
Note 150 Two BISx pods de- A second BISx Pod is con- Remove the BISx pod that
tected nected. was connected last.
Note 100 Two NMT pods de- A second NMT pod is con- Remove the NMT pod that
tected nected. was connected last.
Note 150 Two SpO2 sensors A second SpO2 sensor is Remove the SpO2 sensor
detected connected. connected last.
Note 000 Unable to learn No dominant complex for Check electrode applica-
QRS processing found after tion. Check leads. Choose
100 beats and until the end another lead for QRS
of learning phase. Learning processing.
will be continued.
Note 020 V electrode fail Lead-off condition for indi- Check defective cables and
cable – Loose lead wire electrodes. Make sure the
-Faulty lead wire – Wrong skin is properly prepped.
ble.
Note 020 V+ electrode fail Lead-off condition for indi- Check defective cables and
-Faulty lead wire - Wrong skin is properly prepped.
ble.


cation ority
Warning 045 VA delivery cutoff DIVA failure. DIVA delivery Continue anesthesia with
interrupted. IV drug.
Warning 045 VA delivery failure Failure of anesthetic agent Continue anesthesia with
delivery system! Or delivery IV drug.
terminated by protection sys- Call DrägerService.
tem. Delivery was switched
off!
Warning 045 VA delivery off Failure of anesthetic agent Continue anesthesia with
delivery. IV drug.
Warning 255 Vent+mixer+DIVA Failure of Ventilator, mixer Open O2 Safety valve.
cutoff and DIVA. Mixer and DIVA Monitor ventilation by
interrupted. press. gauge.
Warning 255 Vent. fibr. / Vent. Ventricular fibrillation: The Check patient and take ap-
tach. monitor identifies a sinusoi- propriate action.
dal waveform with fibrillation
characteristics.
Note 100 Vent. turbine temp. Temperature of ventilator tur- Reduce breathing pres-
high bine is too high. sure! Ventilate manually!
Warning 135 Ventilator failure Failure of automatic ventila- Ventilate manually! Switch
tion: - Ventilator turbine to Fresh-gas control! Check
failed - Temperature of venti- breathing system and tur-
lator too high. bine. Call DrägerService.
Caution 000 Ventr. bigeminy Sequence of beats with the Check patient and take ap-
pattern: normal, PVC, nor- propriate action.
mal, PVC, normal
Caution 000 Ventr. couplet Sequence of beats with the Check patient and take ap-
pattern: normal, PVC, PVC, propriate action.
normal
Warning 000 Ventr. tachycardia Ventricular tachycardia: N or Check patient and take ap-
more PVCs are detected in propriate action.
an interval T = (60 * (N – 1))
/ R, where N = VT count and
R = VT-rate
Caution 000 Ventricular run Ventricular run: Series of 3 to Check patient and take ap-
N-1 consecutive PVCs with a propriate action.
beat-to-beat rate > the VT
rate.


cation ority
Note 250 Vol. agent sensor Volatile agent sensor not op- Continue anesthesia with
failure erable. IV drug.
Caution 210 Volume-controlled Volume controlled ventilation Use pressure controlled
vent. fail failed because of flow sensor ventilation.
failure.
Caution 060 Wrong volatile Detected agent is different Check MAC values! Man.
agent detected from selected type: – The delivery: flush with high
agent has been changed – fresh gas flow Auto-deliv-
The DIVA module contains ery: system flushes auto-
the wrong agent matically! Exchange the
DIVA module, check con-
tent!

Metering module faults
In operation
Fault Cause Remedy

No metering or too high/low The metering module is empty. Refill the metering module.
metering.
No anesthetic agent concentra- Set anesthetic agent concentra-
tion set at the device. tion at the device.
No metering module connected Connect metering module.
The automatic anesthetic agent Device error or incorrect filling.
detector indicates a different an- Do not activate the metering
esthetic agent from the metering module!
module.
Contact DrägerService
Smell of anesthetic agent, re- Leakage at the interface or meter- Do not activate the metering
lease of anesthetic agent va- ing module faulty module!
por.
(Self test failed.) Change metering module.
Contact DrägerService about the
faulty metering module or if the
error message occurs again.
The lock of the filling device is not Tighten the lock of the filling de-
tightened or the seal is defective. vice firmly and check the seal.
Contact DrägerService if neces-
sary.
Drain plug is not closed. Tighten drain plug.
(Not with DES)
The lever of the safety filling de- Have the lever readjusted.
vice is too slack so the seal is not
under sufficient pressure.
The locking bolt of the filling de- Loosen the lever, depress the
vice is not completely inserted. locking bolt completely, retighten
the lever.
The sight glass display is faulty. Contact DrägerService
Anesthetic gas scavenging sys- Connect the AGSS.
tem AGSS is not connected
Anesthetic agent leaking. The locking bolt/cap is not locked. Lock it.

Fault Cause Remedy

Smell of anesthetic agent dur- In the event of an extreme rise in Do not inhale the anesthetic
ing or after transport/storage. temperature and/or drop in at- agent vapor. Air the room. Allow
mospheric pressure, anesthetic the metering module to settle at
agent vapor can escape or liquid room temperature. Observe the
anesthetic agent can leak as a re- application range of the filled
sult of pressure in the metering metering module.
module.
When filling and emptying
Fault Cause Remedy

Anesthetic agent flows out of Drain valve not closed. Close drain valve.
the drain port.
Anesthetic agent is escaping The filling adapter is not screwed Screw the filling adapter on
at the cylinder thread. firmly onto the bottle. firmly.
The seal in the screw cap of the Check the seal.
filling adapter is missing or dam-
aged.
Anesthetic agent is escaping The filling adapter is not com- Loosen the lever, insert the filling
at the filling device. pletely inserted or the lever is not adapter completely, tighten the
firmly tightened. lever.
The lever is not pressing firmly Have the lever readjusted.
enough onto the filling adapter.
The filling adapter is damaged. Use another filling adapter.
The seal of the filling device is Check the seal of the metering
damaged. module.
Anesthetic agent flows out of The metering module is filled Empty metering module up to
the overflow hole. above maximum. the maximum mark.
The locking bolt cannot be The lever is not sufficiently Open the lever further or have it
pulled out. opened or the lever is incorrectly readjusted.
adjusted.
Anesthetic agent does not The locking bolt/cap is closed. Open the locking bolt/cap.
flow out when emptying.
Close again tightly after empty-
ing.

Fault Cause Remedy

Anesthetic agent flows out The bottle is not completely Unscrew the bottle from the
when emptying with Quik Fil. screwed on or incorrectly emptying tool, then screw it on
screwed on so the bottle valve again.
does not open.
Escaping anesthetic agent The O-ring on the anesthetic Remove bottle from the filling de-
when filling/emptying the des- agent bottle is damaged. vice. Perform the process again
flurane metering module with a new bottle.
Escaping anesthetic agent or Leaking valve or sealing com- Close the filling device with the
saturated vapor from opened pound in the desflurane filling de- locking cover. Contact
desflurane filling device (lock- vice. DrägerService.
ing cover is removed from fill-
ing port).
Remove bottle when filling before Close the filling device with the
it has been emptied completely. locking cover.


Configuration
Configuration
Configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Manage setups for Profiles and Views . . . . . . . 323
Loading profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Saving profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Renaming profiles/views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
New profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Assigning or deleting profile keys . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Deleting Profiles/Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Profiles Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Protecting profiles/views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Overview of additional settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Configuring the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Configuring buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Configuring brightness and volume . . . . . . . . . 334
Configuring colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Configuring basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

General settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Event recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Configuring web applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
NIBP/SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Infinity configuration (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Configuring MediBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Disabling options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
More settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Other functions of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Help dialog window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Stopwatch dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Service functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Service call dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Configuration
Configuration information
Zeus IE is provided with comprehensive features grammable profiles can be generated and saved.
for configuring all settings to suit different applica- A profile contains both, profile settings and view
tions. settings.
Zeus IE settings are divided into three groups: The following non-deletable profiles are supplied by
– Basic settings the manufacturer:
– Profile settings – Neonatal (5 kg)
– View settings – Pediatric patients 1 (20 kg)
– Pediatric patients 2 (40 kg)
The basic settings contain the settings that are
– Adults 1 (80 kg)
made once for a department or a device location
– Adults 2 (100 kg)
and then not usually modified again. These set-
tings, which can only be accessed in system When starting a new case, the profile defined by
standby with the aid of an access code, include for the user as the default is always loaded.
example: units of measurement, language, current
The view settings contain the parameters for dis-
time, and communication settings.
playing data and curves as well as the sensor set-
The profile settings contain the settings for venti- tings. This defines color, appearance, curve scal-
lation, gas delivery, IV delivery, screen, and alarm ing, etc. Up to 16 views can be generated and
limits as well as presets for the patient data (age, saved. For example, a view can be saved with or
weight, etc.). For different patient categories and without IV data display.
applications up to 16 different so-called user-pro-
When starting a new case, the view settings are
provided by the profile selected.
Calling up during op-

eration or in system
standby Zeus IE settings
Basic settings Profile settings View settings

(units, languages, prices, drug library, (ventilation settings, screen settings, (curves, tone volume, color, etc.)
etc.) alarms, etc.)
Load/Save Load/Save
Profiles View
(5 factory profiles, up to (1 factory view, up to
16 user profiles) 16 user views)
248

Configuration
System setup
Prerequisite: The System setup button has been System setup

1200
G H I J K L B
C
D
0
0 20
2
mL/mbar mbar/L/s
1
4
A E
2
3
F 3
3 4
410
The Manage setups page displays two vertical
311
tabs:
z In the main menu bar, touch the System setup
– Profiles (B)
button (A).
– Views (C)
The System setup dialog window will be opened.
z Touch the Profiles tab (B).
The following settings can be configured in the
The page for setting the profiles with the following
System setup dialog window:
options appears:
– Manage setups
D Button for deleting the assigned order of the
– Sensors/ Parameters
profile keys
– IBP
E Five buttons (profile keys) for determining the
– MixGas/ Ventilation order of the profiles for the startup dialog
– Infusion F Buttons for administration of the presets
– Alarms
– Screen layout The following is displayed for each profile:
– Basic settings G Profile name: Dräger Neo., Dräger Ped. 1,
– Autoset limits Dräger Ped. 2, Dräger Adult 1, Dräger
Adult 2 or user-defined profiles
H Categ.: Symbols for adults , pediatric pa-
tients , neonates
Manage setups for Profiles and Views I Key: Assigned profile key
J Last change: Date and time
z In the main menu bar, touch the System setup K Default: Indication that the profile is preset
button. (tick)
The System setup > Manage setups dialog win- L Protected: Indication that the profile is saved
dow appears. and access code protected (lock icon)

Configuration
System setup
1 Select the desired profiles/views from the Pro-
file name list or the View name list using the ro-
tary knob.
N O P 2 Touch the Load button (A) and confirm with ro-
C tary knob.
The saved settings of the profiles or views selected
overwrite all current settings. Profiles can only be
changed in standby mode. Views can be adapted
during operation. The screen shows the name of
M the selected profile in the patient data field (below
the patient name), see page 44.
313
CAUTION
z Touch the Views tab (C).
The applicability of the data from the loaded con-
The page for view settings with the following op- figuration must be checked individually by the
tions appears: user for each patient to eliminate the risk of incor-
M Buttons for administration of the presets rect settings and ensure the patient's safety.
The following is displayed for each view:
N View name
O Last change: Date and time Saving profiles/views
P Protected: Indication that the profile is saved
and access code protected (lock icon) The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page
opens.
Loading profiles/views System setup
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page

opens.
System setup
1
2
3
4
A 5
410
1
2
If the profiles/views have not been access code
3 protected, profiles/views that already exist can be
4 overwritten using Save.
A 5
z Touch the Save button (A) and confirm with ro-
410
tary knob.

Configuration
Renaming profiles/views New profiles/views
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page
opens. opens.
System setup System setup
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
A 5 A 5
410
410
1 Select the required profiles or views from the 1 All settings saved to the new profile or to the
Profile name list or View name list with the ro- new view must be checked before saving and
tary knob. corrected, if necessary.
2 Touch the Rename button (A). 2 Touch the Profiles or Views tab.
A keyboard with the current name opens. 3 Touch the New button (A).
3 Change the name and confirm with rotary knob. A keyboard field appears.
The required name is thus activated. 4 Give the profile or view a meaningful name
(e.g., Adult) and confirm with Enter or by
The Dräger default Profiles/Dräger default
pressing the rotary knob.
views cannot be changed.
The name appears as the current profile in the pa-
tient data field (below the profile name),
see page 44.

Configuration
Assigning or deleting profile keys Deleting Profiles/Views
System setup The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page
opens.
System setup
B
1
2
A 3
1
4
2
5
3
410
4
The page Manage setups > Profiles opens.
A 5
415
Assigning profile keys 1 Touch the Profiles or Views tab.
Use the vertical buttons (A) to assign the profiles to 2 Use the rotary knob to select the profile or view
the 5 profile keys in the Startup dialog to be deleted from the Profile name list or View
(see page 109). name list.
1 Use the rotary knob to select the required profile 3 Touch the Delete button (A) and confirm with ro-
from the list. tary knob.
2 Select button 1 to 5 and confirm with rotary The required setting is then deleted. Access code
knob. protected profiles or views must be unlocked be-
forehand!
Deleting assigned profile keys Dräger default profiles/Dräger default views and
the loaded profile or view currently active cannot be
The button (B) can be used to delete the assigned
deleted.
profile key. In this case, the corresponding profile
key does not appear in the Startup dialog
(see page 109). A profile marked with Default can-
not be deleted from the startup dialog.
1 Select the required profile with the rotary knob.
2 Touch the (C) button and confirm with rotary
knob.
The profile key does not appear in the startup dia-
log.

Configuration
Profiles Default Protecting profiles/views
The Default property defines the default setting With the Protect property, the profile or view setting
which is loaded when the device is switched on (not cannot be renamed, deleted or saved.
with Views).
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page
Only profiles that are assigned to a profile key can opens.
be defined as the default.
System setup
The Manage setups > Profiles page opens.
System setup
1
2
3
1
4
2
3 A 5
410
4
1 Touch the Profiles or Views tab.
A 5
410
2 Use the rotary knob to select the profile or the

If a specific start setting is required: view to be protected from the Profile name list
or the View name list.
1 Use the rotary knob to select the required profile
from the Profile name list. 3 Touch the Protect button (A).
2 Touch the Default button (A). The button turns dark green and the dialog window
for the access code opens.
3 Enter access code and confirm with rotary
knob. 4 Enter the access code and confirm with rotary
knob.
The Default button is now dark green. This profile
is preset after switching on the device and when
calling up new patient data (default setting). Release profiles/views
Unlocking protected profiles or views:
1 Select the profile or view.
2 Touch the Protect button.
3 Enter the access code and confirm with rotary
knob.
The required setting is then unlocked.

Configuration
Overview of additional settings
System setup
A B C D E F G H
I
412
The other horizontal tabs show the parameters and

presets of:
A Sensors/ Parameters (see page 197)
B IBP (see page 225)
C MixGas/ Ventilation (see page 189)
D Infusion (see page 142)
E Alarms with the monitored lower and upper lim-
its (see page 162)
F Screen layout (see page 329)
G Basic settings
Basic settings can only be changed in system
standby in the Biomed service dialog window
and are access code protected, see page 335.
H Autoset limits
z Touch the Edit button (I).
The respective dialog window appears. Corre-
sponding changes can be made (not with Infu-
sion tab).

Configuration
Configuring the screen
1:35
Screen layout
Screen setup
A
A B
C
D
E
301
z In the main menu bar, touch the Screen setup

(A) button.
432
The Screen setup > Screen layout dialog window
appears. The Screen layout (A) shows the settings for:
The following settings can be configured in the A General

Screen setup dialog window: B Waveforms
– Screen layout C Data
– Customize buttons
– Brightn./ Volume D Web access
– Colors

Configuration
Screen layout General Display of mini-trends
The Screen layout > General page (A) opens. 1 Touch the On button for Display mini trends
(G).
Screen setup
If the Off button under Additional monitoring field
has not been activated:
B A – The parameters currently set are displayed as a
C mini-trend between the current curve and the
loop display and flow tubes.
D
E If the Off button under Additional monitoring field
has been activated:
F
G – The parameters current set are displayed as a
mini-trend on the left next to the current param-
H
eter curves.
432
Trend length is 30 minutes (intervals of 5 minutes).

The following screen settings can be configured: The individual parameters can be called up under
B Display mode: Day light, Day dark, Night the following displays in the Trends/Data dialog
– Day light: Displays a bright background window for an accurate analysis:
with bright buttons and dialog windows – Graph. trend display
– Day dark: Displays a dark background with – Tab. trend display, see page 184.
bright buttons and dialog windows
– Night: Displays a completely darkened
background
C Waveform speed: Hemodynamics [mm/s]
D Waveform speed: Ventilation [mm/s]
E Ventilation waveforms: Waveform Filled or as
a Line
F Waveform smoothing: On, Off
If lines are selected for displaying the wave-
forms, smoothing can be switched on or off.
G Display mini trends: On, Off
H Additional monitoring field:
– Loop,
– O2, CO2,
– HR, NIBP,
– HR, NIBP, SpO2,
– Off
Other displays of parameters as loop or trend
display in combination with the flow tubes,
see page 194.

Configuration
Setting mini-trends / loops for additional Changing curve configuration

monitoring
Screen setup
For displaying mini-trends and/or ventilation loops
with display of flow tubes:
1 Touch the buttons
B C
– Loop, A
– O2, CO2,
– HR, NIBP
or D
– HR, NIBP, SpO2
under the Additional monitoring field option.
The option selected is displayed on the screen E
433
above the flow tubes as a loop or mini-trend.
Maximum 7 curves can be selected. Exception: For
2 Touch the Off button for Additional monitoring the IBP comb. module, 4 IBP curves are displayed
field. in one field at double the height.
Loops, mini-trends and flow tubes are not dis- 1 Touch the Waveforms tab (A).
played.
2 The arrow keys ( ) can be used to add
If the Display mini trends option has been acti- curves to the configuration from the Available
vated, the parameters current set are displayed as list (B) or to remove curves from the configura-
a mini-trend on the left next to the current parame- tion from the Displayed list (C).
ter curves.
The Up or Down buttons (D) can be used to
Display of ventilation loops, see page 194 and flow configure the position of the curves on the
tubes, see page 196. screen.
The loops are always displayed in combination with 3 Touch the Apply changes button (E) to apply
the flow tubes. the changes.

Configuration
Configuring data Configuring web access (optional)
Screen setup
A B
B C
A
D
474
E
Web access on the screen is activated in the
447
Screen setup > Web access dialog window.

Maximum 5 data fields can be configured.
1 Select the appropriate web access (A).
1 Touch the Data tab (A).
The dialog window for logging on opens.
2 The arrow keys ( ) can be used to add data
to the configuration from the Available list (B) 2 Touch the Stop button (B).
or to remove data from the configuration from
The web access is closed.
the Displayed list (C).
Web access is configured in the Basic settings >
If a certain area on the screen should remain
Web access dialog window, see page 345.
empty, it must be selected from the Available
(Empty) list.
The Up and Down buttons (D) can be used to Configuring buttons
configure the position of the data on the screen.
The parameters are positioned on the screen For direct access to a function or to open a page di-
from right to left. The top most parameter in the rectly, additional buttons can be configured in the
list is displayed on the far right. main menu bar. These buttons are spatially as-
signed to the corresponding group.
3 Touch the Apply changes button (E) to apply
the changes.
Screen setup
If all data parameters are removed from the Dis-
played list (C), the line with the data modules
A
disappears from the monitoring area.
C
B D
E
418
z Touch the Customize buttons tab (A).

Configuration
A list (B) of all configurable buttons opens. The fol- Repositioning buttons in the main menu bar
lowing buttons can be selected:
The associated buttons are repositioned in the re-
– Open dialog: Screen setup
spective group in the main menu bar.
– Open dialog: Brightness/Volume
– Open dialog: Help 1 Touch the Change button position button (D).
– Open dialog: New patient
All buttons in the main menu bar are displayed in
– Open dialog: Patient setup
yellow.
– Open dialog: Sensors/Parameters
– Open dialog: System setup Select the button to be moved from the main menu
– Open dialog: Web access bar.
– Direct action: Zero all BPs
The color of the selected button remains yellow and
– Direct action: Stop all pumps
all other buttons turn green.
– Direct action: Display all
– Direct action: Print screen 2 Move the selected button and confirm with the
– Direct action: Apnea alarms off rotary knob.
– Direct action: CO2 alarms off
– Direct action: Print case
Removing buttons from the main menu bar
– Direct action: CBM mode on
– Direct action: Freeze waveforms 1 Touch the Remove button button (D).
– Direct action: CV alarms off
All buttons that can be deleted are displayed in the
– Direct action: Neuro alarms off
main menu bar in yellow.
– Direct action: NMT start
– Direct action: Switch to next web application 2 Touch the respective button.
– Direct action: SmartPilot
The button is removed from the main menu bar.
– Direct action: Recorder start
– Direct action: Confirm technical alarms
– Web access 1 to 4
Configuring buttons in the main menu bar

1 Select the required button from the list (B).
The button (C) displays the selected button and its
function. The group assignment icon is displayed at
the same time.
2 Touch the (C) button.
The selected button is automatically assigned to
the respective group in the main menu bar.

Configuration
Configuring brightness and volume Configuring colors
Screen setup
Assigning or changing the colors for individual pa-
rameters.
A
Screen setup
B A
B C
C
D D
434
420
z Touch the Brightn./ Volume tab (A).
1 Touch the Colors tab (A).
B Screen brightness [%] 2 Select the respective parameters from the list
C Alarm tone volume [%] (B).
D Pulse tone volume [%] 3 Touch the required color (C).
WARNING All parameters with the same color are listed under
Risk of not hearing the alarm tone Assigned params (D).
During operation in louder environments, the

acoustical alarm signals might not be heard.
Always set the alarm tone to be sufficiently
loud.

Configuration
Configuring basic settings
2 Touch the On button under Basic settings (B).

The Access: Basic settings dialog window opens.
The 4-digit access code can be entered.
A
Access: Basic settings
300
Basic settings can only be configured from the sys-

tem standby screen.
304
1 Touch the Biomed service button (A) in system
standby.
The Biomed service dialog window opens.
Biomed service
B
C
D
E
F
303
The following settings can be configured in the Bi-

omed service dialog window:
B Basic settings (access code required)
C Data simulation (access code required), only
visible on units with integrated patient monitor-
ing
D Service call
E Service access (access code required)
F Service mode (access code required)

Configuration
Entering the access code General settings

1 Touch numeric keys.
Basic settings
2 Then touch .
If the access code is correct, the Basic settings di- A
alog window opens. B
C
Basic settings 1 D
A E
F
G
H
B
423
The General settings page (A) displays the follow-
ing vertical tabs:
2 B General
C Units
423
D Printer
The horizontal tabs (A) for the basic settings con- E USB devices
tain the settings for: F Alarm standard
– General settings G Date/Time
– Infusion H Trend order
– Event recorder
– Web access
– NIBP/SpO2
– Infinity config.
– MediBus config.
– Disable options
– More settings
More settings are possible on the vertical tabs (B).

Configuration
General Exporting and importing setups
CAUTION
Basic settings
Computer viruses
Mass storage devices can contain computer vi-
ruses which can impair the operation of Zeus IE.
A C – Check mass storage devices for computer vi-
D ruses before using them with Zeus IE.
E – Do not use any mass storage device contain-
ing computer viruses with Zeus IE.
F
z Touch the Export/Import of setups button (F).
G
B The Export and import of setups dialog window
423
will be opened.
The General settings > General page opens. The Export and import of setups
following settings are possible:
G
A Language: Language selection of the user in-
terface H I
NOTE
Select only languages which can be understood!
B Location: The keyboard can be used to enter a

name for the location/site of the device.
C Gas color standard: ISO, Neutral
448
D Flow-volume loop: ISO, Dräger
These buttons are used to define the coordinate 1 Touch the Export/ Import tab (G).
axes for the flow/volume loop display. When
A message with corresponding instructions is dis-
ISO is selected, the display is the inverse of the
played.
Dräger display.
2 Insert the USB stick into the USB port.
E Access to colors/ customize buttons:
Allowed, Denied
F Access to config. profile keys 1-5: Allowed,
Denied
If Denied is enabled, the profile key assignment
cannot be changed and the profile keys cannot
be seen in the System setup dialog window,
see page 323.
G Export/Import of setups: A USB stick can be
used to export and import profile and view set-
ups as well as basic settings.

Configuration
Exporting setups: Installation of basic settings

Prerequisite: USB stick has been installed,
Export and import of setups
see page 341
z Touch the Export setup to USB stick button
N
(H) and confirm with rotary knob.
O P
All profile and view setups are exported to a USB
stick.
Importing setups:
Prerequisite: USB stick has been installed,
see page 341
327
3 Touch the Import setup from USB stick button
(I) and confirm with rotary knob. 1 Touch the Basic settings tab (N).
Data from the USB stick is imported into a separate 2 Touch the Install button (O) and confirm with ro-
database. tary knob.
The imported basic settings overwrite the current
Installation of profiles and views basic settings.
Export and import of setups A reboot is required if the imported settings over-
write previously activated or deactivated options.
z Touch the Press to reboot button (P) and con-
J firm with rotary knob.
K L
M
450
After selecting the Install views or Install profiles

tab (J), all available profile and view setups are dis-
played.
1 Select the respective views or profiles from the
Imported views or Imported profiles (K) and
Installed views or Installed profiles (L) lists.
2 Touch the Install button (M) and confirm with
rotary knob.
The selected views or profiles applied to the sys-
tem.

Configuration
Installing all Units
Export and import of setups The General settings > Units page opens.
Q Basic settings
R
A F
B G
C H
D I
449
E J
A complete configuration is applied to the system
446
from the USB stick without having to individually se-
lect views or profiles. The existing profiles or views The following settings are possible:
are deleted.
A N2O: %, kPa
1 Touch the Install all tab (Q).
B CO2: %, mmHg, kPa
A message featuring information regarding the soft-
ware version to be installed or information about C Volatile anesthetic agent: %SL, kPa
which configurations are installed appears. D Gas measurem. correction: BTPS, normal
2 Touch the Install all button (R) and confirm with E Gas supply: kPa, kPa x 100, MPa, bar, psi
rotary knob.
F Temperature: °C, °F
The process is cancelled if the menu changes to
the startup dialog or the device test is activated. G NIBP, IBP: mmHg, kPa
The drug library is not part of the profile and has to H Weight: kg, lbs.
be imported separately, see page 149. I Height: cm, inch
J Airway pressure: hPa, kPa, mbar

Configuration
Printer CAUTION
If office equipment or components such as a
The General settings > Printer page opens.
printer or network switch are used in conjunction
with Zeus IE, the products must conform to pro-
Basic settings
tection class 1 and meet the requirements of
IEC 60950-1.
Such devices or components must not be con-
nected to the auxiliary Zeus IE sockets. They may
only be connected via Ethernet.
These devices or components must be installed
outside the patient environment (1.5 m round the
patient bed or operating table) and must not be
touched by the user at the same time as the pa-
tient.
443
If ignored, it can put the patient and user at risk.

The list of available printers (defined in the operat-
ing system) appears. The settings are made by With regard to the following printers, Dräger has
DrägerService. given approval confirming correct data exchange:
The printer selected here only prints the current – Zeus IE with HP Laser Jet 4250N
screen. – Zeus IE with HP Laser Jet 4015N
The network printer, which is connected via the In- – Zeus IE with HP Laser Jet 600
finity network, can print out all graphic and tabular
trends. CAUTION
Do not touch electrical contacts of connected data
CAUTION
cables and patients simultaneously. The electric
Danger resulting from incorrect connection of the data cables could place the patient at risk or
printer measurement signals could be affected.
If incorrect printer cables are used, these cables
may cause the leakage current to exceed the per- CAUTION
missible requirement for medical devices and If additional medical devices are plugged into the
may present a hazard if the patient comes into auxiliary sockets, the user must ensure that the
contact with them. requirements of IEC 60601-1-1 are met.
If the printer is connected to the LAN port, use Plugging medical devices into the auxiliary sock-
printer cable MK04638. Connect the printer cable ets can bring about a considerable increase in dis-
corresponding to the labeling for the cable on the charge current above permitted levels.
printer.
If ignored, it can put the patient and user at risk.

Configuration
USB devices Starting the installation:

1 Touch the Install new device button (A).
The General settings > USB devices page opens.
Additional components can be installed. The 2 Connect the USB device to be installed.
Zeus IE supports mass storage and input devices. Observe the message on the screen.
After successful installation, the The following de-
CAUTION
vices have been detected message appears on
Unsupported USB devices the screen.
USB devices that are not supported or have too
high a current consumption may impair correct
device operation.
Use only supported USB devices with a maximum
current consumption of 500 mA.
CAUTION
(e.g., USB printers) may endanger patients and
users.
Connect only USB devices that do not have their
own mains power supply to Zeus IE.
CAUTION
Computer viruses
Mass storage devices can contain computer vi-
ruses which can impair the operation of Zeus IE.
– Check mass storage devices for computer vi-
ruses before using them with Zeus IE.
– Do not use any mass storage device contain-
ing computer viruses with Zeus IE.
Basic settings
A
314

Configuration
Alarm standard C Minimum alarm volume: 10 to 100 in steps of

10
The General settings > Alarm standard page The buttons for minimum alarm volume are
opens. used to set the minimum volume with which an
Basic settings
alarm tone is signaled.
In the Screen setup > Brightn./ Volume dialog
window, the Alarm tone volume [%] setting is
A limited accordingly.
B
C
442
The following settings are possible:

A Alarm bar LED: On, Off
When the alarm bar LED is activated, it lights up
according to the color of the alarms.
– Technical alarm: no alarm color
– Medium priority alarm (caution): yellow,
alarm bar flashes yellow
– Highest priority alarm (warning): red, alarm
bar flashes red
B Rotary knob LED: On, Off, Auto
When activating the rotary knob LED function,
the LED edge of the rotary knob on the screen
lights up based on the setting:
– On: Continuous blue (not in standby and
self test)
– Auto: Blue depending on the display mode
of the screen setting (only Day light)
– Off: None
If confirmation is required, the LED edge lights
up yellow independent of these settings.

Configuration
Date, time K Apply date/time

If Zeus IE is in an Infinity network, the date and time
The General settings > Date/Time page opens. are specified by the network.
Basic settings The information (L) Time synchronization with
Infinity network is active. is displayed.
L
E Sorting trends
A F
B G The General settings > Trend order page opens.
C Basic settings
H
D I
K J
A A A A A
441

A Date B
B Time
If the date and time settings are changed, the color B C
of the button (J) switches to green. After touching
the button (J), the local clock of the device is ad-
493
justed to these settings and the settings are trans-
ferred to the Infinity Network (if available). On the Trend order page, each column (A) corre-
sponds to a certain tabular trend. The order in
C Date format: Default, M-D-Y, D-M-Y which the parameters in the respective trend are
D Time format: Default, 12, 24 displayed can be configured with the buttons (B).
E Constant readiness for operation: On, Off 1 Touch the Trend order tab (C).
When the function is activated, a continuous 2 Touch the parameter or select it with the rotary
working day is defined. The gas measurement knob.
is then permanently ready for use. The buttons
for the start and end of the working day are not 3 Set the desired order with the buttons (B).
active.
F Operating time begins at: Enter time
G Operating time ends at: Enter time
H Time-controlled self test starts at: Enter time
I Time-controlled self test: On, Off
J Autostart self test after power up: On, Off

Configuration
Infusion Basic settings
The page Infusion > General (A) opens.

Basic settings
c
A
601
The Access code dialog window opens. The 4-
digit access code can be entered.
600
The full description, see "Drug library"

For all syringe pumps, the standard alarm limit can on page 149.
be configured for each syringe size:
B Pressure
z Touch the corresponding button and set the de- Event recorder
sired value.
The Event recorder > User log page opens.
The standard alarm limits are automatically acti-
vated if the drug is changed during operation. For Basic settings
setting ranges, see chapter "Alarms > All limits > In-
fusion" on page 171".
Drug library
The drug data is managed in the drug library.
z Touch the Drug library tab (C).

A B C
440
All setting changes and events are documented.

Use the buttons (A) and (B) to scroll up and down
in the log book.
Use the Refresh button (C) to display the last event
in the log book.

Configuration
Configuring web applications E Display scroll bar: To turn the lateral scrollbar
on and off in a web application
The options for web access make it possible to dis- F All web applications are displayed on the se-
play and run applications from the hospital intranet. lected screen
An option is required for each application.
G Tab with the available web applications (Web
CAUTION acc. 1 – Web acc. 4). The pages have an iden-
Only have network functions configured by tical layout.
trained personnel! Errors in configuration can im- 1 Touch the (A), (B), (C), (D) buttons.
pair operation of the device and the network.
The keyboard field to enter names opens.
CAUTION 2 Enter the data for all other web applications.
The Zeus IE includes a firewall for operation in a
hospital network in order to provide a maximum Configuring buttons to call up web applications
level of network security. In addition, the user is directly
required to implement and maintain normal state-
of-the-art security and precautions in the network. The following buttons must be configured to call up
If not, device performance may be affected. web access:
– Web access to call up the web application set-
The Web access > Web acc. 1 page opens. tings during operation
– Next web application to toggle between the
Basic settings active application windows directly
– Buttons (name freely selectable) to call up a
specific web application directly
Open the dialog window to configure the Screen
A G setup >Web access buttons, see page 332.
B
C
D
E
F
413

A Application name (button label): To call up
the web application directly
B Web access dialog: Name displayed in the
web dialog
C Application name (button list): List identifier
to program the buttons for calling up the web
application directly
D Intranet address: Specifies the intranet ad-
dress of the web application

Configuration
NIBP/SpO2 Infinity configuration (optional)
The page Basic settings > NIBP/SpO2 opens. The Infinity network connects monitors and other
Dräger medical devices to the network center and
Basic settings to each other, offering a variety of different monitor-
ing functions.
Depending on the software version number and the
A monitors connected, incompatibilities may occur in
B the network. Not all alarms and functions of the In-
C finity network are supported.
D Further details are available from your Dräger prod-
uct specialist.
Network configuration
E
439
The page Infinity config. > Network config.

After replacement of the NIBP module, opens.
DrägerService performs a calibration of the pres-
sure transducer. Basic settings
A Characterization: to characterize the sensor:

Start / Stop A F
B Cal. check: Start / Stop B G
C NIBP: pressure C H
D SpO2: Sensor: Nellcor, Masimo* D I
E J
E Apply changes
NOTE
K
The sensor type can only be switched over if the
489
sensor is not plugged in. The following settings can be configured:

A Bed name
B Care unit
C Hospital name
D Monitoring unit
E IDS label
Configure settings:
1 Touch the respective button.
The keyboard window opens for text input.
2 Enter text and confirm with rotary knob.
* optional only for SpO2 measurement without SpO2
SmartPod

Configuration
Other settings: Configuring MediBus

F IP address
G Netmask The page MediBus config. > COM 1 opens.
H Default route Basic settings

I Printer IP
J Alarm group
A G
K Apply changes
B
Recorder configuration
C
The page Infinity config. > Recorder config. D
opens.
E
Basic settings F I H
438
The following settings for the COM 1 and COM 2
L buttons can be configured:
M A Baud rate: Speed of data transfer (1200, 2400,
N 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400)
O B Parity: No, Even, Odd
C Stop bits: 1, 2
D MIB/IDS filter: On, Off (if Dräger patient moni-
P toring is connected via the COM port)
490
The following settings can be configured: E Commands to MediBus device: On, Off
(Zeus IE suppresses the Time changed com-
L Recorder 1 mand)
M Recorder 2 F MediBus version: SW 3.n, SW 4.n, MEDI-
N Primary recorder BUS.X (unified Dräger protocol standard, see
separate instructions for use 9040096,
O Secondary recorder
9052607, 9052608)
P Apply changes
G Port: On, Off
Configure settings:
The Activate button (H) must be touched after any
1 Touch the respective button. change to the settings is made for the change to ap-
The keyboard window opens for text input. ply.
2 Enter text and confirm with rotary knob.

Configuration
The Set default button (I) resets MediBus to the Changes take effect only after activating the Adopt
default values: Restart button (L). The Cancel button (M) cancels
– Port: Off the process.
– Baud rate: 9600
The following options can be switched off:
– Parity: Even
– Stop bits: 1 A Patient monitor
– MIB/IDS filter: On
B ST segment analysis
– Commands to MediBus device: On (COM 1)
– MediBus version: SW 4.n C Display waveforms on screen 2
z Check the following device settings in the De- D IVenus - remote control
vice identification list:
E Ext. fresh-gas outlet
– Device number
– Device name F Extended arrhythmia
– Device version
G Infinity network
– MediBus version
H Web access 1
z Check the following device settings in the
Linked device list: I Web access 2
– Device number
J Web access 3
– Device name
– Device version K Web access 4
– MediBus version
Status: not connected or connected
More settings
The following settings can be configured in the Ba-

Disabling options
sic settings > More settings dialog window:
– Gas prices
The page Basic settings > Disable options
– Ventilation settings (ventilation settings)
opens.
– Ventilation modes (ventilation modes)
Basic settings
– VA/N2O (volatile anesthetic agent/N2O)
– Calculat. settings (calculation settings)
– Total consumpt.
A G
B H
C I
D J
E K
F
L M
452
Enabled options can be disabled and again ena-

bled. The button On is preset. If an option is gener-
ally not enabled, the On button is grayed out and
the Off button enabled.

Configuration
Gas prices Ventilation settings
The More settings > Gas prices page opens. The More settings > Ventilation settings page
opens.
Basic settings
Basic settings
A D A
B E B
G C
C F
445
D
444
The following gas price settings can be configured:
The following ventilation settings can be config-
A 1 mL Iso
ured:
B 1 mL Sev
A Pinsp adjustment during PEEP setting: Yes,
C 1 mL Des No
D 1 L O2 Yes: When the PEEP value is changed, Pinsp is
automatically adapted so that the difference re-
E 1 L N2O
mains constant.
F 1 L Air
No: Automatic adaptation does not take place.
1 Touch the respective anesthetic agent. The Pinsp value must be set later separately if
necessary.
The keyboard field is enabled.
B I/E ratio setting if synchronization is off: Yes,
2 Enter the gas price and touch the button (G) to
No
confirm.
The following settings involve behavior during
An accurate overview for calculating the anesthetic
non-synchronized ventilation:
agent costs incurred per operation is displayed in
the dialog window Trends/Data > Gases/ Anesth. Yes: I:E ratio adjustable
> Total consumpt. (see page 184).
No: Ti adjustable
C MV alarms during cardiac bypass mode:
Yes, No
Configuration option to specify whether in CBM
mode you want MV monitoring to remain acti-
vated or not.
D CO2 auto wake-up (breaths) Setting the
number of breaths (CO2 Auto Wakeup), for ac-
tivating the CO2 alarm.

Configuration
Ventilation modes VA/N2O
The More settings > Ventilation settings page The page More settings > VA/N2O opens.
opens.
Basic settings
Basic settings
A
A B
B C
C D
D
E
454
453

Ventilation modes that are not made available to
A Inhibit N2O supply alarms: Suppressed are:
the user can be disabled here.
– Alarms
The following ventilation modes can be disabled: – Messages
– Displays and settings
A Pressure Control
Yes: Nitrous-oxide-related alarms, messages,
B Volume Control AutoFlow
displays, and settings are suppressed.
C Volume Control
No: Nitrous-oxide-related alarms, messages,
D Pressure Support displays, and settings are enabled.
Factory setting: On Factory setting: No
E Default mode for quick access: Selection of B Start with Fresh-gas control/Auto control:
the ventilation mode immediately selectable at FG ctrl., Auto ctrl.
the start.
Specify the control mode when starting a new
– MAN/SPON
case.
– Pressure Control
– Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow Factory setting: FG ctrl.
– Volume Control
C Switching to Standby will set the agent set-
– Pressure Support
ting to 0: Yes, No
– External FG outlet
When the function is deactivated, the current
Factory setting: Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow
anesthetic gas setting is retained in the follow-
ing situations:
– Switching to the Vent. standby mode
– Changing to the Standby mode and then
continuing with the case

Configuration
D Vol. agent defaults: Calculation settings

Specify the start values for the volatile anes-
thetic agents The page More settings > Calculat. settings
If an anesthetic gas concentration control is se- opens.
lected for the first time, the values in the respec-
tive control are displayed in the MixGas set- Basic settings
tings dialog, see page 115.
Factory settings:
VT R
1500
1250
80
C
FG ISO = 0.0 Vol.%SL 1000
60
D
750 40
500
20
FG SEV = 0.0 Vol.%SL

250
0
0
2.0 15.0 65.0 100.0
Weight
FG DES = 0.0 Vol.%SL A

etISO = 0.0 Vol.%SL B E
VT
etSEV = 0.0 Vol.%SL f
etDES = 0.0 Vol.%SL
455
Configuration of the calculation criteria for prelimi-
nary calculation of the VT and RR settings.
A Selection: Radford, Define, Off
Radford: The preliminary calculation of VT and
RR is based on the Radford algorithm. The
waveforms from Radf.VT (male), Radf.VT
(fem.) and Radf. RR are displayed in the
graphic.
Define: The preliminary calculation of VT and
RR is based on the markers entered under (E).
The waveforms from VT and RR are displayed
in the graphic.
Off: No preliminary calculation of VT and RR
takes place.
B Reset to Radford: Reset
The Reset button resets the user's definitions to
the default values.

Configuration
The following table (E) shows the default values: Total consumption
Weight VT RR The page More settings > Total consumpt.
kg mL 1/min opens.
2 15 35
Basic settings
15 110 26
65 450 13
100 700 10 A B
C All: All waveforms are displayed. The various
waveform colors are assigned in a legend.
D Active: Only the enabled waveforms are dis-
played. The various waveform colors are as-
signed in a legend.
C D
456
A Total consumption: The consumption of O2,
Air, N2O and the volatile anesthetic agent since
startup of Zeus IE are displayed
B Consumption since reset: The consumption
of O2, Air, N2O and the volatile anesthetic
agents since the last reset are displayed
C Reset: Sets all values for O2, Air, N2O and the
volatile anesthetic agents to 0. The time of last
reset is displayed in (D).

Configuration
Other functions of the system
Help dialog window Content
WARNING The table of contents of the help function is shown.

The help function is not a substitute for the in- z Touch the Content button (A).
structions for use! This function does not nec-
An overview with links appears.
essarily correspond to the current instruc-
tions for use. Maloperation possible. Touching the underlined subjects opens another
level or information page.
Prerequisite: The Help button has been configured,
see page 332. ? Help
386
375
z In the main menu bar, touch the Help button

(A).
The Help dialog window will be opened.

Configuration
Index Stopwatch dialog window
The letters of the alphabet and a keyword list are

A
shown. Information on individual subjects can be
accessed.
375
?Help
z Touch the button in the header bar (A) for:
A B C D E – Date
– Time
– Location and stopwatch
The Stopwatch dialog window will be opened.
Stopwatch
B E F D
C G
387
z Touch the Index button (A).

An overview with links appears H I J K
Touching a letter opens the list with the assigned
keywords.
L
B Back: The pages are turned back one by one.
388
C Forward: The pages are turned forward one by
one. The following settings can be configured:
D Page up: The displayed page is moved down. Countdown:

B Countdown timer
E Page down: The displayed page is moved up. C Countdown time: Format: H:MM:SS
D Reset: The start time is loaded into the timer.
E Start: Countdown is started.
F Stop: Countdown is stopped.
G Silence button: The alarm tone can be switched
on or off when 00:00:00 is reached. The button
(F) can be used to turn off the alarm tone. The
alarm is also displayed visually in the header
bar.
Triggered alarms can be deleted again via Re-
set.

Configuration
Stopwatch:
151
H Stopwatch
I Start: The clock runs forward from 00:00:00 af-
ter start.
J Stop: The clock is stopped.
K Reset: The clock is reset to 00:00:00.
The stopwatch, the timer function, and the sta-
tus of its alarm are displayed in the header bar
after the function has been started. The display
disappears again after the function is reset.
L Clock size: Toggle display size between Large
and Small
Large: Standard display of time of day and du-
ration of the surgery. If the countdown counter
or the stopwatch is running, the duration of the
surgery is replaced by the corresponding value.
Small: Standard display of
– Location
– Date
– Time
– Duration of the surgery
If the countdown counter is running, the date is
replaced by the countdown counter. If the stop-
watch is running, the time of day is replaced by
the stopwatch.
If the countdown and stopwatch have been acti-
vated at the same time, the display switches to
Small regardless of the preset display.

Configuration
Service functions
Service call dialog window C Time of error: Touching the button opens a di-
alog window to enter the time of the event.
Use the Service Call function to communicate with D Description: Touching the button opens a dia-
the Remote Call Server at DrägerService. log window to enter a problem description.
Prerequisites: E Remote Device Check / Remote Inspection:
Touching the button establishes the connection
– Remote service is enabled. to the Remote Call Server for agreed, regular
– Zeus IE is provided with a service contract cov- data transfers without any current problem.
ering use of the Remote Service System (Serv- F Help ticket: Touching the button establishes
ice call). the connection to the Remote Call Server for
current events with acute need for action.
– The settings for external communication have
been configured by DrägerService.
– Zeus IE is connected to a data network (Ether- Service mode and service access dialog
net), see page 29. windows
Calling up Service call These modes are protected by a special access

code. They are reserved for DrägerService exclu-
sively.
WARNING
Service call
Calling up the service mode is prohibited
C D A when a patient is connected. In this operating
B state, it is not possible to monitor the patient.
E F During the process, pressures and concentra-
tions may occur in the system which are haz-
ardous to the patient.
460
1 Touch the Biomed service button (A) on the

system standby screen.
2 Touch the Service call button.
The Service call dialog window will be opened.
B Info table: The Remote Call Server informs the
user about the status of data exchange
(progress, completion, result).

Cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Temperature sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Observe before disassembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Trident pod, BISx pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Disassembly sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Note on removable accessories,
consumable parts, and attached parts . . . . . . . 359 Assembling the breathing system . . . . . . . . . . 378
Assembling the CO2 absorber. . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Dismantling components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Attaching the breathing hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
After each patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Assembling the anesthetic gas receiving
Daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Water trap for gas sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Removing the endotracheal suction system . . 381
Removing the CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Dismantling the anesthetic gas receiving
system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Removing the endotracheal suction system
(optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Reprocessing methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Classification of medical devices . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Testing of procedures and agents . . . . . . . . . . 367
Uncritical medical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Semicritical medical devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Visual inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Sterilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Reprocessing list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Uncritical medical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Semicritical medical devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Surfaces of Zeus IE, pressurized gas
hoses, cables, and DIVA metering modules. . . 374
Screen of Zeus IE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
SpiroLife flow sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Care instructions for monitoring

accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Patient cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Reusable ECG electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
NIBP cuff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Hemo modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
IBP pressure transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Pressure transducer plates for the hemo
modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
SpO2 sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Disassembly
Observe before disassembling 9 Remove the upper housing of the breathing

system.
z Switch off the device and accessory devices – Open the five quick-release screws by turn-
and remove their mains plugs. ing them 90° counterclockwise.
– Lift off the upper housing of the breathing
Disassembly sequence system.
1 Unscrew the sample line and dispose of. WARNING

Risk of damage to breathing system
2 Remove the water trap.
If the APL valve is not disassembled before
3 Remove the CO2 absorber: the breathing system is reprocessed, this can
z The CLIC absorber (disposable) lead to leakages in the breathing system.
or Always remove the APL valve prior to reproc-
z The reusable CO2 absorber: essing.
10 Screw off the APL valve.

– Unscrew the CO2 absorber from the
breathing system. 11 Remove the TurboVent 2 blower module.
– Remove and dispose of the soda lime NOTE
dust filter (optional).
To prevent accidental penetration of soda lime
– Empty the CO2 absorber. into the breathing system, do not transport the
– Remove the absorber insert from the ab- breathing system with a filled reusable CO2 ab-
sorber container. Leave the inner and sorber.
outer sealing rings on the absorber in-
sert.
4 Remove the breathing bag.

5 Disassemble the breathing circuit and the fil-
ters.
6 Remove the breathing system.
– Unlock the lateral twist locks.
– Withdraw the assembled breathing system
vertically upwards.
7 Unscrew the CLIC adapter (optional).
8 Remove the flow sensors.
– Loosen and pull out the expiratory port.
– Loosen and pull out the inspiratory port.
– Remove the flow sensors.

Note on removable accessories, con- Disposable articles without instructions for use
sumable parts, and attached parts – Soda lime dust filter
– Sample line
CAUTION
Risk of injury to patients due to failure of accesso- WARNING
ries Risk of infection
Disposable items have been designed, tested, Used sample lines may be infectious due to
and manufactured exclusively for single use. Re- the breathing gases that passed through
use, reprocessing or sterilization can result in fail- them.
ure of the accessory and injury to the patient.
Exchange the sample line regularly, see table
Do not reuse, reprocess or sterilize disposable "Semicritical medical devices".
items.
Consult the appropriate instructions for use: WARNING

Material damage due to disinfectants
Accessories and consumable parts When the sample line is disinfected and resi-
dues of the agent remain in the sample line,
– Flow sensors these residues can get into the water trap and
– CLIC adapter the gas measurement module later. This may
result in faulty measurements.
– CLIC absorber
Sample lines are disposable items and may
– Breathing hoses not be disinfected.
– Filter
– Breathing bag
– Masks
– Water trap
– DIVA modules
Attached parts
– Endotracheal suction
– Hinged arms
– Monitors
– Sensors and cables
– IT systems
– Workstation light

Dismantling components
After each patient Breathing hoses (D):

z Remove the breathing hoses from the nozzles
After a change of patient, only the HME filter or the of the Y-piece and the breathing system.
filter must be replaced at the device end.
D
D C A
E
B
016
z Do not damage the breathing hoses!
046
When attaching or removing the breathing

HME filter or filter (A): hoses always hold them at the connection
z Pull the HME filter off the nozzle of the Y-piece sleeve and not at the spiral ribbing! Otherwise
and dispose of according to the relevant instruc- the spiral ribbing can become detached from
tions for use. the sleeve.
Observe hospital regulations for infectious patients! Breathing hoses with damaged spiral ribbing
can be kinked and interrupt ventilation!
Daily Breathing bag (E):

z Remove breathing bag and breathing bag hose.
Sample gas line (B):
z Disconnect sample line from the CO2 water trap
and the filter on the Y-piece.
HME filter or filter (A):

z Pull the HME filter off the nozzle of the Y-piece
and dispose of according to the relevant instruc-
tions for use.
Y-piece (C):
z Remove Y-piece

Water trap for gas sensors Emptying and replacing water traps
z Note the instructions for use of the water trap.
Zeus IE is equipped with two water traps to protect
the device monitoring system: Empty the water trap:
– When the filling level has reached the upper
– Protect: Water trap in the internal sample line mark.
– CO2: Water trap for the patient sample line – When a message appears on the screen.
Replace the water trap:
CAUTION
– When the maximum period of use is reached.
Water traps must be changed after 4 weeks of use
at the latest. If they are used for a longer period, Emptying the water trap
the diaphragm could become permeable, allowing
water and bacteria into the measuring system.
Contamination has a negative effect on gas anal-
A
ysis, which can fail completely.
CAUTION
Avoid using aerosols in the breathing system. Do
not use a water trap in conjunction with drug neb-
ulization. Do not allow any alcohol or deter- B
gent/disinfectant to come into contact with the in-
side of the water trap. Do not wash, rinse or
014
sterilize a water trap. Such substances can dam-
age the diaphragm and the measuring system. 1 Remove hose (A) and pull off water trap (B).
CAUTION
The presence of organic detergents or gases con-
taining freon can affect the measuring accuracy of
the gas measurement. D
C
093
2 Insert an empty syringe (C) without canula, at

least 20 mL, into the blue connector (D).
3 Extract water, remove the syringe and dispose
of the full syringe as infectious hospital waste.
Observe the hospital's hygiene regulations!
4 Push the water trap (B) into the holder again un-
til it engages and connect hose (A).

Replacing the water trap Removing the CO2 absorber

1 Remove hose (A) and pull off water trap (B).
2 Label the new water trap on the marked field Reusable absorber
with the current date.
3 Push the water trap (B) into the holder again un-
til it engages.
Connection for internal sample line to B

the Protect water trap
A
Connection for sample line to the
CO2 water trap
CAUTION
Do not put the device into operation without a wa-
018
ter trap. Water and bacteria can get into the meas-
1 Turn the CO2 absorber (A) counterclockwise
uring system. Contamination has a negative ef-
and remove downwards.
fect on gas analysis, which can fail completely.
Risk of device contamination. 2 Pull the IBF absorber filter and absorber insert
(B) out of the CO2 absorber, leaving the internal
CAUTION and external sealing rings on the absorber in-
sert.
Do not spray the O-rings of the water trap holder
with silicon spray. Silicone may get into the meas- 3 Empty the soda lime, see also page 66. Ob-
uring cell and distort gas analysis. serve the instructions for use of the absorber.
Dispose of the soda lime and IBF absorber filter
according to the relevant instructions for use.
4 Prepare the CO2 absorber for cleaning and dis-
infection in the cleaning and disinfection ma-
chine.

Drägersorb CLIC disposable absorber Breathing system
Remove the breathing system

B
B
D A
019
1 Unlock both lateral twist locks (A).
2 Pull off the breathing system by the handle (B)
upwards.
068
To achieve optimum drying, sterilization at a

1 Press the unlock button (B): the holder flips maximum temperature of 134 °C
open. (maximum 10 min) is possible after removal.
2 Slide the disposable absorber (D) out of the 3 Unscrew nozzles.
holder.
3 Dispose of the used absorber, observe the C
Drägersorb CLIC instructions for use, see also
page 67.
177
4 Remove both SpiroLife flow sensors (C).
E
007
5 Remove the APL valve (D) by turning the

knurled nut (E) counterclockwise.

Opening the breathing system WARNING

1 Open the five quick-release screws (A) with a Only remove when the device is switched off!
6 mm Allen key (supplied) by turning them 90° Trained personnel only!
counterclockwise.
Perform a self test after sterilizing and changing the
2 Remove the upper plate.
blower module.
In conjunction with the TurboVent 2 MK05045
blower module, the IBF filter can be replaced by a
dust filter.
A WARNING
If the absorber filter, HME filter, or the filters on
the device have not been installed, the blower
module may have become contaminated. It is
recommended that the blower module be re-
043
processed before changing the patient.

3 Prepare the housing parts for cleaning and dis-
infection in the cleaning and disinfection ma-
chine. Device-end breathing system interface
Clean the APL valve and connecting nozzles sepa- Clean the interface to the breathing system using
rately. wipe-down disinfection only.
WARNING
Removing the TurboVent 2 blower module
Make sure that no liquids come into contact
with the openings of the measuring, suction
and delivery nozzles.
Make sure that no liquids get into the open-
A ings of the ventilator or into the valve actua-
tors.
B
287
1 Using a suitable aid (e.g., a coin), open the

quick-release screws (A) by turning them 90°
counterclockwise.
2 Remove the blower module (B) from the breath-
ing system mount.
NOTE
Do not chemically disinfect/clean the blower mod-
ule and do not dismantle it.

Dismantling the anesthetic gas receiving 6 Unscrew the flow tube (F) from the connection
system (AGS) housing (H).
Do not place the flow tube in the cleaning and
disinfection machine, wipe disinfection only!
7 Unscrew the union nut (G) and remove the par-
ticle filter.
B Follow the hospital hygiene regulations and rele-
vant instructions for use for disposal.
C 8 Prepare the individual parts for disinfection and
B cleaning in the cleaning and disinfection ma-
A chine.
To achieve optimum drying of the buffer-volume
container, sterilization can be performed after re-
moval at a maximum temperature of 134 °C (maxi-
mum of 10 min).
022
1 Disconnect the suction hose (A) from the re-

ceiving system on the back of Zeus IE.
2 Remove the transfer hose (B).
3 Remove the anesthetic gas receiving system
(C); refer to the respective instructions for use.
•
H
G
D
023
4 Turn the buffer-volume container (D) counter-

clockwise by 45° and remove it.
5 Unscrew the union nut (E).

Removing the endotracheal suction sys- 7 Pull the overflow protection float (G) out of the
tem (optional) riser pipe.
When using the disposable VacuSmart container:
Dispose of the VacuSmart container and hose con-
taining the infectious secretion according to regula-
tions.
WARNING
Risk of infection
C The contents of the suction bottle can be
B highly infectious.
– Wear protective gloves when emptying the
A suction container.
– Follow the hospital hygiene regulations.
D
E E
033
1 Detach the suction hose (A) to the endotracheal

suction hose.
2 Detach the vacuum hose (B).
3 Grasp the bottle cap by the silicone sleeve (D)
and pull it off.
4 Take the secretion collection bottle and the rins-
ing bottle (E) out of the holder and empty them.
5 Remove the filter (C) from the base of the en-
dotracheal suction unit. Remove the vacuum
hose.
Change the filter every 14 days.
G
F
024
6 Unbutton the silicone sleeve (F) from the cover

of the secretion collection bottle.

Reprocessing methods
WARNING Manual disinfection:

Risk of infection – Gigasept FF from Schülke & Mayr
Use validated reprocessing procedures when Machine cleaning:
reprocessing the device and accessories.
– Neodisher FA, Neodisher Medizym from
Dr. Weigert
Classification of medical devices Machine disinfection:

– Thermal, 93 °C (199.4 °F) for 10 minutes
For reprocessing, the medical devices and their
components are classified according to their type of Sterilization:
application and the resulting risks: – Hot steam, 134 °C (273.2 °F) for 5 minutes
– Non-critical medical devices:
Surfaces accessible to users and patients, e.g.,
device surfaces, cables
– Semi-critical medical devices:
parts carrying breathing gas, e.g., breathing
hoses, masks
Testing of procedures and agents
The cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization of med-

ical devices were tested using the following proce-
dures and agents. The following agents showed
good material compatibility and effectiveness at the
time of the test:
Uncritical medical devices

Manual disinfection with simultaneous cleaning:
– Incidin Extra N from Ecolab
– Buraton 10F from Schülke & Mayr (for use on
the monitor only)
Semi-critical medical devices

Manual cleaning:
– Neodisher FA, Neodisher Medizym from
Dr. Weigert

Uncritical medical devices Semicritical medical devices
Manual disinfection with simultaneous cleaning Manual cleaning

When selecting a suitable disinfectant, adhere to Perform manual cleaning preferably under running
the country-specific lists of disinfectants. The list of water and with commercially available cleaning
the German Association for Applied Hygiene (Ver- agents (pH ≤12).
bund für Angewandte Hygiene VAH) applies in Ger-
Procedures:
man-speaking countries.
1 Wash off surface soiling under flowing water.
Strictly observe the manufacturer's specifications
on the disinfectants. Manufacturers may change 2 Use cleaning agents in accordance with the
the composition of disinfectants over time. manufacturer’s instructions. Make sure that all
surfaces and interior spaces to be cleaned can
Procedures:
be reached. Use suitable brushes if necessary.
1 Remove soiling immediately with a cloth soaked
3 Thoroughly rinse components under running
in disinfectant.
water until cleaning agent residues are no
longer discernible.
WARNING
Risk of electric shock or device failure 4 Inspect components for visible soiling and dam-
age. Repeat manual cleaning if necessary.
Liquid that enters into the device can cause
the device to malfunction or may damage the
device and endanger the patient.
Only disinfect the device surface and cables
using the moist scrub-wipe disinfection
method and ensure that no fluid enters the de-
vice.
2 Perform surface disinfection by scrubbing and

wiping.
3 Remove disinfectant residues after the contact
time has elapsed.

Manual disinfection 4 Select a suitable program, preferably anesthe-

sia program.
When selecting a suitable disinfectant, adhere to
the country-specific lists of disinfectants. The list of – Cleaning must be carried out at 40 °C to
the German Association for Applied Hygiene (Ver- 60 °C (104 °F to 140 °F) for at least 5 min.
bund für Angewandte Hygiene VAH) applies in Ger-
– Thermal disinfection must be performed at
man-speaking countries.
80 °C to 95 °C (176 °F to 203 °F) and with
Strictly observe the manufacturer's specifications corresponding contact time.
on the disinfectants. Manufacturers may change
5 Carry out final rinsing with demineralized water.
the composition of disinfectants over time.
6 Immediately remove the components from
Procedures:
washer-disinfector.
1 Immerse items in disinfectant.
7 Inspect components for visible soiling and dam-
2 After the contact time has elapsed, rinse the age. If necessary, repeat the program or per-
components thoroughly under running water form manual cleaning or manual disinfection.
until disinfectant residues are no longer discern-
8 Allow components to dry thoroughly.
ible.
3 Inspect components for visible soiling and dam-
age. Repeat manual disinfection if necessary. Visual inspection
4 Shake off all excess water. Allow components
to dry thoroughly. Check all parts for damage and outward signs of
wear such as cracking, brittleness or severe hard-
ening, and residues of contamination.
Machine cleaning and disinfection
WARNING
Perform machine cleaning and disinfection with a
washer-disinfector conforming to EN ISO 15883, Risk from faulty accessories
preferably with a cart for anesthesia accessories Even reusable accessories have a limited
and ventilation accessories. maximum period of use, e.g., residues from
Procedures: disinfectants can attack the material in the
autoclave. Signs of external wear can show
1 Strictly observe the instructions for use of the up, e.g., cracks, deformation, discoloration, or
washer-disinfector. delamination).
2 Position the parts in the basket in a stable posi- If signs of external wear occur, replace the af-
tion. Make sure that all interior spaces and sur- fected accessory.
faces are completely flushed and water can
drain off freely.
3 Use a suitable cleaning agent.

WARNING Sterilization
Risk of fire
Sterilization eliminates living microorganisms from
Residual vapors of highly flammable disin- semi-critical medical devices and dries residual wa-
fectants (e.g., alcohols) and deposits that ter in the interior of components.
z Sterilize only components that have been
cleaned and disinfected.
tion. For sterilization, use a vacuum steam sterilizer (in
– After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to accordance with DIN EN 285), preferably with frac-
air for at least 30 minutes. tional vacuum.
visible damage and soiling, such as resid- CAUTION
ual mucus, medication aerosols, and parti- These medical devices have been designed,
cles. tested, and manufactured exclusively for single
– Replace flow sensors when damaged, use. Disposable products must not be reused, re-
soiled, or not particlefree. processed, or sterilized. Reuse, reprocessing, or
sterilization may lead to failure of the medical de-
CAUTION vices and injury to the patient.
Risk of failure of flow measurement
Sterile accessories
Improper reprocessing and soiling, such as de-
posits or particles, may damage the flow sensor:
CAUTION
– No machine cleaning or disinfection of the
sensor insert Do not used sterile packed accessories if the
– No plasma sterilization or radiation steriliza- packing has been opened or damaged or there
tion are other indications of non-sterility. Reprocess-
– No compressed air ing and re-sterilization of disposable articles are
– No water jets, compressed air, brushes, or not permitted.
similar to be used on the sensor insert
– No ultrasonic bath WARNING
– Clean and disinfect the flow sensor in accord- Do not allow any alcohol or alcoholic agents
ance with the corresponding instructions for to get into the sample line openings! Alcohol
use. may distort the measuring results.
– For disinfecting the flow sensor use only clean
disinfectant solutions.

Reprocessing list
Applicable to non-infectious patients.

The reprocessing list contains guiding values only.
The instructions of the hospital’s infection control
officer take precedence.
Uncritical medical devices
Items which can be reprocessed Recommended reprocessing Manual

intervals Cleaning Disinfection
Control elements and device sur- After each patient Outside Outside
faces including:
– Screen
– Rotary knob
– Rotary safety knobs
– O2 flush button
– APL valve
– Writing tray
– Handles on trolley
– Standard rails
– Drawer handle
– Clic adapter, Clic absorber

Items which can be reprocessed Recommended reprocessing Manual

intervals
Cleaning Disinfection
Other surfaces which are fre- Daily Outside Outside
quently touched:
– Side parts of the housings of
the screen and of other patient
monitors
– Accessory parts
– Storage trays
– Shelf
– Hinged arms
– Probes of compressed gas
hoses
– Mains plug
– Gas cylinder valves
– Transfer hose of the anes-
thetic gas receiving system
– Cables and hoses that lie
on floor
– Brake
– DIVA metering modules
Surfaces which are touched less Weekly Outside Outside
frequently:
– Network cables and data ca-
bles
– Compressed gas hoses
– Pressure reducers
– Gas cylinders
– Drawer surfaces, outside and
inside
– Anesthetic gas receiving sys-
tem
– Lamp
– Holder for sample line

Semicritical medical devices
Items which can be re- Recommended Prelimi- Machine Manual Sterilization

processed reprocessing in- nary cleaning and
Cleaning Disinfec-
tervals cleaning disinfection
tion
Breathing system: Weekly Yes Yes Possible Possible Possible
– Breathing system
housing (upper
and lower part)
– Inspiratory/expira-
tory ports, APL
valve
– Inspiratory valve,
expiratory valve
– Bag elbow
– Breathing hoses After each pa- Observe the associated instructions for use.
tient
Absorber container Weekly Yes Yes Possible Possible Possible
and absorber insert
Soda lime dust filter Replace after No No No No No
each refilling of
soda lime.
Blower module As needed No No Only Only out- Yes
TurboVent 2 outside side
Minimum of
60 sterilization
cycles
Sample line Replacement
only
– When the sample Daily
line is fitted to the
filter on the Y-
piece.
– When the sample After each pa- No No No No No
line is fitted di- tient
rectly to the Y-
piece and the fil-
ters are fitted to
the breathing sys-
tem.
Breathing system Weekly Yes No Only Only out- No
mount outside side
AGS Weekly Observe the associated instructions for use.

Items which can be re- Recommended Prelimi- Machine Manual Sterilization

processed reprocessing in- nary cleaning and
Cleaning Disinfec-
tervals cleaning disinfection
tion
Endotracheal suction After each pa- Observe the associated instructions for use.
tient
SpiroLife flow sensor Weekly Observe the associated instructions for use.
Surfaces of Zeus IE, pressurized gas Screen of Zeus IE

hoses, cables, and DIVA metering mod-
ules CAUTION
Do not put the screen and its accessories in liquid
WARNING or rinse with liquids. If liquids accidentally get on
Do not allow any liquids to get into the device the device, immediately unplug the device from
openings! This can damage the device. Do not the power supply. Contact service personnel to
treat the surface of the device with products obtain information about further device safety be-
containing alcohol or else the surface may be fore putting the device back into operation.
damaged!
NOTE
WARNING Never clean the front of the screen while monitor-
Do not allow any detergents or substances not ing a patient. Put the device out of operation be-
intended for use to enter the DIVA metering fore cleaning.
module. The anesthetic agent may be contam-
inated. Risk of patient injury. CAUTION
When using alcohol, a solution diluted to 40 %
WARNING should be used. Higher concentrations can dam-
Due to a risk of electric shock, the device age the device.
cover may not be removed if in operation or a
power supply is connected. CAUTION
Do not spray disinfectant on the touch screen di-
CAUTION rectly. The cleaning agent must be transferred to
Do not used sharp tools or abrasives. Never put a cloth or towel before cleaning the surface.
electrical connections in water or other liquids.

SpiroLife flow sensor
Reprocess the flow sensor in accordance with the

corresponding instructions for use.
CAUTION
Risk of failure of flow measurement
Improper reprocessing and soiling, such as de-
posits or particles, may damage the flow sensor:
– No machine cleaning or disinfection of the
sensor insert
– No plasma sterilization or radiation steriliza-
tion
– No compressed air
– No water jets, compressed air, brushes, or
similar to be used on the sensor insert
– No ultrasonic bath
– Clean and disinfect the flow sensor in accord-
ance with the corresponding instructions for
use.
– For disinfecting the flow sensor use only clean
disinfectant solutions.
WARNING
Risk of fire
fectants (e.g., alcohols) and deposits that
tion.
– After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to
visible damage and soiling, such as resid-
ual mucus, medication aerosols, and parti-
cles.

Care instructions for monitoring accessories
Patient cables Hemo modules
z Only rub down patient cables with a cloth WARNING

soaked in soapy water.
Danger of damaging the medical device
z Dry thoroughly with a lint-free cloth.
Do not immerse the device or its accessories
z Patient cables can be disinfected with a cloth in liquids, or rinse them with liquids. If the de-
soaked in diluted alcohol or an aldehyde-based vice comes into contact with a liquid, discon-
disinfectant. nect it from the power supply immediately. Al-
low the device to dry completely for 24 to
z Dry thoroughly with a lint-free cloth.
48 hours. Contact service personnel to obtain
further information about device safety before
putting the device back into operation.
Reusable ECG electrodes
Remove any deposits from the electrodes regularly CAUTION

with a small brush (toothbrush or the like). With re- Do not autoclave hemo modules.
usable electrodes, the gel remnants must be re-
moved from the electrodes under running water
with a soft brush. Only rub down electrodes with a IBP pressure transducers
cloth soaked in soapy water.
Pressure transducers and accessories must al-
To disinfect, rub the electrodes with a cloth soaked
ways be treated with extreme care. The pressure
in diluted alcohol or an aldehyde-based disinfect-
transducer diaphragm must not be exposed to ex-
ant. Dry thoroughly with a lint-free cloth.
cessive pressure. Pressure transducers must not
be subjected to water, steam or hot-air sterilization
and must not come into contact with ether, chloro-
NIBP cuff
form or similar chemicals. The connection plug
must always be protected against moisture.
Rub the cuff with a cloth dipped in soapy water, in
diluted bleach (1:10), an aldehyde-based disinfect- Follow the instructions supplied with the pressure
ant or an alcohol or phenol solution. transducer for cleaning and sterilization!
CAUTION
The cuff may be dipped into a cleaning solution Pressure transducer plates for the hemo
but make sure the solution does not flow into the modules
hose opening or else the device will not operate
properly. The pressure transducer connecting plates of the
hemodynamic modules may be removed for clean-
ing and rinsed down in hot soap and water.

SpO2 sensors
CAUTION
These cleaning instructions apply to reusable
sensors only.
CAUTION
Do not irradiate or autoclave sensors or cables or
immerse them in water or other liquids. It can
cause malfunctions.
Rub down reusable sensors with a cloth soaked in

a soapy water. To disinfect, the sensor may be
rubbed down with a cloth moistened in diluted alco-
hol (70 %). Dry thoroughly with a lint-free cloth. The
sensor must be completely dry before the next use.
Temperature sensors
Clean sensor with hydrogen peroxide (H2O2; 3 %)

or alcohol (70 %) and disinfect with an aldehyde-
based disinfectant.
CAUTION
Do not use any disinfectants containing phenol;
disinfectants can be absorbed by vinyl plastics.
Do not use any highly aromatic agents or any
chlorine, acetone, ether or ester compounds!
Sterilize the sensor with ethylene oxide. In so do-

ing, the thermistor must not come into contact with
liquid ethylene oxide.
During gas sterilization, a temperature of 45 °C
must not be exceeded. Degas the sensors after
sterilization and allow them to air-dry for 24 hours.
Trident pod, BISx pod
Do not allow any liquids to get into the pods. Only

rub down with a cloth soaked in soapy water.
Do not autoclave the pods!

Assembly
Assembling the breathing system

B
WARNING
Risk of fire
C
fectants (e.g., alcohols) and deposits that D
006
tion. 6 Fit the APL valve (B) vertically on the upper part
– After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to of the breathing system housing.
The mark (C) must point in the direction of the
– Before inserting the flow sensor check for user when the breathing system is installed.
visible damage and soiling, such as resid-
ual mucus, medication aerosols, and parti- 7 Tightly screw the knurled nut (D) clockwise.
cles.
– Replace flow sensors when damaged, E
1 Visual inspection of the surface seal and ce-

ramic disks in the valves.
156
A 8 Insert the two SpiroLife flow sensors (E) into
the breathing system and screw in place with
the nozzles (only use the blue, non-rotatable
connecting nozzles)
CAUTION
Do not spray the nozzles on the breathing system
with silicone spray! Silicone spray can get into the
breathing system and cause the valves to stick.
091
2 Insert ventilator (A) in the breathing system

mount.
3 Tighten the quick-release screws for the ventila-
tor by turning them 90° clockwise.
4 Attach cover fitting properly.
5 Tighten all 5 quick-release screws by turning
them 90o clockwise, using a 6 mm Allen key
(supplied).

Recommendation:
F
Use only Drägersorb 800 Plus or
Drägersorb Free! Do not use any powdered lime
since an increased dust yield can impair the func-
tionality of Zeus IE!
G
2 Insert the IBF absorber filter (B) in such a way
that the writing is legible and the filter engages.
3 Attach CO2 absorber (C) to the breathing sys-
244
9 Attach the breathing system (F) to the ventilator tem from the bottom and turn clockwise as far
vertically from above. as it will go.
10 Lock the breathing system with the two lateral

twist locks (G) by turning as far as they will go. IBF absorber filter
WARNING
Assembling the CO2 absorber If the absorber filter, HME filter or the filters at
the device have been forgotten, it may be that
the blower has been contaminated. It is rec-
NOTE
ommended to reprocess the ventilator before
Make sure the soda lime does not dry out. changing the patient.
Filling the CO2 absorber and installing the IBF Drägersorb CLIC disposable absorber
absorber filter
D
C
027
1 Push the insert (A) into the CO2 absorber com-

pletely.
CAUTION
Fill CO2 absorber with fresh soda lime to the up-
069
per mark. Otherwise, operational reliability may 1 Shake the disposable CO2 absorber before in-
be restricted. serting, e.g. by inverting it several times to
loosen the soda lime.
2 Remove the seal from the new disposable CO2
absorber.

3 Slide the new disposable CO2 absorber on the For perfect operation in a closed system, the use of
holder (D). Dräger breathing bags (see list of accessories) is
recommended.
4 Press the CO2 absorber into the device (D) until
it engages. See also: page 67. WARNING
Do not use any antistatic or conductive
breathing hoses!
Attaching the breathing hoses
Risk of burns when using HF surgery equip-
ment.
WARNING
Check the breathing hoses for damage before
NOTE
each use. Do not use damaged breathing
hoses. Zeus IE is manufactured without natural rubber
latex.
For operation in a closed system, hose water traps To minimize the risk of exposure to latex, use
can be used in order to collect the condensate (at- breathing bags and breathing hoses manufac-
tach at the lowest point). tured without natural rubber latex.
Assembling the anesthetic gas receiving

A system (AGS)
A B •
D
C C
C B
A
028
D
1 Attach the breathing hoses (A) to the inspiration
and expiration nozzles of the breathing system
029
and connect to the Y-piece. 1 Install particle filter, tighten the union nut (A).
2 Attach the HME filter (B) or filter to the nozzle of 2 Screw on the flow tube (B).
the Y-piece.
3 Tighten the union nut (C).
3 Establish the Luer-Lock connection (C) of the
sample line between the HME filter of the Y- 4 Reattach the buffer-volume container (D).
piece and the CO2 water trap.
4 Connect the breathing bag (D) with the connec-
tion nozzle to the breathing hose. Attach the
shorter breathing hose to the angled nozzle and
attach the breathing bag to the bag holder so
that it hangs down.

Connecting anesthetic gas receiving system Removing the endotracheal suction sys-
(AGS) tem
The anesthetic gas scavenging system (AGSS)
must conform to ISO 8835-3 and ISO 80601-2-13.
A
B
024
E G 1 Insert the overflow protection float (A) into the
riser pipe until it engages. The ball is freely to
move and does not fall out.
E 2 Attach the silicone sleeve (B) uniformly to the
H F cover of the secretion collecting bottle.
3 Put the secretion collecting bottle into the inner
sleeve, put the rinsing bottle into the outer
sleeve.
If you are using the VacuSmart disposable con-
tainer, observe the relevant instructions for use.
031
5 Attach the transfer hose to the waste gas nozzle

(E) at the lower rear section of the device and to
the side nozzle (E) of the receiving system.
6 Plug the suction hose onto the nozzle (F) of the
receiving system.
7 Connect the plug (G) to the suction hose.
8 Make sure the second nozzle on the receiving
system (H) is closed off.
gas receiving system (AGS).
WARNING
A vacuum can be created in the breathing sys-
Always make sure that the side openings on
the receiving system are not blocked.


Maintenance
Maintenance
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Safety checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Metrological checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Maintenance
Overview
This chapter describes the required maintenance WARNING

measures required to maintain the proper function-
Risk of electric shock
ing of the medical device. Maintenance measures
must be performed by the personnel responsible. There are conducting components under the
housing cover.
WARNING – Do not remove the housing cover.
Risk of infection – Maintenance measures must be performed
by the personnel responsible. For repairs
The responsible personnel may become in-
and complex maintenance tasks, Dräger
fected with pathogenic germs. Clean and dis-
recommends DrägerService.
infect device or device components before
each maintenance step, also before returning
for repair. WARNING
Risk of fire
When replacing the battery, short-circuits or
excessive temperatures can occur, resulting
in fire or explosion.
The battery must only be replaced by experts.
Definitions of the terms used in maintenance
Term Definition
Maintenance All measures (inspection, preventive maintenance, repair) intended to
maintain and restore the functional condition of a medical device
Inspection Measures intended to determine and assess the actual state of a medical
device
Service Recurrent specified measures intended to maintain the functional condition
of a medical device
Repair Measures intended to restore the functional condition of a medical device
after a device malfunction

Maintenance
Inspection
Inspections must be carried out regularly according

to the following guidelines and within the specified
intervals. Technical documentation is available on
request.
Checks Interval Personnel responsible

Inspection and maintenance Annually on site Experts
1)
Safety inspections Annually on site Experts
Metrological checks every 2 years Experts
1) Designation applies in the Federal Republic of Germany; it corresponds to the "Recurring safety-related inspection" safety
checks in Austria.
Safety checks – Check battery backup for correct function-

ing.
The safety checks are no substitute for service – Check concentration delivery of metering
measures indicated by the manufacturer, including module.
the preventive replacement of wearing parts.
– Check ECG measurement.
WARNING
– Check SpO2 measurement.
Risk of malfunction of the medical device
– Check NIBP measurement.
If the safety checks are not regularly per-
formed, the medical device might not function – Check IBP measurement.
properly. – Check body temperature measurement.
Perform the safety checks in the specified in- The permissible tolerances for the measurement
tervals. parameters can be found in the appropriate instruc-
tions for use.
1 Check the accompanying documents:
3 Check the accuracies of the following gas
– Latest instructions for use are available measurement functions (PGA and SGA):
2 Check the following functions according to the – Check O2 measurement.
instructions for use:
– Perform self test. Ambient air Accuracy ±3 Vol.%
21 Vol.%:
– Check O2 measurement.
100 Vol.%: Accuracy –5 Vol.%
– Check CO2 measurement and anesthetic
gas measurement. – Check CO2 measurement.
– Check flow measurement.
CO2 5 Vol.% Accuracy ±0.83 Vol.%
– Check pressure measurement.

Maintenance
– Check anesthetic gas measurement. Metrological checks

PGA: The following measurement functions must be
Isoflurane Accuracy ±0.35 Vol.% checked at the specified intervals:
1 Vol.% – Temperature (every 2 years, see MTK test
Sevoflurane Accuracy ±0.35 Vol.% sticker)
1 Vol.%
– Non-invasive blood pressure (every 2 years,
N2O 70 Vol.% Accuracy ±7.6 Vol.% see MTK test sticker)
Observe the applicable regulations.
SGA:
Desflurane Accuracy ±0.5 Vol.%
2 Vol.%
N2O 60 Vol.% Accuracy ±6.8 Vol.%
– Check the sampling rate for patient gas

analysis.
Accuracy 200 mL ±20 mL/min
– Check the gas measurement modules for
leaks.
Leakage accuracy at –200 mbar
<20 mbar/min
4 Verify that the device combination is in good
condition:
– Labels are complete and legible
– No visible damage
– Fuses which are accessible from the out-
side are in compliance with the specified
values
5 Check the fittings of the medical device for com-
pleteness according to the instructions for use.
6 Check the electrical safety according to
IEC 62353.
7 Check safety features:
– Function of the alarm device

Maintenance
Preventive maintenance
WARNING
Risk of faulty components
Device failures might result from wear and
material fatigue of components.
To maintain the function of all components,
this device must be inspected and serviced at
the intervals specified by the manufacturer.
The following table shows the service intervals:
User-specific intervals
AGS filter Exchange if clogged.
IBF absorber filter Exchange after 20 operating hours.
Filter of the endotracheal suction sys- Exchange every 14 days.
tem
Flow sensors Exchange if calibration is no longer possible or in the event of er-
ror message Exp. flow sensor failure or Insp. flow sensor fail-
ure.
They may be incinerated with little pollution at temperatures over
800 °C.
Plug of the bacterial filter in the en- Exchange after 2 years.
dotracheal suction system
Water trap (CO2 Protect) Replace in the event of contamination or the message Sample
line disconnected? (if the sample line is open and not kinked)
but at least every 4 weeks. Follow the hospital hygiene regula-
tions and relevant instructions for use for disposal.
NIBP measurement to be checked annually by trained personnel

Maintenance
Replacement by DrägerService or a technician specifically trained for this purpose

Lead-gel battery UPS (2 pcs.) After 3 years or the message Battery failure have it replaced by
trained personnel. Dispose of it in accordance with the local
waste disposal regulations.
Pressure controller (8417029) of the Replace after 6 years by DrägerService or a technician specifi-
gas supply block, (3 pcs.) cally trained for this purpose.
Sample gas return line filter Replace by trained personnel after 1 year.
Filters upstream of pressure sensors Replace by trained personnel after 1 year.
Filter mat of the power unit Replace by trained personnel after 1 year.
Diaphragms in the breathing system Replace after 2 years by trained personnel.
(3 pcs.)
Sinter filter – gas supply block (3 pcs.) Replace after 2 years by DrägerService or a technician specifi-
cally trained for this purpose.
Dust filter – device ventilation Annual visual inspection, to be replaced by trained personnel af-
ter 3 years.
Central supply pressure reducers – Replace after 6 years by trained personnel.
fresh-gas mixer (3 pcs.)
Replacement by trained personnel
Filter mat for gas measuring module Replace annually by trained personnel.
NBP air filter in the Apollo drawer Replace after 2 years by trained personnel.
O-rings (6870522) on water trap Replace after 2 years by trained personnel.
holder, (2 pcs.)
O-ring (6870529) on water trap holder Replace after 2 years by trained personnel.
Small sealing rings (8602998) breath- Replace after 3 years by trained personnel.
ing system, (6 pcs.)
Large sealing rings (M33729) breath- Replace after 3 years by trained personnel.
ing system, (3 pcs.)
Guide sleeves (MK03310) DIVA me- Replace after 3 years by trained personnel.
tering module, (2 pcs.)
Valve body (MK01580) DIVA meter- Replace after 3 years by trained personnel.
ing module, (2 pcs.)
O-rings (MK02884) DIVA metering Replace after 3 years by trained personnel.
module, (2 pcs.)
Distance washers (MK03284) DIVA Replace after 3 years by trained personnel.
metering module, (2 pcs.)
Lithium batteries for the Diana and Replace after 6 years by trained personnel.
Verona circuit boards
Lithium battery for the Dirona circuit Replace after 6 years by trained personnel.
board (alternative)

Maintenance
Repair
For repairs, Dräger recommends DrägerService

and the use of authentic Dräger parts.


Disposal
Disposal
Disposal of the medical device . . . . . . . . . . . 392

For countries subject to the EU Directive
2002/96/EC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Disposing of accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Disposal of non-rechargeable batteries . . . . 393

Disposal
Disposal of the medical device
WARNING For countries subject to the EU Directive

Risk of infection 2002/96/EC
The device and its components must be disin- This device is subject to EU Directive 2002/96/EC
fected and cleaned before disposal! (WEEE). In order to comply with its registration ac-
cording to this directive, this device may not be dis-
At the end of its service life, have the medical de- posed of at municipal collection points for waste
vice appropriately disposed of in accordance with electrical and electronic equipment. Dräger has au-
applicable laws and regulations. thorized a company to collect and dispose of this
device. To initiate collection or for further informa-
tion, visit Dräger on the Internet at
www.draeger.com. Use the Search function with
the keyword "WEEE" to find the relevant informa-
tion. If access to Dräger's website is not possible,
contact the local Dräger Organization.
Disposing of accessories
When disposing of the following accessory parts,

observe the hospital hygiene regulations and the
respective instructions for use:
– Flow sensor
– Breathing hoses
– Filter, HME, HMEF
– Breathing bag
– Masks
– Water trap
– CLIC absorber
– Soda lime
Dispose on the following articles according to hos-
pital hygiene regulations:
– Sample line
– Soda lime dust filter
– AGS

Disposal
Disposal of non-rechargeable batteries
WARNING
Risk of explosion and chemical burns
Improper handling of batteries can result in
explosions and chemical burns.
– Do not throw batteries in the fire.
– Do not force batteries open.
z Do not recharge batteries.

The following applies to the Federal Republic of
Germany: According to the battery law, the end
user is obligated to return batteries containing toxic
material to the distributor or the public waste man-
agement organization. The battery used in this de-
vice must therefore be removed by experts prior to
disposal of the device. In countries other than Ger-
many the respective national regulations must be
complied with.


Technical data
Technical data
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 Trident Pod (NMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 BISx pod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Monitoring specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Latex-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 ECG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Penetration values of IBF filter . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Non-invasive blood pressure

measurement (NIBP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Invasive blood pressure (IBP) . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Wedge measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Alarm tone sequence IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Pulse oximetry (SpO2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Central gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Gas delivery, control mode FG ctrl. . . . . . . . 404
Neuromuscular Transmission
Gas delivery, control mode Auto control . . . 404 Monitoring NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Anesthesia depth monitoring BIS . . . . . . . . 428
Breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Essential performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Fresh-gas outlet for non-rebreathing EMC Declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
system (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Airway resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Electromagnetic emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Electromagnetic environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Electromagnetic immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Recommended safety clearance for
O2-, CO2 and anesthetic gas
portable and mobile high-frequency
measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
communication equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Anesthetic gas measurement (infrared Reduced separation distances to portable
spectroscopy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 and mobile radio frequency communication
devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Anesthetic gas metering modules . . . . . . . . 413
Device combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Connections to IT networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
General safety standards for anesthesia Information on connecting to the IT network . . 436
workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Modules for patient monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . 416
Hemodynamic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Technical data
General information
Units of measurement for pressure 1 hPa = 1 mbar = 1 cmH2O

100 kPa = 0.1 MPa = 1 bar = 1 kPa x 100
All specified tolerances apply for 20 °C (68 °F),
60 % relative humidity, and 1013 hPa
(760 mmHg).
The accuracies indicated below change according
to ambient pressure, temperature, and relative hu-
midity. If one of the ambient conditions is changed
up to the permissible limit, the accuracy of the cor-
responding value can change by up to 50 %. If
more than one of the ambient conditions are
changed, the accuracy may change by up to
100 %.
Example: Accuracy of a measured pressure value:
±4 % under standard conditions. At 10 °C, the ac-
curacy changes to ±6 % and at 10 °C and 20 %
relative humidity to ±8 %.
All patient-related volumes and flow values are
standardized to the conditions in the lung. (BTPS)
Percentages relate to the measured value, not to

the scale end.
If tolerances are stated both as a percentage and
as an absolute figure, it is always the higher figure
which applies!

Technical data
Identification
The serial number and part number of Zeus IE and the [CE logo] mark are on the rating plate (identification
plate) attached to the back of the device.
Classification
Classification in accordance with Directive Class IIb

93/42/EEC Annex IX
Protection class of the device Class I according to IEC 60601-1
Penetration of liquids IPX0
Classification of implemented parts in patient mon- page 416
itoring
Electromagnetic compatibility, EMC Tested according to IEC 60601-1-2
UMDNS code 10-134 Anesthetic unit
(Nomenclature for medical devices)
Weight
Weight; entire device approx. 180 kg
Ready for operation, with two DIVA metering mod-
ules, without backup gas cylinders.
Weight; breathing system approx. 4.4 kg; without soda lime
Weight; DIVA metering module (empty) approx. 5 kg
Dimensions
Dimensions of the device; W x H x D approx. 700 x 1650 x 1100 mm
Dimensions of the breathing system; W x H x D approx. 270 x 400 x 350 mm
Dimensions of a DIVA metering module; W x H x D approx. 80 x 280 x 180 mm
Noise <50 dB (A)
Maximum tilt during transportation 10°
Maximum tilt during operation 5°

Technical data
Latex-free
Zeus IE is manufactured without natural latex
Penetration values of IBF filter
Before conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.41 % at 15 L/min in ac-

cordance with EN13328-1
After conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.18 % at 15 L/min in ac-
Before conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.84 % at 30 L/min in ac-
After conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.35 % at 30 L/min in ac-
Screen
Variant 1 – C500
Type Resistive touch screen
Size (H x W x D) 284 mm x 414 mm x 95 mm
Weight (without mounting): 7 kg
Resolution 1440 x 900
Contrast (minimum) 500:1
Viewing angle Horizontal: 130°, Vertical: 100°
Variant 2 – C500
Weight (without mounting): 7 kg

Technical data
Screen (Cont.)
Variant 3 – C700
Weight (without mounting): 9.5 kg
Power supply
Operating voltage 100 VAC to 240 VAC; 50/60 Hz

Power consumption during the power-on proce- 530 W
dure
Zeus IE equipped with:
– Hemodynamic patient monitoring
– Module DPS
– 2 DIVA metering modules
Maximum current consumption Depending on variant, 8 A, 12 A or 14 A max. with
power drawn from auxiliary power sockets.
Auxiliary power socket Up to 2, depending on variant, separately fused via
3 A or 4 A circuit breakers.
Do not connect any HF surgery devices to the aux-
iliary power socket because high levels of interfer-
ence may impair Zeus IE functionality!
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) With a fully charged battery: at least 30 minutes; up
to 90 minutes, depending on the ventilation param-
eters.
No supply to auxiliary sockets!

Technical data
Ambient conditions
Temperature range for the device

Operation +15 to +35 °C
Storage / transportation –15 to +40 °C
Relative humidity
Operation 25 % to 85 %, no condensation
Storage / transportation 25 % to 85 %, no condensation
Air pressure
Operation 700 to 1060 hPa
Storage / transportation 500 to 1060 hPa
CO2 content of ambient air
Operation 300 to 800 ppm
When transporting filled DIVA metering modules,
the specifications of the anesthetic agent manu-
facturer must be observed.
Only store and transport DIVA metering modules if
they are empty! (page 76).
Alarm tone sequence IEC
Sound pressure level L(A) of the alarm tones at the

workstation, measured in accordance with
IEC 60601-1-8
Alarm volume (high priority) Settable from approximately 52 dB(A) to 70 dB(A)
Alarm volume (medium priority) Settable from approximately 51 dB(A) to 69 dB(A)
Alarm volume (low priority) Settable from approximately 50 dB(A) to 68 dB(A)
Auxiliary alarm ≥55 dB(A) and ≤75 dB(A)
Mains supply failure alarm ≥55 dB(A) and ≤75 dB(A)

Technical data
Central gas supply
Pneumatic connections Central gas supply (CS): O2, N2O, Air.

Backup gas cylinders: 2 cylinders, 3 liters each (O2,
Air or N2O)
Anesthetic gas scavenging system.
Vacuum central supply (optional).
Anesthetic gas scavenging system Nominal nozzle diameter 27 mm or ISO cone
30 mm; (according to EN 1281-1)
Required composition of gases
O2, Medically pure (Europ. Pharmacopoeia)
Minimum O2 concentration: 99.5 %
N2O Medically pure (Europ. Pharmacopoeia)
Air Dew point: >5 °C below ambient temperature at
0.5 MPa (5 bar)
Oil content: <0.1 mg/m3
Particles: Dust-free air; filtered with pore size
<1 µm
Required input pressures (central supply) for O2,
N2O and Air
Nominal pressure range 270 to 690 kPa
Pressure range with guaranteed function (not 180 to 1000 kPa
specified).
At an input pressure of <180 kPa and >1000 kPa
the device and any other similarly designed devices
connected to the central supply can no longer me-
ter gases.
Inspiratory O2 concentration
Insp. O2 concentration Max. deviation
≤35 Vol.% –3 Vol.%
>35 Vol.% ≤60 Vol. % –5 Vol.%
>60 Vol.% –7 Vol.%

Technical data
Central gas supply (Cont.)
Maximum gas withdrawal

O2 125 L/min
(including O2 flush, O2 emergency delivery and
maximum gas consumption at the O2 outlet)
Air 160 L/min
(including internal supply of the bronchial aspirator
and maximum gas consumption at the Air outlet)
N2O 20 L/min
Optional gas supply outlets The output pressure corresponds to the respective
input pressure
O2 outlet max. 41 L/min at 2.8 kPa x 100
(at maximum O2 gas delivery)
Air outlet max. 39 L/min at 2.8 kPa x 100
(at maximum Air gas delivery) and
use, no external consumers
(e.g., suction))
Driving gas consumption Air <1.5 L/min
Fresh-gas flow, control mode FG ctrl.: 0.25 to 18 L/min (STPD)
Accuracy ±10 %
Resolution 0.1 L/min
Fresh-gas flow, control mode Auto control: 0 to 18 L/min
Accuracy ±0.05 L/min or ±10 %
Resolution with flowMIN = "Uptake": 0.015 L/min
otherwise
Resolution with flowMIN: 0.1 L/min

Technical data
Central gas supply (Cont.)
O2 concentration in the fresh gas, 25 to 100 Vol.% (measured under ATPD condi-
Control mode FG ctrl. tions)
Accuracy depends on the carrier gas and the nom-
inal O2 concentration set:
O2 set concentration Carrier gas Carrier gas
N2O Air
25 Vol.% ±3.75 Vol.% ±0.8 Vol.%

30 Vol.% ±4.2 Vol.% ±1.6 Vol.%
40 Vol.% ±4.8 Vol.% ±2.9 Vol.%
50 Vol.% ±5.0 Vol.% ±3.7 Vol.%
60 Vol.% ±4.8 Vol.% ±4.0 Vol.%
70 Vol.% ±4.2 Vol.% ±3.7 Vol.%
80 Vol.% ±3.2 Vol.% ±3.0 Vol.%
90 Vol.% ±1.8 Vol.% ±1.8 Vol.%
100 Vol.% 0 Vol.% 0 Vol.%
Resolution 1 Vol.%
Inspiratory O2 concentration in the fresh gas, con- 25 to 100 Vol.% (maximum achievable O2 concen-
trol mode Auto control tration because of 100 % relative air humidity in the
breathing system = 93 Vol.%. Corrected to BTPS
conditions)
Accuracy: ±(2.5 Vol.% + 2.5 % of the measured
value) in accordance with ISO 21647
Resolution: 1 Vol.%
ORC function Delivery of ≥250 mL/min O2
O2 flush >35 L/min
O2 safety flow 0 to 12 L/min
Accuracy: ±35 % or ±2 L/min

Technical data
Gas delivery, control mode FG ctrl.
Concentration of volatile anesthetic agents in the

fresh gas
Isoflurane 0 to 5 Vol.%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated steam)
Accuracy: ±20 % or 0.2 Vol.%SL
Resolution: 0.1 Vol.%SL
Sevoflurane 0 to 8 Vol.%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated steam)
Desflurane 0 to 18 Vol.%SL (max. 1500 mL/min saturated
steam)
Gas delivery, control mode Auto control
Exp. concentration of volatile anesthetic agent (With automatic control)

Isoflurane 0 to 2.5 Vol.%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated
steam)
Sevoflurane 0 to 5 Vol.%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated steam)
Desflurane 0 to 12 Vol.%SL (max. 1500 mL/min saturated
steam)

Technical data
Gas delivery, control mode Auto control (Cont.)
Maximum inspiratory concentration of volatile an- (inspiratory limit with automatic control)
esthetic agents
Isoflurane 0 to 5 Vol.%SL
Sevoflurane 0 to 8 Vol.%SL
Desflurane 0 to 18 Vol.%SL
Ventilation
Electronically controlled radial-flow compressor in

conjunction with electrically controlled proportional
valve, fresh-gas decoupled.
Ventilation modes Volume Control
Volume Control AutoFlow, with/without Sync.(VC)
Pressure Control, with/without Sync.(PC)
CPAP
MAN/SPON
Optional:
Pressure Support. Support for Volume Control
AutoFlow, Pressure Control and CPAP
Pressure limitation Pmax for Volume Control and (PEEP + 5) or (PEEP + Psupp) to 70 hPa
Volume Control AutoFlow
Accuracy: ±10 % or ±2 hPa
Resolution: 1 hPa
Inspiration pressure Pinsp PEEP to 70 hPa
for Pressure Control Accuracy: ±10 % or at least ±2 hPa
Resolution 1 hPa

Technical data
Ventilation (Cont.)
Pressure Support (Pressure support) Psupp PEEP to 70 hPa

for Pressure Control, Volume Control AutoFlow Accuracy: ±10 % or at least ±2 hPa
and CPAP
Resolution 1 hPa
CPAP MAN/SPON ventilation: 0 and 3 to 10 hPa
Resolution: 1 hPa
PEEP for Volume Control, Pressure Control, CPAP/Pres-
sure Support:
0 and 3 to 35 hPa; up to (Pmax –5 hPa) or
(Pmax – Psupp)
Resolution: 1 hPa
Tidal volume (VT) Accuracy:
<100 mL: ±10 % or ±15 mL (under calibration con-
ditions)
>100 mL: ±10 % (under calibration conditions)
Resolution:
20 to 100 mL: 1 mL
100 to 500 mL: 5 mL
>500 mL: 10 mL
Respiratory rate (RR) 3 to 80 1/min
Accuracy: ±1 1/min
Resolution: 1 1/min
Inspiratory time Ti 0.2 to 10 seconds
Accuracy: ±0.1 seconds
Resolution: 0.1 seconds
Respiratory time ratio Ti:Te 4 : 1 to 1 : 4
Inspiratory pause ratio % Tplat:Ti with Volume 20 to 50 %
Control and Volume Control AutoFlow
Accuracy: ±20 %
Resolution 5 %
Rise time Slope for Pressure Control, Volume Con- 0 to 2 seconds
trol AutoFlow, and for Pressure Support breaths
Resolution: 0.1 seconds

Technical data
Ventilation (Cont.)
Inspiratory flow 180 L/min +10 % maximum

Resulting from the VT or Pinsp and Ti settings
Trigger 0.3 to 15 L/min
Resolution:
0.3 to 1 L/min: 0.1 L/min
1 to 15 L/min: 1.0 L/min
Breathing system
Total volume (without breathing hoses) approx. 2.0 liter with absorber container
Compliance (without breathing circuit) With MAN/SPON ventilation: approx. 2 mL/hPa
With automatic ventilation: <0.2 mL/hPa
Absorber volume 1500 mL
"Drägersorb 800 plus" soda lime binds
approx. 150 liters of CO2
Safety pressure control valve 85 ±10 hPa
Patient connections ISO cone 22 mm
Breathing system leak <150 mL/min at 30 hPa, standardized to BTPS
conditions
Pressure control valve APL Setting range: 5 to 70 hPa
Accuracy: ±15 % of set value or ±3 hPa at 20 L/min
Auxiliary valve –18 hPa ± 3.5 hPa

Technical data
Fresh-gas outlet for non-rebreathing system (optional)
Connection ISO cone (male), ∅ 22 mm diameter with ISO cone

(female), ∅15 mm diameter
Pressure Max. 80 hPa at 18 L/min
Fresh-gas flow 3 to 18 L/min
For tolerances see fresh-gas delivery
Airway resistances
Airway resistances, in a dry state without patient hoses (insp. + exp.)

Inspiratory Expiratory
In accordance with ISO 8835-2 at a flow of 1.2 hPa 5.5 hPa
60 L/min (depending on the configuration of the
breathing system, both the insp. and exp. value
may deviate by ±0.3 hPa)
Pinsp (hPa) with standard

absorber
Pexp (hPa) with standard
absorber
Pressure(hPa)
Flow (L/min)
289

Technical data
Measuring system
Pressure measurement (piezo-resistive)

Airway pressure, real-time curve Paw: –20 to 100 hPa
Measured values PEEP, PIP, Pplat; Pmean Measuring range: –20 to 100 hPa
Resolution: 1 hPa
Central supply pressure (CS) Measuring range: 0 to 9.8 kPa x 100
Resolution: 0.1 kPa x 100
Accuracy: ±0.1 kPa x 100
Cylinder pressure ("SilverLine" pressure reducer) Measuring range: 0 to 250 kPa x 100
Resolution: 1 kPa x 100
Accuracy: ±10 kPa x 100
Pressure gauge (mechanical) Measuring range: –20 to 80 hPa
Accuracy: ±5 mbar of the reading
Flow measurement (hot-wire anemometry)
Flow real-time curve Measuring range: –180 to 180 L/min
Resolution: 0.1 L/min
Accuracy at 60 L/min: ±10 % (under calibration con-
ditions)
Volume real-time curve Measuring range: –200 to 2000 mL
Resolution: 1 mL
Accuracy at 60 L/min: ±10 % (under calibration con-
ditions)
Tidal volume VT (inspiratory and expiratory) Measuring range: 0 to 4000 mL
Resolution: 1 mL
Accuracy:
<100 mL: ±10 % or ±15 mL (under calibration con-
ditions)
>100 mL: ±10 % (under calibration conditions)

Technical data
Measuring system (Cont.)
Minute volume MV (spontaneous or mandatory) Measuring range: 0 to 40 L/min

Resolution: 0.1 L/min
Accuracy: ±10 % (under calibration conditions)
T90 value on the display: approx. 45 s
Respiratory rate (RR or RRspon) Measuring range: 0 to 150 1/min
Resolution: 1 1/min
Accuracy: ±1 1/min
T90 value on the display: approx. 45 s
Patient compliance Cdyn Measuring range: 0 to 300 mL/hPa
Resolution: 1 mL/hPa
Qualitative value only!
Average: 10 breaths
Patient resistance R Measuring range: 0 to 200 hPa/L/s
Resolution: 1 hPa/L/s
Qualitative value only!
Average: 10 breaths
O2 flow tube Setting range: 0 to 16 L/min
Accuracy: ±10 % of the set value
Response time of the whole system 4 +2 seconds
(according to ISO 80601-2-55)

Technical data
O2-, CO2 and anesthetic gas measurement
All measurements from side stream (sample gas

measurements) and under calibration conditions.
Sampling rate 200 mL/min ±20 mL/min
Delay time for sampling typically <4 sec. depending on sample gas line
Response time t10…90 O2 <500 ms
Response time t10…90 CO2 <350 ms
Response time t10…90 anesthetic gases <500 ms
Warm-up phase after switching on Specified accuracy: typically after 14 min; max.
≤20 min
ISO accuracy: approx. 4 min
Dependence of accuracy on respiratory rate Specified accuracy: up to 40 1/min
(I:E ratio 1 : 1)
ISO accuracy: up to 60 1/min
O2 measurement (paramagnetic)
Measuring range: 0 to 100 Vol.%
Resolution: 1 Vol.%
Accuracy: ±(2.5 Vol.% + 2.5 % of the measured
CO2measurement
Concentration in [Vol.%]: Measuring range: 0 to 10 Vol.%
Resolution: 0.1 Vol.%
Accuracy: ±(0.43 Vol.% + 8 % of the measured
Partial pressure in [mmHg]: Measuring range: 0 to 78 mmHg
Resolution: 1 mmHg
Accuracy: ±(3 mmHg + 8 % of the measured value)
in accordance with ISO 21647
Partial pressure in [kPa]: Measuring range: 0 to 10 kPa
Resolution: 0.1 kPa
Accuracy: ±(0.4 kPa + 8 % of the measured value)
in accordance with ISO 21647

Technical data
Anesthetic gas measurement (infrared spectroscopy)
Measuring ranges of the anesthetic gases:

Halothane Measuring range: 0 to 8.5 Vol.%
Enflurane Measuring range: 0 to 10 Vol.%
Isoflurane Measuring range: 0 to 8.5 Vol.%
Sevoflurane Measuring range: 0 to 10 Vol.%
Desflurane Measuring range: 0 to 20 Vol.%
Accuracy of anesthetic gas measurement: ±(0.2 Vol.% + 15 % of the measured value) in ac-
cordance with ISO 21647
Drift of measuring accuracy is compensated by cy-
clic zeroing.
Resolution of anesthetic gas measurement: 0.1 Vol.%
N2O Measuring range: 0 to 100 Vol.%
Accuracy: ±(2.0 Vol.% + 8 % of the measured
Resolution: 1 Vol.%
xMAC Measuring range: 0 to 9.9 xMAC
Resolution: 0.01 xMAC
Display: based on the expiratory measured values
Alarms: based on the inspiratory measured values
All gases
Anesthetic gas detection Automatic
Primary gas: from 0.3 Vol.%
Secondary gas: from 0.4 Vol.%
Cross sensitivity
3 ‰ alcohol Distortion <0.2 Vol.% for anesthetic gas, CO2, and
1 ‰ acetone or methane N2O measurement.
100 ppm NO or CO Distortion <1 Vol.% for O2 measurement.
Water steam saturated at 37 °C

Technical data
Anesthetic gas metering modules
Maximum tipping angle / sloped position During operation in device: 5° max.

During storage/transport: Any
Filling volume Total volume: 315 mL
Between max./3rd mark: 250 mL
Anesthetic agent loss <1.0 mL liquid in 24 hours in storage or transport.
Data communication
Removable media USB ports

Serial ports COM1 and COM2
Connector 9-pin, Sub-D
Pin allocation:
1 CD (carrier detect)
2 RX (receive)
3 TX (transmit)
4 DTR (data terminal ready)
5 GND (ground)
6 DSR (data set ready)
7 RTS (request to send)
8 CTS (clear to send)
9 RI (ring indicator)
Data protocol MEDIBUS
Settings:
Speed 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 baud
Parity Even
Number of data bits 8
Number of stop bits 1
Connections for IV system (optional)
Standard RS232:
Connector 9-pin, Sub-D
Network ports RJ-45 Cat. 5

Technical data
General safety standards for anesthesia workstations
Relevant standards
In addition to the standards listed here, this medi-
cal device meets various other standards, e.g.,
standards concerning special national require-
ments.
IEC 60601-1 2nd edition Part 1:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for safety
IEC 60601-1-2 Part 1-2:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for safety, Collateral stand-
ard: Electromagnetic compatibility requirements
and tests
IEC 60601-1-4 Part 1-4
ard: Programmable medical electrical systems
IEC 60601-1-8 Part 1-8:
ard: General requirements, tests and guidance for
alarm systems in medical electrical systems
IEC 60601-2-13 Part 2-13:
Medical electrical equipment Particular requirements for the safety and essential
performance of anesthetic systems
ISO 8835-2 Part 2:
Systems for inhalation anesthesia Anesthesia breathing systems
ISO 8835-3 Part 3:
Systems for inhalation anesthesia Transfer and receiving systems of active anaes-
thetic gas scavenging systems
ISO 8835-4 Part 4:
Systems for inhalation anesthesia Anesthetic vaporizers
ISO 8835-5 Part 5:
Systems for inhalation anesthesia Anesthesia ventilators
ISO 21647 Particular requirements for the basic safety and es-
Medical electrical equipment sential performance of respiratory gas monitors
EN 1060-1 Non-invasive blood pressure measuring equipment

Technical data
General safety standards for anesthesia workstations (Cont.)
For devices manufactured after January 2016, the

following also apply:
IEC 60601-1 3rd ed. Part 1:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance
IEC 60601-1-2 Part 1-2:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for safety – Collateral stand-
ard: Electromagnetic compatibility – requirements
and tests
IEC 60601-1-8 Part 1-8:
General requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance – Collateral standard: Alarm sys-
tems – General requirements, tests and guidance
for alarm systems in medical electrical equipment
and medical systems
ISO 80601-2-13 Part 2-13:
Medical electrical equipment Particular requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance of anaesthesia workstations
ISO 80601-2-55 Part 2-55:
Particular requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance of respiratory gas monitors
Observe the conditions of use for auxiliary devices. The application of the whole system may be restricted
as a result.
Observe the instructions for use for auxiliary devices and the technical data specified therein.
The anesthetic agent used can restrict the application range of the device with respect to the temperature
range as well as the maximum fresh-gas flow.

Technical data
Modules for patient monitoring
Hemodynamic modules
Operation Hard keys (C.O. Start, IBP Cal, Wedge)

Indicators and displays HemoMed, Quad Hemo: none
Hemo2: two 4-digit LCD displays
Hemo4: four 4-digit LCD displays
Connections Hemo2: 2 invasive pressure parameters, C.O.,
2 temperatures, one cable for connecting the mod-
ule to Zeus IE
Hemo4: 4 invasive pressure parameters, C.O., one
cable for connecting the module to Zeus IE
Quad Hemo and HemoMed: 4 invasive pressure
parameters, C.O., 2 temperatures, one cable for
connecting the module to Zeus IE
Dimensions (H x W x D) Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 140 x 205 x 60 mm
Quad Hemo: 110 x 205 x 80 mm
Weights Hemo2: 0.7 kg (incl. pressure transducer block)
Hemo4 and HemoMed: 0.9 kg (incl. 2 pressure
transducer blocks)
Quad Hemo: 0.48 kg (incl. 4 pressure transducer
cables)
Temperature range, operation: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 10 °C to 40 °C
Quad Hemo: 0 °C to 45 °C
Temperature range, storage: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: –20 °C to 50 °C
Quad Hemo: –40 °C to 70 °C
Relative air humidity, operation: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 20 % to 90 %, non-
condensing
Quad Hemo: 10 % to 95 %, non-condensing
Relative air humidity, storage: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 10 % to 95 %, (with
packaging)
Quad Hemo: 10 % to 95 % (with packaging)

Technical data
Hemodynamic modules (Cont.)
Air pressure, operation: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 525 to 795 mmHg

(70 to 106 kPa)
Quad Hemo: 480 to 795 mmHg (64 to 106 kPa)
Air pressure, storage: 375 to 795 mmHg (50 to 106 kPa)
Type of applied part Type CF as per IEC 60601-1
Defibrillation protection according to IEC 60601-2-34
Trident Pod (NMT)
Indicators and displays yellow, LED for active stimulation

Connections Pod COM: for connecting to Zeus IE
NMT cable
EEG: for connecting the BISx pod
Dimensions (H x W x D) 36 x 132 x 140 mm
Weight 595 g
Temperature range, operation: 10 °C to 40 °C
Temperature range, storage: –20 °C to 40 °C
Relative air humidity, operation: 20 % to 90 %, non-condensing
Relative air humidity, storage: 20 % to 90 % (with packaging)
Air pressure, operation: 525 to 795 mmHg (70 to 106 kPa)
Electrical specifications Type CF as per IEC 60601-1
IEC 60601-2-40; specification for electromyo-
graphs and devices for evoked potentials

Technical data
BISx pod
Connections Pod COM: for connecting to Zeus IE

Sensor cable
Dimensions (H x W x D) 114.5 x 95.3 x 63.5 mm
Weight 227 g
Temperature range, operation: 10 °C to 40 °C
Temperature range, storage: –20 °C to 40 °C
Relative air humidity, operation: 20 % to 90 %, non-condensing
Relative air humidity, storage: 20 % to 90 % (with packaging)
Air pressure, operation: 525 to 795 mmHg (70 to 106 kPa)
Electrical specifications Type BF as per IEC 60601-1
Monitoring specifications
ECG
Display Up to 3 leads
Leads for adults and pediatric I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, V+, (aVR/aVL/aVF/V
only with five-lead wire set.
V+ only with six-lead wire set)
Leads for neonates I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, V+, (aVR/aVL/aVF/V
only with five-lead wire set.
V+ only with six-lead wire set
Measuring range 15 to 300 bpm
Accuracy ±2 bpm or ±1 %
QRS detection Amplitude: 0.5 to 5.0 mV
Duration: 70 to 120 ms (adult and children); 40 to
120 ms (neonates)

Technical data
ECG (Cont.)
Frequency ranges Filter = Monitor: 0.5 to 40 Hz

Filter = ESU: 0.5 to 16 Hz
Filter = OFF: 0.05 to 40 Hz
Arrhythmia detection Only for adults and children; not for neonates
Pacemaker detection For adults and children on leads I, II and III, not for
neonates
Pacemakers with the following features can be de- Amplitude ±2 to ±700 mV
tected
Width (dp) 0.2 to 2.0 ms
Rise/fall (min) 0.1 dp, 100 ms
Overshoot (min) 0.025 ap, 2 mV
Recharge constant 4 to 100 ms
ST segment analysis
Leads for the analysis 3-lead wire set: I, II, III (one lead selectable)
5-lead wire set: I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF or V (three
leads selectable without ST option, all leads with
ST option)
6-lead wire set: I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V or V+
(three leads selectable without ST option, all leads
with ST option)
Isoelectric point Setting range: Start of the QRS complex up to ref-
erence point
Basic setting: Start of the QRS –28 ms
ST measuring point Reference point up to end of the QRS complex
Basic setting: End of the QRS +80 ms
ST complex Length: 892 ms (225 units)
Frequency response: 0.05 to 40 Hz
Update interval 15 seconds, with at least one normal beat
Trend time (ST display) 30 minutes
Trend resolution One data point every 30 seconds
Duration of the ST alarm OFF, 15, 30, 45, 60 seconds

Technical data
ECG (Cont.)
Classification Caution
Alarm On/Off Off: No alarms generated
Automatic alarm limits Current measured value ±2 mm
Response time to changes in heart rate

Change in heart rate from 90 to 120 bpm Range: 3.4 to 7.1 s
Average: 5.3 s
Change in heart rate from 90 to 40 bpm Range: 6.3 to 8.6 s
Average: 7.4 s
Non-invasive blood pressure measurement (NIBP)
Parameter display Systolic, diastolic, mean

Measuring principle Oscillometry
Modes of operation Manual (single measurement), continuous (5 min-
utes), interval or stasis
Interval times 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, 30 min
Measuring ranges (adults), 270 mmHg Heart rate: 40 to 240 bpm
NIBP (systolic): 30 to 250 mmHg
NIBP (mean): 20 to 230 mmHg
NIBP (diastolic): 10 to 210 mmHg
Measuring ranges (children), 180 mmHg Heart rate: 40 to 240 bpm
Measuring ranges (neonates), 140 mmHg Heart rate: 40 to 240 bpm
Connections Quick-release hose connector with single airway

Technical data
Non-invasive blood pressure measurement (NIBP) (Cont.)
Default inflation pressure Adults: 160 mmHg ±10 mmHg

Children: 120 mmHg ±10 mmHg
Neonates: 110 mmHg ±10 mmHg
Inflation pressure after a valid measurement Adult: Previous systolic pressure +25 mmHg
(±10 mmHg)
Children: Previous systolic pressure +25 mmHg
Neonatal: Previous systolic pressure +30 mmHg
Maximum cuff pressure Adults: 265 mmHg ±5 mmHg
Minimum cuff pressure necessary for measure- Adults: 110 mmHg ±10 mmHg
ment
Maximum inflation time Adults: 2 min ±1 s
Children: 2 min ±1 s
Neonates: 90 s ±1 s (60 s according to French law)
Software safety cut-off Adults: 273 mmHg ±3 mmHg
Hardware safety cut-off Adults and children: 300 mmHg ±30 mmHg
Static cuff pressure accuracy ±3 mmHg
Calibration range Adults/children: 10 to 260 mmHg ±3 mmHg
Neonates: 10 to 150 mmHg ±3 mmHg

Technical data
Invasive blood pressure (IBP)
Measuring principle Resistive pressure transducer

Resolution 1 mmHg
Measuring range –50 to 400 mmHg
Frequency ranges DC up to 8 Hz,
DC up to 16 Hz and
DC up to 32 Hz (adjustable)
Accuracy ±1 mmHg or ±3 %, excluding the pressure trans-
ducer
Zero calibration range ±200 mmHg
Transducer specifications Permitted pressure transducers with a resistance of
200 to 3000 Ω and an equivalent pressure sensitiv-
ity of 5 µV/V/mmHg ±10 %
Wedge measurement
Pressure measuring range 10 to 120 mmHg

Deflection rate 6.25 to 50 mm/s

Technical data
Cardiac output (C.O.)
Parameter display Cardiac output, blood temperature, injectate tem-

perature
Measuring principle Thermodilution
Measuring range Cardiac output: 0.5 to 20 L/min
Blood temperature: 25 °C to 43 °C
Injectate temperature: –5 °C to +30 °C
Accuracy Cardiac output: ±5 % (with 0 °C injectate)
Injectate temperature: ±0.25 °C
Defibrillation protection according to IEC 60601-1A2
Pulse oximetry (SpO2)
Parameter display Saturation (% SpO2), pulse rate

Measuring principle Absorption spectrophotometry
Measuring range SpO2: 70 to 100 %
Pulse rate: 30 to 250 bpm
Calibration range 70 to 100 %
Display range 0 to 100 %
Display update period 2 seconds
Maximum update delay 30 seconds (in the event of artefact or other errors)

Technical data
Pulse oximetry (SpO2) (Cont.)
SpO2 accuracy Measuring accuracy in Adult mode (1):

SpO2:
0 to 69 % not specified
70 to 100 % sensor-specific, specified as follows:
Nellcor(2, 3):
OxiMAX MAX-A, OxiMAX MAX-AL, Oxi-
MAX MAX-P, OxiMAX MAX-N, OxiMAX
MAX-I ±2
Nellcor:
DS100A ±3
Masimo(2, 3):
LNOPADT, LNOPPED, LNOPNEO,
LNOPNEO SS, LNOP-YI ±2
Masimo:
LNOP-DCI, LNOP-DCIP, NR125 ±2
EAR ±3.5
Pulse:
±3 bpm or ±3 % (whichever is higher)
Measuring accuracy in Neonatal mode (1, 2, 3, 4):

SpO2:
0 to 69 % not specified
70 to 100 % sensor-specific, specified as follows:
Nellcor:
N-25, OxiMAX MAX-N ±3
Masimo:
LNOPNEO, LNOPNEO SS, LNOP-YI ±3
Pulse:
±3 bpm or ±3 % (whichever is higher)

Technical data
Note:
1 SpO2 levels of accuracy are expressed as
± "X" figures between specified saturation
values. SpO2 measuring accuracy is speci-
fied with 1 SD (standard deviation), which
represents approx. 68 % of the population.
2 Saturation: In the event of movement, the
levels of accuracy have to be expanded by
±1 digit (5, 6) (ECG monitoring necessary).
3 Pulse: In the event of movement, the levels
of accuracy have to be expanded by ±2 bpm
or ±2 % (whichever is greater) (5, 6) (ECG
monitoring necessary).
4 Accuracy tolerance for neonates is ±1 digit
higher than for adults in order to take into
consideration the theoretical effects of fetal
hemoglobin in neonatal blood.
5 For Masimo devices movement is defined as
follows:
– regular rubbing/knocking with an ampli-
tude of 1 to 2 cm at a regular frequency
of 2 to 4 Hz.
or
– irregular movement with an amplitude of
2 to 3 cm at a frequency of 1 to 5 Hz.
6 For Nellcor devices, movement is defined as
irregular rubbing/knocking with an amplitude
of 1 to 2 cm at a regular frequency of 1 to
4 Hz.
SpO2 alarms Upper limit: adjustable between 71 and 100 %
Lower limit: adjustable between 70 and 99 %
Nominal wavelength Nellcor: Red: 660 nm, Infrared: 910 nm
Masimo: Red: 660 nm, Infrared: 905 nm

Technical data
Power of radiation sources Nellcor: Red: 3 mW (max.), Infrared: 4 mW (max.)

Masimo: Red: 0.9 mW (max.), Infrared: 0.9 mW
(max.)
Note: LED is voltage-limited by a hardware mecha-
nism.
Temperature
Parameter display Absolute temperature

Measuring range –5 °C to 50 °C (absolute)
Resolution ±0.1 °C
Accuracy ±0.1 °C (absolute)
Average response time <2.5 seconds
Sensor accuracy ±0.1 °C; 0 °C to 50 °C
Neuromuscular Transmission Monitoring NMT
Stimulation modes Single Twitch (Single), Train of Four (TOF), Post

Tetanic Count (PTC)
Range for stimulation current Auto: Display only; 60 mA max. up to 6.6 kΩ; based
on the reference pulse at start
Man: 5 to 60 mA in 5 mA increments
Pulse width 100, 200 or 300 µs
Measuring intervals None, 1 s, 10 s, 20 s, 1 min, 5 min, 15 min, 30 min

Technical data
Neuromuscular Transmission Monitoring NMT (Cont.)
Measuring ranges T NMT: 20 to 40 °C

Single twitch: 0 to 200 % of the reference pulse
TOF Ratio: 0 to 150 %
TOF Count: 0 to 4 (number of stimulations) if TOF
Ratio <20 % or if the number of stimulations <4
PTC: 0 to 20 (number of stimulations)
Accuracy T NMT: ±1 °C
Single twitch: ±10 %
TOF-Ratio: ±10 %
Display resolution T NMT: 1 °C
Single twitch: 1 %
TOF-Ratio: 1 %
TOF-Count/PTC: 1
Trend display ranges Single twitch: 0 to 200 %, 5 % increments
TOF Ratio: 0 to 150 %, 5 % increments
TOF Count: 0 to 4, 1-unit increments
PTC: 0 to 20, 1-unit increments
Associated standards IEC 60601-2-40; specification for electromyo-
graphs and devices for evoked potentials

Technical data
Anesthesia depth monitoring BIS
Parameter Bispectral Index BIS

Signal Quality Index SQI
Electromyography EMG
Burst Suppression Ratio BSR
Spectral Edge Frequency SEF
Burst Count BCT
Total Power PWR
Measuring ranges and accuracy BIS: 0 to 100 ±1
SQI: 0 to 100 % ±0.1 %
EMG: 30 to 80 dB ±1 dB / 0 to 100 dB (in frequency
range 70 to 110 Hz)
BSR: 0 to 100 % ±0.1 %
SEF: 0.5 to 30 Hz ±0.01 Hz (parameters selectable)
BCT: 0 to 30 ±1
PWR: 40 to 100 dB (in the frequency range from 0.5
to 30 Hz)
Sensor impedance test PASS: Impedance <7.5 kΩ
Filter High filter: off, on, auto
Low filter: off, on
Notch filter: off/on
Averaging time 15, 30 seconds
EEG waveform display range 50, 100, 250, 500 µV, Auto
Trend display ranges BIS: 0 to 100
EMG: 0 to 100
SQI: 0 to 100
BSR: 0 to 100
BCT: 0 to 30
SEF: 0 to 30
PWR: 0 to 100

Technical data
WARNING
The following parameters are not monitored in
neonates: arrhythmia, cardiac output, and ST
segment analysis. No alarm will be activated.
Essential performance
The essential performance features comprise:

General
– Supply of the anesthesia workstation with O2
If the O2 supply (central gas supply or gas cyl-
inder) fails, an alarm is issued.
– Supply of the patient with adequately oxygen-
ated breathing gas
If the breathing gas contains insufficient levels
of O2, an alarm is issued.
– Patients are not supplied with excessively high
anesthetic gas concentrations
If excessively high anesthetic gas concentra-
tions are delivered, an alarm is issued.
– Monitoring of the airway pressure and the expir-
atory minute volume
Alarms are issued depending on the set alarm
limits.
Gas measurement
– Accuracy of the gas measurements
– Generation of alarms when defined alarm limits
are transgressed
If the gas measurement fails, an alarm is is-
sued.

Technical data
EMC Declaration
General information Detailed radio frequency characteristics

Communication devices in accordance with
The EMC conformity of the device has been evalu- IEEE 802.11b:
ated in conjunction with the external cables, trans-
ducers, and accessories specified in the list of ac- – 2412 to 2472 MHz
cessories. Other accessories which do not affect – DSSS (direct-sequence spread spectrum) lim-
EMC conformity may be used if no other reasons ited to 100 mW
forbid their use (see other sections of these instruc-
tions for use). The use of non-compliant accesso- – Applicable to access points and client adapters
ries may result in increased emissions or de- Communication devices in accordance with
creased immunity of the medical device. IEEE 802.15.1:
The medical device may only be used adjacent to – 2400 to 2485 MHz
or stacked with other devices when the configura-
tion is approved by Dräger. If adjacent or stacked – FHSS (frequency-hopping spread spectrum)
use of non-approved configurations is inevitable, limited to 2.5 mW
verify normal operation of the medical device in the See the instructions for use of the wireless devices
configuration in which it will be used. In any case, for further details.
strictly observe the instructions for use of the other
devices.
Electromagnetic emissions
When using wireless networking, be aware that the

system operates at 2.4 GHz range. Other equip-
ment, even if compliant with CISPR emission re-
quirements, can interfere with reception of wireless
data. When selecting wireless systems (wireless
communication media, pager systems, etc.) for use
in installations where wireless networking is used,
care must always be used to ensure that operating
frequencies are compatible. For example, selecting
wireless communication media that operate at
2.4 GHz will likely cause difficulty with the network-
ing components. Low-level signals such as ECG
signals are particular susceptible to interference
from electromagnetic energy. Even if the equip-
ment meets the test requirements described below,
smooth operation cannot be guaranteed – the ‘qui-
eter‘ the electrical environment the better. In gen-
eral, increasing the distance between electrical de-
vices decreases the likelihood of interference.

Technical data
Electromagnetic environment
The medical device is intended for use in an elec-

tromagnetic environment as specified in the follow-
ing. The user must ensure that the medical device
is used in such an environment.
Transmissions Compliance Electromagnetic environment

with
Radio frequency emissions Group 1 The medical device uses radio frequency
(CISPR 11) energy only for its internal function. There-
fore, its radio frequency emissions are very
low and are not likely to cause any interfer-
ence in nearby electronic equipment.
Class A The medical device is not specified for op-
eration in residential buildings and such
equipment as is directly (without trans-
former) connected to the same low voltage
network as the residential building.
Harmonic emissions Not applicable
(IEC 61000-3-2)
Transmission of voltage Not applicable
fluctuations / flicker
(IEC 61000-3-3)

Technical data
Electromagnetic immunity
The medical device is intended for use in an elec-

tromagnetic environment as specified below. The
user must ensure that the medical device is used in
such an environment.
Immunity against IEC 60601-1-2 Test Compliance level of Electromagnetic envi-

level the medical device ronment
Electrostatic discharge Contact discharge: ±6 kV Ceramic tile and wood or
(ESD) (IEC 61000-4-2) ±6 kV concrete flooring is prefer-
Air discharge: ±8 kV ±8 kV able. If floors are covered
with synthetic material, the
relative humidity should be
at least 30 %.
Electrical fast tran- Mains cables: ±2 kV ±2 kV The quality of the supply
sients/bursts Longer input cables / ±1 kV voltage should correspond
(IEC 61000-4-4) output cables: ±1 kV to a typical commercial or
hospital environment.
Surge on AC mains Common mode voltage: ±2 kV The quality of the supply
lines/surges ±2 kV voltage should correspond
(IEC 61000-4-5) Differential voltage: ±1 kV to a typical commercial or
±1 kV hospital environment.
Power frequency mag- 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic

netic field (50/60 Hz) fields should be at levels
(IEC 61000-4-8) characteristic of a typical
commercial or hospital en-
vironment.
Voltage dips and short Dip >95 %, 0.5 periods >95 %, The quality of the supply
interruptions on AC 0.5 periods voltage should correspond
mains input lines Dip 60 %, 5 periods 60 %, to a typical commercial or
(IEC 61000-4-11) 5 periods hospital environment. If the
user of the medical device
Dip 30 %, 25 periods 30 %, requires continued opera-
25 periods tion during mains power
Dip >95 %, 5 seconds >95 %, supply interruptions, it is
5 seconds recommended that the
medical device is powered
from an uninterruptible
power supply or a battery.

Technical data
Immunity against IEC 60601-1-2 Test Compliance level of Electromagnetic envi-

level the medical device ronment
Radiated radio fre- 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz: 10 V/m Recommended minimum
quency interference 10 V/m distance from portable and
(IEC 61000-4-3) mobile radio devices with
transmitting power PEIRP
to the medical device in-
cluding its cables:
1.84 m x √PEIRP [watts]1)
(6.04 ft x √PEIRP [watts])
Conducted radio fre- 150 kHz to 80 MHz: 10 V Recommended minimum
quency (IEC 61000-4-6) 10 V within the ISM distance from portable and
bands2) mobile radio devices with
150 kHz to 80 MHz: 3 V 3 V transmitting power PEIRP
outside the ISM bands2) to the medical device in-
cluding its cables:
(1.84 m x √PEIRP [watts])1)
(6.04 ft x √PEIRP [watts])
1) For PEIRP, insert the highest possible "equivalent isotropic radiated power" of the adjacent radio frequency transmitter.
High-frequency transmission may also occur in the vicinity of devices with the symbol . Field strengths from fixed, port-
able, or mobile radio frequency transmitters at the location of the medical device should be less than 3 V/m in the frequency
range from 150 kHz to 2.5 GHz and less than 1 V/m above 2.5 GHz.
2) ISM bands in this frequency range are: 6.765 MHz to 6.795 MHz; 13.553 MHz to 13.567 MHz; 26.957 MHz to 27.283 MHz;
40.66 MHz to 40.70 MHz.

Technical data
Recommended safety clearance for portable and mobile high-frequency communi-

cation equipment
The following separation distances are in accord-

ance with the specifications of IEC 60601-1-2.
Max. PEIRP (W) 150 kHz to 2.5 GHz All other frequencies Examples
0.03 0.32 m (1.05 ft) 0.96 m (3.15 ft) WLAN 5250/5775 (Europe)
0.10 0.58 m (1.90 ft) 1.75 m (5.74 ft) WLAN 2440 (Europe)
0.17 0.76 m (2.49 ft) 2.28 m (7.48 ft) Bluetooth, RFID 2.5 GHz
0.20 0.82 m (2.69 ft) 2.47 m (8.10 ft) WLAN 5250 (not in Europe)
0.25 0.92 m (3.02 ft) 2.76 m (9.06 ft) UMTS mobile phones
0.41 1.18 m (3.87 ft) 3.53 m (11.58 ft) Cordless DECT devices
0.82 1.67 m (5.48 ft) 5.00 m (16.40 ft) RFID 13.56 MHz
1.00 1.84 m (6.04 ft) 5.52 m (18.11 ft) WLAN 5600 (not in Europe)
1.64 2.36 m (7.74 ft) 7.07 m (23.20 ft) GSM 1800/GSM 1900
3.28 3.33 m (10.93 ft) 10.00 m (32.81 ft) GSM 900 mobiles, RFID 868 MHz
Reduced separation distances to portable and mobile radio frequency communica-

tion devices
The following separation distances are based on

additional tests performed by Dräger to determine
the minimum separation distances absolutely nec-
essary. These reduced safety clearances apply
only to mobile high-frequency communication
equipment that uses the standards specified.
Mobile high-frequency communication equipment with ... Safety clearance

GSM 850, GSM 900, RFID 868 MHz (limited to 2 W ERP) 0.30 m (12 in)
GSM 1800, GSM 1900 (limited to 1 W ERP) 0.30 m (12 in)
UMTS, DECT (limited to 0.25 W ERP) 0.15 m (6 in)
Bluetooth, WLAN 2450, RFID 2450 (limited to 0.1 W ERP) 0.30 m (12 in)

Technical data
Device combinations
This device can be operated in combination with

other Dräger devices or with devices from other
manufacturers. Observe the accompanying docu-
ments of the individual devices.
If a device combination is not approved by Dräger,
the safety and the functionality of the individual de-
vices may be compromised. The operating organi-
zation must ensure that the device combination
complies with the applicable editions of the relevant
standards for medical devices.
Device combinations approved by Dräger meet the
requirements of the following standards (where ap-
plicable):
– IEC 60601-1, 3rd edition (general requirements
for safety, device combinations, software-con-
trolled functions)
– IEC 60601-1-2 (electromagnetic compatibil-
ity)
– IEC 60601-1-8 (alarm systems)
Or:
– IEC 60601-1, 2nd edition (general require-
ments for safety)
– IEC 60601-1-1 (device combinations)
– IEC 60601-1-2 (electromagnetic compatibil-
ity)
– IEC 60601-1-4 (software-controlled func-
tions)
– IEC 60601-1-8 (alarm systems)

Technical data
Connections to IT networks
Data can be exchanged across an IT network by Information on connecting to the IT net-

using wired and wireless technologies. An IT network
work can be any data interface (e.g., RS232, LAN,
USB, printer interface) that is described in stand-
ards and conventions. Prerequisites
During operation, this device can exchange infor- This device must only be connected to the network
mation with other devices by means of IT networks by service personnel. The IT representative of the
and supports the following functions: hospital must be consulted in advance.
– Display of waveforms and parameter data The following documents must be followed:
– Signaling of alarms – Accompanying documents of this device
– Recording, storing, and printing – Descriptions of the network
– Remote control (e.g., alarm management) – Description of the network-based alarm sys-
tems
– Access to saved patient data
Dräger recommends observing IEC 80001-1 (Risk
– Transfer of device settings and patient data management for IT networks incorporating medical
– Service mode, access to logbooks devices).
Connecting this device to a network that incorpo-

rates other devices or making subsequent changes LAN networks
to that network can lead to new risks for patients, – LAN networks are usually configured in a star
users, and third parties. Before the device is con- topology. Individual devices can be combined
nected to the network or the network is changed, into groups by means of layer-n switches. Other
these risks must be identified, analyzed, and eval- data traffic is decoupled by means of separate
uated, and appropriate measures taken. VLAN networks. Configure the network settings
Examples of subsequent changes to the network: of the device in accordance with these instruc-
tions for use and the network specifications.
– Changing the network configuration
– Specifications for LAN connections are de-
– Removing devices from the network scribed in the following standards:
– Adding new devices to the network – Wired networks: IEEE 802.3
– Wireless networks: IEEE 802.11 (b, g, n)
– Performing upgrades or updates on devices
that are connected to the network – If the device is used with a layer-2 switch or a
layer-3 switch, the port settings on the network
switch must be configured. Before the device is
shipped, Dräger can configure the network set-
tings of the device so that they correspond with
the specifications of the operating organization.

Technical data
– This device exchanges data with other medical – Without firewall and antivirus software:
devices over the LAN network. The network – Data are not protected.
must support the following transmissions and – Device settings are changed.
protocols: – The device generates false alarms or no
– TCP/IP alarms.
– Unicast (static or dynamic addressing with
– Data are sent incomplete, sent to the wrong de-
the ARP or RARP network protocols)
vice, or not sent at all.
– Multicast
– Broadcast – Patient data are intercepted, falsified, or dam-
– IGMP (Version 2) aged.
This device can join or leave an IP multicast – Data have incorrect time stamps.
group by using the IGMP network protocol.
– An overload of the device due to very high net-
work loading (e.g., caused by denial-of-service
Serial ports attacks) can lead to deactivation of the inter-
face. The interface will only be available again
This device supports the following ports:
after the device has been restarted. In rare
– RS232 ports conforming to EIA RS232 cases, a warm boot may take place and may oc-
(CCITT V.24/V.28) for the following applica- cur repeatedly.
tions:
– MEDIBUS, MEDIBUS.X
Requirements for the electrical characteristics
– Paging systems
of connected devices and networks
– Connections to medical devices from other
manufacturers The LAN ports and the serial ports are only suitable
for connection of devices or networks that have a
– Ports based on USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 (e.g.,
nominal voltage of at most 24 VDC on the network
mouse, keyboard, hard disk, USB stick,
side and that meet the requirements of one of the
CD drive)
following standards:
– IEC 60950-1: Ungrounded SELV circuits
Consequences of using an unsuitable network
– IEC 60601-1 (as of 2nd edition): Exposed sec-
If the network does not have the required charac-
ondary circuits
teristics, hazardous situations can result. The fol-
lowing situations can occur with this device:
– Due to an insecure decentralized alarm system:
– Alarms are not transmitted.
– Alarms or data are transmitted with a delay.
– False alarms are triggered.
– During an interruption of the network connec-
tion:
– Alarms are not transmitted.


Description
Description
Gas flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Fresh-gas control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
ORC function (Oxygen Ratio Controller) . . . . . 441
Anesthetic agent delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Gas control loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Concentration control loops (Auto control
control mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Volume control loop (Auto control, MinFG
flow control mode = "Uptake") . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Inspiratory oxygen concentration control . . . . . 442
Expiratory anesthetic agent concentration
control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Restrictions to the metering of anesthetic
agent concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Flush phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Safety concept (HighFlow operation) . . . . . . . . 445
O2 emergency delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
O2 flush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Additional oxygen delivery for regional
anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Flow measurement and volume delivery . . . . . 446
Ventilation modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

Pressure Control (Pressure-controlled
ventilation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Volume Control AutoFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
AutoFlow start behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Ventilation mode Pressure Support . . . . . . . . . 449
Synchronization with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow
(Sync. = ON). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Units and standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Description
Gas flow diagram
V
W
E
P
A Man
Spont
B X C D F
Fresh gas/AGas O
O2 flush/emergency-O2 G
P N
Q K
P H
J I
U
R M P L
S
M
T
A Non-return valve to anesthetic gas scavenging M Inspiration pressure sensor 250
system (AGSS)
N Pressure gauge
B APL valve
O Additional air valve
C PEEP/PMAX valve
P Blower
D Expiratory valve
Q Pressure sensor – breathing bag
E Pressure sensor airway pressure
R Breathing bag
F SpiroLife expiration flow sensor
S Microbial filter sample gas return line
G Patient's lung
T Gas analysis
H SpiroLife inspiration flow sensor
U CO2 water trap
I Inspiratory valve
V External area for the leak test: for manual venti-
J CO2 absorber lation
K Option CO2 Clic absorber, unlocked position W Closed circulatory system valve
L Safety valve in breathing system (excess pres- X Man/Spont changeover valve
sure)

Description
Fresh-gas control mode Anesthetic agent delivery
According to common anesthesia systems, in the Anesthetic agent delivery takes place independ-
FG ctrl. control mode, the mixed gas and the anes- ently of the carrier gas. The anesthetic agent is sup-
thetic agent are introduced into the breathing circle plied to the breathing system and fresh-gas outlet
as a fresh gas mixture. In this control mode, mixed- (optional) through a heated pipe in the form of sat-
gas metering devices and anesthetic agent meter- urated steam either direct or mixed with the carrier
ing devices emulate the functionality of a vaporizer. gas.
It is possible to connect two anesthetic agent me-
tering modules with identical or different anesthetic
ORC function (Oxygen Ratio Controller) agents.
In the uncontrolled operating modes, the minimum
metered fresh-gas flow is 0.25 L/min STPD (Stand-
ard Temperature Pressure Dry). The set point is
limited so that at least 25 Vol.% O2 and an O2 flow
of at least 250 mL/min (STPD) is delivered.
Gas control loops
During anesthesia, the user must ensure an ade- Concentration control loops (Auto con-
quate oxygen supply and sufficient depth of an- trol control mode)
esthesia for the patient. The former is ensured by
setting an inspiratory O2 concentration. The latter, Set values (target values for the control loops) are
the assurance of sufficient depth of anesthesia, is the inspiratory oxygen concentration and the expir-
achieved by setting the expiratory anesthetic agent atory anesthetic agent concentration.
concentration. Zeus IE can be run in normal opera-
tion (Auto control control mode), in a closed circuit A scavenging concentration measurement at the
(Uptake mode) or a semi-closed circuit (FGmin Y-piece (patient gas analysis) and a second scav-
≥0.5 L/min). In both operating modes, the gas con- enging concentration measurement in the inspira-
centration is controlled in the breathing system (in- tion pathway (supervisor gas analysis) deliver
spiratory O2 control loop) and the gas concentra- measured values for O2, N2O, CO2, and anesthetic
tion exhaled by the patient (expiratory anesthetic gas.
agent (VA) control loop). The O2 and VA concentra- Patient gas analysis is subjected to further process-
tions metered in the fresh gas will normally deviate ing for gas monitoring. Secondly, this sensor sup-
very substantially from the concentrations in the cir- plies the actual inspiratory and expiratory values for
cle system. the concentration control loops.
In MAN/SPON mode, the gas control loop is not ac-
tive.

Description
Volume control loop (Auto control, Inspiratory oxygen concentration con-

MinFG flow control mode = "Uptake") trol
Closed system Patient gas analysis

O2, agents, CO2
FiO2 = 30 %
Exp. valve
Pressure
sensor Gas mixing FG mixer
system Circle flow
Patient
P Set value
FiO2 = 30 % Blower
252
Set value Inspiratory oxygen concentra-
tion (set point [Vol.%])
V
Deficit Excess
Measured values Inspiratory oxygen concentra-
tion measured by patient gas an-
251
alyzer (PGA) (actual value)

The level in the breathing bag is determined by a
Additional meas- Expiratory oxygen concentration
pressure sensor. The volume control loop keeps
ured values measured in terms of released
the level in the breathing bag constant. The uptake
breath at the Y-piece
of the patient as well as possible leakages can be
compensated in conjunction with the concentration End tidal CO2 value measured in
control loop for oxygen. Thus a patient uptake terms of released breath at the
measurement for oxygen is available. If there is too Y-piece
much gas in the breathing system, the gas is
Minute volume
drained into the anesthetic gas scavenging system
via the excess gas outlet. Control value Control of mixed gas metering
with the controlled variables
In MAN/SPON mode, the volume control loop is not
active. Volume of fresh-gas flow [L/min]
O2 concentration of fresh-gas
flow [Vol.%]
The controller determines the volume and concen-

tration of the fresh-gas flow to be metered. The lat-
ter cannot fall below the fresh-gas flow set by the
user (MinFG flow).
To achieve the new set value quickly (T90 typically
<60 s), the fresh-gas flow is automatically in-
creased with an increase in the O2. A higher O2
concentration is achieved by metering pure oxygen
(considering the set anesthetic gas concentration).

Description
If the O2 set value is lowered, the fresh-gas flow is Expiratory anesthetic agent concentra-
not increased beyond the set minimum flow. In Up- tion control
take mode, the O2 concentration drops solely on
account of the O2 uptake flow.
Patient gas analysis
To set a lower O2 concentration, carrier gas is
O2, agents, CO2
added and the oxygen concentration cannot fall be- etISO = 2.0 Vol.%
low 21 Vol.% in the fresh gas. Regulation in the car-
Exp. valve
rier gas N2O is thus identical to that of the carrier
gas Air.
Circle flow
Oxygen metering by means of emergency O2 deliv-
ery, O2 flush or additional O2 delivery lead to an in- Patient
Vapor
crease in O2 concentration. Anesthetic agent Blower
Set value delivery
Due to the release of nitrogen (N2) into the system etISO = 2.0 Vol.%
254
by the patient, the O2 uptake cannot be balanced in
Uptake mode. This leads to a drop in O2 concen- Set value Expiratory VA concentration
tration. If the inspiratory O2 concentration drops be- (set point [Vol.%SL] or [kPa])
low the O2 set value by a predefined value (de-
pending on the O2 set value), the Uptake mode is Limitation Inspiratory VA concentration
exited. The fresh-gas flow is automatically in- (set point [Vol.%SL] or [kPa])
creased until the set value for O2 is reached again. Measured values Expiratory VA concentration
measured in terms of released
The table below summarizes this control mode:
breath at the Y-piece (actual
Insp. O2 set value Maximum deviation value)
≤35 Vol.% –3 Vol.% Additional meas- Inspiratory VA concentration

ured values measured at the Y-piece
>35 Vol.% ≤60 Vol.% –5 Vol.%
End tidal CO2 value measured
>60 Vol.% –7 Vol.% in terms of released breath at
the Y-piece
The oxygen control loop considers a humidity of
7 Vol.% in the breathing system. The maximum Minute volume
achievable inspiratory oxygen concentration in con- Control value Measured value smaller than
trol mode is therefore only 93 Vol.%, additionally reset value of anesthetic gas flow
duced by the anesthetic agent concentration in the [L/min] supplied as saturated
circle system. steam to breathing system.
Measured value larger than set
value of mixed gas flow [L/min]
The anesthetic agent is supplied as saturated

steam to the breathing system. Circle flow and
minute volume provide for an even mixing of
breathing gas. To achieve the new set value quickly
(T90-VAINSP typically <120 s, the flow is automati-
cally increased with the increase in the set value of
expiratory anesthetic agent. The T90 time of expir-
atory anesthetic agent concentration depends on

Description
minute volume). An excess of 15 % versus the ex- Duration Prime Dose

piratory set value is allowed. The scavenging of ex-
cess anesthetic agent starts when this limit value is 3 min for isoflurane, sevoflurane and desflu-
exceeded. To scavenge the excess anesthetic gas rane
(T90 VAINSP typically <120 s), anesthetic gas flow is Level of the Steady State Dose
stopped and the fresh-gas flow is increased if the
1.0 for isoflurane, sevoflurane
anesthetic gas set value decreases.
Vol.%
Expiratory anesthetic agent control is limited by a 2.0 for desflurane
two-phase inspiratory limit. The level of the first limit Vol.%
(Prime Dose) is adjusted by the user inVAmax. The
maximum allowed level of Prime Dose is depend-
ent on the anesthetic agent used.
Restrictions to the metering of anes-
Prime Dose is only enabled if the expiratory anesthetic agent concentration
thetic gas set point is increased by more than 20 %
in relation to the current value. The difference be- The maximum anesthetic agent quantity delivered
tween the expiratory anesthetic gas set value and by the anesthetic agent metering system is limited
measured inspiratory VA concentration must be (1.0 L/min vapor for isoflurane and sevoflurane as
greater than 0.5 MAC. Prime Dose is only then en- well as 1.5 L/min vapor for desflurane). The set
abled if a major change in expiratory set value is concentration or the set partial pressure is no
performed. longer achieved with large fresh-gas flows.
Vol.%
Anesthetic gas
inDes
etDES
Flush phases
"Prime Dose" in
inDESmax
inDESmax
inDes Set
If an anesthetic agent mixture consisting of several
AGas uptake
different anesthetic gases is detected by the patient
gas analyzer, normal operation is stopped. If the
concentration of the anesthetic gases metered first
is too high that it can still be identified, the device
Steady
switches to HighFlow operation (flow >12 L/min).
Regular flush phases during normal operation must
prevent the uptake of foreign gases. In contrast to
Time (seconds)
HighFlow operation, the control loops (O2 and an-
256
If the patient has already been subjected to induc- esthetic agent) remain active during the flush
tion, the Prime Dose is prevented from becoming phase. Only the rate of mixed gas flow is increased.
active at the same time. The flush flow rate is 12 L/min.
The second stage is a fixed limit for the Steady

State Dose. The level of the Steady State Dose is
dependent on the anesthetic agent used.

Description
Criteria for starting a flush phase with carrier gas O2 emergency delivery
Air
In addition to the electronic fresh-gas mixer, there is
Start inN2O or etN2O >6 Vol.% a mechanical emergency O2 delivery system,
End after 60 s which can be operated at any time irrespective of
and the system status of the device (even with the de-
inN2O and etN2O <1 Vol.% vice switched off). The set range of the fine-control
Criteria for starting a flush phase with carrier gas valve for oxygen flow is 0 and 3 up to 12 L/min
N2O (STPD). The position of the open emergency O2
delivery system is read electrically and a message
Start after a gas balance as follows: is displayed on the operating screen when neces-
inN2O + FiO2 + inAGas + 7 Vol.% H2O sary. This message refers to potential risks.
(corresponds to 100 % rel. humidity)
<90 Vol.%
End after 60 s O2 flush
or
a gas balance as follows: Two mechanical flush buttons are used. Upon op-
inN2O + FiO2 + inAGas + 7 Vol.% H2O eration of a flush button, an O2 flow of approx.
(corresponds to 100 % rel. humidity) 35 L/min (STPD) flows into the breathing system:
>95 Vol.% Each flush button can be operated at any time, in-
dependently of the system status of the device.
Safety concept (HighFlow operation)

Additional oxygen delivery for regional
There is a second gas analyzer (SGA) in the inspi- anesthesia
ration to a pathway in addition to the gas sensor in
the Y-piece, in order to safeguard the control loop The additional O2 output supplies an oxygen flow of
function. This gas analyzer checks the control loop 0 to 16 L/min (STPD). The additional flow of O2 is
function by monitoring the inspiratory limit values. not delivered to the breathing system.
The gas analyzers are also checked for plausibility
by mutual comparison of the measured values.
The safety concept increases the fresh-gas flow
(High Flow operation) in the case of error. The ad-
justed concentration values then apply to the in-
creased fresh-gas flow. The control loops are thus
switched off.

Description
Ventilation
Flow measurement and volume delivery Depending on airway pressure, Zeus IE increases
the tidal volume by the amount remaining in the
Depending on the compliance of the lung to the breathing hoses.
compliance of the breathing circuit, the volume sup- The expiratory minute volume and tidal volume are
plied by the ventilation device is distributed be- measured with the aid of two internal flow sensors.
tween the lung of the patient and the breathing cir- Measurement is adjusted for hose compliance. The
cuit inserted between the device and the patient. volume of the measured gas and the volume of the
Deviations resulting for the delivered volume are delivered gas depend, however, on the ambient
low for adult patients. This is due to their relatively conditions of temperature and pressure in the
high lung compliance in relation to the much lower breathing system. In lung physiology, the minute
compliance of the breathing hoses. Only the vol- volume and tidal volume are related to the condi-
ume attained and surrendered by the lung is rele- tions in the lung: 37 °C body temperature, lung
vant to the efficiency of ventilation. Larger differ- pressure, 100 % rel. humidity (BTPS). The meas-
ences are possible during pediatric ventilation. ured values for MV and VT calculated by Zeus IE
Zeus IE basically compensates for the influence of as well as the set point for VT always relate to
hose compliance to volume controlled ventilation. BTPS conditions. Leakages which occur at the pa-
Zeus IE ascertains the compliance of the breathing tient end are taken into consideration by Zeus IE
hoses during the device check before ventilation. neither during volume measurement nor during vol-
ume delivery.
Ventilation modes
Pressure Control (Pressure-controlled the inspiratory pressure level and also the change
ventilation) from the inspiratory pressure level to the expiratory
pressure level are synchronized with the patient's
This ventilation mode is identified as pressure-con- spontaneous breathing. Good adaptation to the
trolled or time-controlled ventilation during which spontaneous breathing behavior of the patient is
the patient can always breathe spontaneously. thus achieved.
Pressure Control is thus often described as the The respiratory rate of changes is also kept con-
time-controlled change between two CPAP levels. stant during synchronization via the "trigger win-
Controlled ventilation is achieved via the time-con- dow" with a fixed position in time.
trolled pressure change which corresponds to the
pressure-controlled ventilation (Pressure Control).
The constant possibility of spontaneous breathing
allows, however, a fluent transition of controlled
ventilation up to complete spontaneous breathing
without changing the ventilation mode. The
change-over from the expiratory pressure level to

Description
The trigger window is 25 % of set inspiratory time at over the weaning phase towards complete sponta-
the upper pressure level (Pinsp), but a maximum of neous breathing occurs via a gradual reduction of
5 seconds or 25 % of Te (Te = time of expiration). inspiration pressure Pinsp and/or the respiratory
However, on the PEEP level the maximum is rate RR.
5 seconds. The trigger window can be switched off.
The good adaptation to the spontaneous breathing
of the patient results in a low sedation requirement Volume Control AutoFlow
and thus a quicker return of the patient to spontane-
ous breathing. Recent clinical experience validates The volume mode Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow guarantees
this. the application of an adjusted tidal volume by grad-
ual adaptation of the mechanical inspiration pres-
As with all pressure-controlled ventilation modes, a sure to lung conditions.
non-fixed tidal volume VT is specified for the pa-
tient. The tidal volume is primarily the result of the Spontaneous breathing is possible at any time. The
pressure difference between the set points for pressure patterns and flow patterns of the mechan-
PEEP and Pinsp. ical inspiratory breaths correspond to those of pres-
sure-controlled ventilation.
Modifications of lung compliance and the airways
as well as active counter-breathing of the patient The calculated inspiration pressure Pinsp adapts to
can modify the tidal volume. This is a desired effect the current lung parameters (resistance R, compli-
in this ventilation mode. ance Cdyn) and the spontaneous breathing re-
quirements of the patient. Pinsp is always the mini-
Knowing the non-constant tidal volume and thus mum ventilation pressure. This ventilation pressure
also the minute volume, an adequate setting of the is required to fill the compliance of the lung with the
alarm limits for minute volume must be observed. required tidal volume VT.
To set the necessary difference between the two With modifications of lung compliance, the plateau
pressure levels, the display of the expiratory meas- pressure changes accordingly, as is always the
ured tidal volume VTe is used. An increase in the case with volume-controlled ventilation forms. With
difference causes a higher pressure-controlled AutoFlow, the modifications occur at ventilation
ventilation breath. pressure in up to 3 mbar steps from ventilation
As in synchronization with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow, the breath to ventilation breath.
time pattern is adjusted with the parameters of the If the selected mechanical inspiration time Ti is
basic setting for respiratory rate RR and inspiration greater than or equal to the lung filling time, Pinsp
time Ti. The lower pressure level is adjusted with exactly equals plateau pressure. If the inspiration
the parameter PEEP, the upper pressure level with time is shorter than the fill time of the lung, the in-
the parameter Pinsp. spiration flow at the end of the inspiration time does
During synchronization of pressure-controlled ven- not drop to zero. This can be detected from the flow
tilation with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow, only the Pinsp set- curve. In this case too, AutoFlow sets the minimum
ting needs to be modified while the time pattern is Pinsp under these conditions, which is, however,
maintained. above plateau pressure. Here the user must decide
whether an extension of inspiration time is useful in
The steepness of the increase from the lower pres- order to further decrease the ventilation pressure.
sure level to the upper pressure level is controlled
by the Slope setting. The effective time for the pres- If the set inspiration time Ti is longer than the fill
sure rise cannot become larger than the set inspi- time of the lung, then the patient can breathe in and
ration time Ti. Thus it is ensured that the upper out spontaneously within the remaining time at the
pressure level Pinsp is achieved safely during inspi- level of plateau pressure. Inspiration flow and expi-
ration. The transition from controlled ventilation ration flow adapt automatically to the needs of the

Description
patient. The inspiration pressure does not change Disconnection

with spontaneous breathing in the current ventila-
After disconnection is detected and reconnection
tion breath. The result of tidal volume determination
has occurred, AutoFlow starts with the 1st start
is, however, taken into account in the following
breath.
breath.
Pressure limitation
Due to the spontaneous breathing efforts of the pa-
tient or compliance modifications of the lung, the The lowest ventilation pressure is 5 mbar or Psupp
tidal volume in the individual ventilation breaths can above PEEP. It is the higher value which applies.
deviate from the adjusted tidal volume VT. How- The maximum ventilation pressure is restricted by
ever, in an average time, a tidal volume is applied the upper pressure limit Pmax set by the user. If a
which corresponds to the set volume VT. pressure limitation is set, the required tidal volume
is no longer applied. This is signaled to the user by
a Pmax lim/VT not attained alarm.
AutoFlow start behavior Volume monitoring
When starting an AutoFlow ventilation mode During AutoFlow ventilation, automatic volume
(Sync., Sync./Pressure Support and Volume Con- monitoring is active. If a tidal volume larger than
trol), a series of test breaths is first required to as- 130 % of the value set by the user is applied, this
sess the lung parameters. These test breaths com- results in abandonment of the inspiration breath.
prise the basis for calculation of the ventilation The ventilation pressure is reduced to 75 % of the
pressure. current pressure and the pressure limitations of the
second start breath apply. If this ventilation pres-
sure also results in a volume high alarm at the next
Algorithm of the AutoFlow function inspiration breath, then the ventilation pressure will
1. nd start breath once again be reduced to 75 %.
In the first test breath an inspiration pressure of VT adjustment:
5 mbar above PEEP is applied. This is the smallest After adjustment of tidal volume by the user, the
ventilation pressure which is possible with the Auto- breath readjustment of inspiratory pressure is lim-
Flow ventilation. After this test breath a new target ited to +3 mbar. The lowering of ventilation pres-
pressure is achieved with the help of the measured sure in the following inspiration breath after a VT
tidal volume. adjustment is not limited.
2. nd start breath
In the second test breath the ventilation pressure is
adjusted to 75 % of the calculated target pressure;
however, it has a maximum of only up to 15 mbar
above PEEP.
From the 3rd breath
From the third inspiration breath after the start of
the AutoFlow ventilation, the ventilation pressure is
adjusted to the calculated target pressure. Each
further breath readjustment of the inspiratory pres-
sure is limited to ±3 mbar.

Description
Ventilation mode Pressure Support the patient's breathing requirement, up to the

preselected Psupp. pressure. The time for the pres-
For pressure support of insufficient spontaneous sure increase is adjustable from 0 to 2 seconds.
breathing In the event of a rapid increase in pressure, Zeus IE
Paw
supports the insufficient spontaneous respiration of
the patient with high peak flow.
Phase
=Target for ideal In the case of a slow increase in pressure, Zeus IE
I II
airway pressure starts gently with an even inspiration flow. The pa-
Psupp tient must do more breathing work, and the breath-
ing musculature is trained.
With an adapted pressure rise and Psupp pressure,
CPAP
the patient determines the required inspiration flow
with breathing activity.
t
Start of inspiration End of inspiration If the inspiration flow decreases to 25 % of the pre-
viously supplied maximum value and no later than
4 seconds (1.5 seconds for pediatric ventilation),
the pressure support Pressure Support is termi-
Flow 4 s max.
nated.
25 % Insp. flow for

If the time criterion takes effect three times consec-
adults utively, Zeus IE issues a warning and highlights the
possibility of a leaky ventilation system.
25 % Insp. flow for
pediatrics The period is defined by the minimum respiratory
rate RRmin after a mechanically triggered, pres-
t sure-supported breath is applied. This pressure-
supported breath is not initiated by spontaneous
triggering.
257
Upon cancellation of the Pressure Support cycle,

In a similar way to how the anesthetist senses the
the device triggers the Apnea ventilation alarm.
restarting of spontaneous breathing in the patient at
Check whether a lower flow trigger is set or there is
the breathing bag and supports it manually, the de-
a switchover to mandatory breathing.
vice can support insufficient spontaneous breath-
ing.
The device takes over the inspiration work partially,
but the patient, however, retains control of sponta-
neous breathing.
The CPAP system supplies the spontaneously
breathing patient with breathing gas, even with low
inspiration efforts.
When the spontaneous inspiration flow reaches the
set value of the flow trigger, the pressure support
Pressure Support is started. The device then gen-
erates a pressure rise, which can be adjusted for

Description
Synchronization with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow Since synchronization of the mandatory ventilation
(Sync. = ON) breath shortens the effective Sync. time and thus
would undesirably increase the effective respiratory
Synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation rate, Zeus IE extends the following spontaneous
breathing time by the missing time difference ∆T.
Pressure support, Elevation of the Sync. respiratory rate is thus
Paw
fast rise slow rise ∆Psupp avoided. The factor RR responsible for minimum
time time ventilation in addition to tidal volume VT remains
fast rise slow rise
Pinsp time time constant. If the patient has inspired a substantial
volume at the beginning of the trigger window, the
PEEP
t
device reduces the following mandatory ventilation
Ti
Trigger window for insp. and exp. breath. The time for the inspiratory flow phase and
synchronization
1
inspiration time is shortened. Thus the tidal volume
Flow
RR VT remains constant and overfilling of the lungs is
avoided.
t In the spontaneous breathing phases, the patient

can be assisted with Pressure Support.
without spontaneous with spontaneous breath- In the course of further weaning, the respiratory
breathing ing
rate RR is further reduced at the device and thus
258
the spontaneous breathing time is prolonged. This

This ventilation mode designates a hybrid form of continues until finally the necessary minute volume
mechanical ventilation and spontaneous breathing is mainly covered by spontaneous breathing. The
with volume-controlled and pressure-controlled mandatory portion cannot be reduced to "zero".
ventilation.
During synchronization with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow the
patient can only breathe spontaneously in predeter-
mined, regular pause times while mandatory venti-
lation breaths ensure minimum ventilation in the
meantime. This minimum ventilation is predeter-
mined with the two set points, tidal volume VT and
respiratory rate RR and results from the product
VTe*RR.
The ventilation sample is determined with the set
points tidal volume VT, Flow, respiratory rate RR
and inspiration time Ti.
The flow trigger of the device ensures that the man-
datory ventilation breath is triggered within a "trig-
ger window" with spontaneous inspiration. This pre-
vents the mandatory ventilation breath from being
applied during spontaneous expiration.
The trigger window is 25 % of set inspiratory time at
the upper pressure level (Pinsp), but a maximum of
5 seconds or 25 % of the time of expiration Te.
However, on the PEEP level the maximum is
5 seconds. The trigger window can be switched off.

Description
Appendix
Units and standards MAC definition

MAC (Minimum Alveolar Concentration) is the an-
Fresh-gas flow esthetic gas concentration in the blood at which
50 % of patients no longer respond to a skin inci-
The set point of fresh-gas flow is an STPD value. sion with movement.
The displayed delivery and consumption values
(O2 uptake and gas consumption) are also stand- The integrated MAC algorithm is based on the MAC
ardized to STPD conditions. values as indicated (see table). It is the information
on the slip accompanying the anesthetic agents
Very high set values (e.g., 100% O2 at 18 L/min) which is binding.
can no longer be delivered. The maximum deliver-
able flow for O2, Air and N2O is 18 L/min NTPD re- 1 MAC corresponds to:
spectively. The set point is limited internally so that (at 100% O2)
the set concentration is still achieved.
Halothane 0.77 Vol.%
The anesthetic gas metering device is also a mass-
Enflurane 1.7 Vol.%
flow metering device standardized according to
NTPD requirements. Changes in ambient condi- Isoflurane 1.15 Vol.%
tions do not become apparent in the fresh-gas con- Desflurane 6.0 Vol.%
centration since the mixed gas and anesthetic gas
metering devices adapt their flows simultaneously. Sevoflurane 2.1 Vol.%
N2O 105 Vol.%
Oxygen concentration
The MAC values depend on the age of the patient.
The setting and measurement of oxygen concen- The specified values relate to an age of 40 years.
tration always takes place in Vol.%.
Age-dependent MAC values
Anesthetic agent concentration
The MAC values used in Zeus IE are adjusted for
The setting and measurement of anesthetic agent age. Therefore make sure the patient's age is en-
concentration can either be performed in partial tered correctly. Calculation follows the equation
pressures Vol.%SL or kPa. With this type of setting, from W.W. Mapleson (British Journal of Anesthesia
the user no longer has to consider the level. The 1996, P. 179-185). The equation applies to patients
physiological effect is dependent on partial pres- >1 year of age.
sure in contrast to the setting in Vol.%.
MACage-corrected = MAC40 x 10(–0.00269 x (Age –40))
CO2 concentration
The concentration setting for CO2 display in
Zeus IE can be either BTPS or normal (without
correction). The appropriate correction then applies
both to concentration setting and to concentration
measurement.

Description
Vol.% MAC as a function of age xMAC display

9
Zeus IE indicates the MAC multiple (xMAC), which

8
is determined from the present expiratory measure-
ments and the age-dependent MAC values. In the
7
case of gas mixtures the respective multiples for ni-
6 trous oxide and the anesthetic agents are added in
accordance with the following equation.
5
Desflurane
4
1/20 N2O
3
2
Sevoflurane
Enflurane
1
Isoflurane
0
Halothane
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Age (years)
253
exp. conc. Anaesth1 exp. conc. Anaesth2 exp. conc. N2O

xMAC = MACage-corrected Anesth1 + MACage-corrected Anesth2 + MACage-corrected N2O
Example:
etSEV = 1.5 Vol.%; et N2O = 60 %; age = 10 years
MACage-corrected of SEV: MAC10 = 2.2 Vol.%
MACage-corrected of N2O: MAC10 = 125 Vol.%
xMAC = 0.7 + 0.5 = 1.2

Description
Mixture detection
Zeus IE automatically detects the anesthetic gas
used and switches the measurement and monitor-
ing of anesthetic gas concentration to the gas de-
tected.
If a mixture of two volatile anesthetic agents is de-
tected, the concentration of the secondary agent is
displayed after 0.4 hPa or 0.4 Vol.%SL.


Index
Index
A C
Accessories for patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . 199 C.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Additional oxygen delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 C.O. calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Adjust mixed gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 C.O. measurement connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Adjusting the AutoSet limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 C.O. measuring accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Advanced infusion settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 C.O. screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Airway pressure Paw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Calculation settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Alarm behaviour at power on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 231
Alarm info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Care list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Alarm log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Catheter positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Alarm priorities and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Ceiling unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
All limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Change patient data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Anesthesia effect monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Changing the patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Anesthesia ventilation off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Charging the battery for emergency
Anesthetic delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Anesthetic gas delivery failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Check emergency breathing bag . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) . . . . . . 65 Check Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Check the backup gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Arrhythmia reference pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Check the central gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Assembling the anesthetic gas receiving Checking patient data/weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Checking the anesthetic gas scavenging
Assembling the breathing system . . . . . . . . . . 378 system AGSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Assembling the CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Checking the APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Checking the breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Assigning or delete profile keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Checking the O2 emergency delivery . . . . . . . . 91
Attach the BIS sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Checking the O2 flow meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Attach the breathing hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Checking the O2 flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Automatic learning and relearning . . . . . . . . . . 214 Checking the soda lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Automatic Self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Automatic self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
AutoSet limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization . . . . . 357
CLIC adapter Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
B CO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
CO2 alarms On/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Backup gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Color concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Concentration control loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Beat and rhythm classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Configurable buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
BIS monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321, 322
BIS safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Configuring basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
BIS setting on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Configuring buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332, 333
BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Configuring colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
BP safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Configuring data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
BP settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Configuring MediBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Brightness / tone volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Configuring the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Index
Configuring web access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 E

Configuring web applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Confirm technical alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Connect hemodynamic modules (pods) . . . . . 203 ECG – Arrhythmia detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Connect hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 ECG – ST monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Connect IV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 ECG settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Connect the attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 ECG signal processing and display . . . . . . . . 212
Connecting the anesthetic gas receiving ECG with HF surgery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 ECG with pacemakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Connecting the Quad Hemo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Editing a drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Connection field for patient monitoring . . . . . . 197 Electrocardiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Connection for anesthesia effect monitoring . . 207 Electrode positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Connection for ECG accessories . . . . . . . . . . 200 EMC Declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Connection for IBP accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Emergency oxygen delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Connection for NIBP accessories . . . . . . . . . . 201 Emptying and replacing water traps . . . . . . . . 361
Connection for synchronization of a End of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
defibrillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Event recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Continuous measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Expiratory anesthetic agent concentration
Control mode Auto Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Control mode Fresh Gas Control . . . . . . . . . . 116 Exporting setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Controls for IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
CPP measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 F
Cuff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Curve configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Failure behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fault – Cause – Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Fill the absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
D Fill the DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Data protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Filling devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Date, time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Filling level indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Delete a drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Filling system for desflurane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Deleting profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Filling the reusable CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . 66
Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Fixed assigned buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Designation conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Device check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Flow/volume loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Device monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Flush phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Disable options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Disinfection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 G
Dismantling the anesthetic gas receiving
system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Gas control loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Display of the flow tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Display of ventilation loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Gas failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Displaying alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Gas flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Displaying test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Gas prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 General infusion settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
DIVA metering module with safety filling General screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Drägersorb 800 Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Drägersorb CLIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Drägersorb Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Drug editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Drug library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 344

Index
H N
Header bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Network configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
HME filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Neuromuscular Transmission Monitoring
(NMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
I New drugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
New profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
IBF absorber filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 NIBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 420
If Zeus IE is not being used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 NIBP basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Impedance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 NIBP measuring intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Importing setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 NIBP screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Infinity BISx pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 NIBP settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Infinity configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Influence of weight and age on the device NMT safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 NMT settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Infusion settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Non-invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Initial use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Non-rebreathing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Inspiratory oxygen concentration control . . . . . 442 Notes on leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Install flow sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Installation of profiles and views . . . . . . . . . . . 338 O
Installing all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Intermittent measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Online help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Invasive blood pressure measurement . . . . . . 225 Operating concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
IT networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 ORC function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Other functions of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
L Oxygen flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 P

Leakage assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Load profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Pacemaker detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Loop displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Parameter boxes of NIBP measurements . . . 222
Partial system failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
M Particular alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Patient and pump settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
MAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Patient transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Main menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 PEEP modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Power outage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Manual/Spontaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Prepare ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Prepare self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
MEDIBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Preparing catheters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Metering module error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Preparing for NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Metering modules (DIVA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Preparing pressure transducers . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Metrological checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Pressure/volume loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Mini-trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Module DPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Module DPS – transport concept . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Profile Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Profile settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Monitoring area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Protecting profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
More ECG settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
More settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
MULTIMED 5/6 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 PWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
MULTIMED PLUS OR cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Index
Q Starting a bolus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Starting in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Quad Hemo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Starting NMT measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Quick release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Starting the infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Quik Fil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Startup dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Stopping a bolus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
R Stopping the infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Stopwatch dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Recorder configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Suppress alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Removable media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Suspending alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Removing buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Switch audible alarm on again . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Removing the breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Syringe change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Removing the CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 System info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Removing the endotracheal suction system System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366, 381
Renaming profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Replacement by DrägerService . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Replacement by trained personnel . . . . . . . . . 388
Repositioning buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Restrictions to anesthetic agent delivery . . . . . 444
S
Safety concept (HighFlow operation) . . . . . . . 445
Saving profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Select profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Selecting a drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Serial ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Service Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Service functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Service notes for monitoring accessories . . . . 376
Set and select loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Set APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Set details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Set drug dose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Setting ranges of the monitoring alarms . . . . . 179
Sevoflurane filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Single measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Single Twitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
SpiroLife flow sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
SpO2 measurement connection . . . . . . . . . . . 205
SpO2 safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
SpO2 settings on the Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
ST measuring points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
ST screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
ST segment analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Start NIBP measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Start settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Start the self test manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Index
T Trends and diagnosis windows . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Trident NMT pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 TurboVent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Airway resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Anesthetic gas measurement . . . . . . . . . . 412 U
Anesthetic gas metering modules . . . . . . . 413 Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
BIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Unlocking profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
BISx pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 USB devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 USB ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Use port saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
C.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 User-specific intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Central gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Control mode Auto Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 V
Control mode FG met. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 VA/ N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 VacuSmart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Venostasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 189, 446
Essential performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 350, 446
Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Ventilation settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Fresh gas outlet for non-rebreathing Ventilator failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 View settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Hemodynamic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Volume control loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Volumeter function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Latex-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 W
NMT pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
O2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Wedge pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . 232
O2, CO2 and anesthetic gas . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Z
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Zeroing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
ST segment analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Zeus IE messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Wedge measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Temperature measurement connection . . . . . . 204
Temperature screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Temperature settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Test history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Test info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Therapy bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Therapy controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
TOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Total consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Transportation of filled DIVA metering
modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

These instructions for use apply only to
Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n with the
Serial No.:
If no Serial No. has been filled in by Dräger,
these instructions for use are provided for
general information only and are not intended for
use with any specific device.
These instructions for use are provided for
customer information only and will only be
updated or exchanged upon customer request.
Directive 93/42/EEC
concerning medical devices
Manufacturer
Dräger Medical GmbH

Moislinger Allee 53-55
D-23542 Lübeck
Germany
+49 451 8 82-0
FAX +49 451 8 82-20 80

http://www.draeger.com
As of 2015-08:
Dräger Medical GmbH
changes to
Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA
9054908 – GA 5133.035 en
© Dräger Medical GmbH
Edition: 1 – 2015-02
Dräger reserves the right to make modifications
to the device without prior notice.

Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9054908 en

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9054908 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9054908 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Instructions for use

Zeus Infinity Empowered

WARNING Anesthesia workstation system

1 Consecutive numbers indicate steps of action,

The illustrations of products and screen contents

Dräger uses the term "Accessory" not only for ac-

2 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Trademark Trademark owner Trademark Trademark owner

Drägersorb® 800 Plus IVDock™

VacuSmart® Saf-T-Fill™ Baxter

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 3

Users Experts are persons who perform repair or complex

Abbreviations and Symbols

Explanations are listed in Chapter "Overview" in

4 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 5

Fault – Cause – Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

6 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 7

8 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

For your safety and that of your patients

General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Product-specific safety information . . . . . . . 15

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 9

General safety information

The following WARNING and CAUTION state- Maintenance

* Only applies in the Federal Republic of Germany

10 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Accessories Connected devices

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 11

Not for use in areas of explosion hazard Patient monitoring

WARNING The user of the medical device is responsible for

The design of the medical device, the accompany-

12 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Information on electromagnetic compat- WARNING

General information on electromagnetic compatibil- The connection of devices to auxiliary power

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 13

Strictly observe the instructions for use and assem-

Storing the instructions for use

Training for users is available from the Dräger or-

14 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Product-specific safety information

Device failure or user errors may compromise

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 15

16 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 17

18 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Data exchange, ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 19

Zeus IE enables all forms of general anesthesia (in- Ventilation modes

20 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

The following are displayed as curves: – Tidal volume, inspiratory VTi

The monitoring of the patient is ensured by adjust-

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 21

Gas supply Breathing system

The anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) must

Data exchange, ports